100% found this document useful (2 votes)
9K views350 pages

Smart Series 2022

Uploaded by

Dilawar Tanvir
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
100% found this document useful (2 votes)
9K views350 pages

Smart Series 2022

Uploaded by

Dilawar Tanvir
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 350

 

SMART SERIES V2.0 
Electrical Engineering MCQS 

 
Contents 
Part 1 MCQS ............................................................................................................. 3 
Part 2 MCQS ......................................................................................................... 175 
NTDCL Junior Engineer (BPS-17), Test on 22 August, 2021 .............................. 189 
Paper for Junior Engineer (Electrical BPS-17)...................................................... 199 
SUPARCO Electrical Power ................................................................................. 201 
IESCO test 2019 .................................................................................................... 208 
QESCO JR Engineer TEST 2019 .......................................................................... 219 
LESCO (Junior Engineer) ..................................................................................... 234 
Test 2019 By NTS ............................................................................................. 234 
LESCO 2020 NTS ............................................................................................. 245 
FFC test 2017 ........................................................................................................ 254 
Tech and Research ................................................................................................. 256 
Assistant Executive Engineer Electrical FPSC Test.............................................. 285 
OGDCL ................................................................................................................. 297 
OGDCL 2020 .................................................................................................... 297 
OGDCL 2021 .................................................................................................... 299 
TESCO Junior Engineer / SDO (BPS-17) Test by NTS on 21- Sep-2019 ............ 303 
GEPCO 2019 ......................................................................................................... 311 
Civil Aviation Authority Assistant Director E&M Test conduct by NTS on 12-May-2019
............................................................................................................................... 322 
FFC 2022 .............................................................................................................. 326
Gepco 2022
Series 1 MCQS 
1. The pole shoes of DC machines are fastened to the pole core by
A. Welding
B. Soldering
C. Steel clumps
D. Countersunk screws
Ans. D

2. Which of the following are considered as disadvantage(s) of Gauss-Seidel method over


Newton's method in load flow programs?
A. More iteration
B. More memory requirement and less accuracy
C. less interactions but more memory
D. More accuracy and more memory
Ans. A

3. The quantity "Rm" which relates dependent voltage to controlling current is called
A. Trans Conductance
B. Maximum Resistance
C. Trans Resistance
D. Limiting Resistance
Ans. C

4. For which purpose bundled conductors are employed to a power system


A. Appearance of the transmission line
B. Mechanical stability of line
C. Decrease system stability
D. Increase the short circuit current
Ans. D

5. Radio frequency chocks are air cored to


A. Keep frequency low
B. Keep inductive reactance low
C. Keep frequency high
D. Keep inductive reactance high
Ans. B

6. Fundamental property used in single node pair circuit analyzer is that ........... across all
elements is same
A. Current
B. Voltage
C. Resistance
D. inductance
Ans. B

7. Landfill gas is actually ……... used in thermal power plants.


A. Methane
B. Ethane
C. Black liquor
D. Ethane
Ans. A
8. The average fossil fuel plant converts about is ____ % of the power going in to the power going
out.
A. 33
B. 40
C. 25
D. 50
Ans. Both A and B

9. If field resistance of a dc shunt generator is increased beyond its critical value, the generator.
A. output voltage will exceed its name plate rating
B. will not build up.
C. may burn out if loaded to its name plate rating
D. power output may exceed its name plate rating
Ans. B

10. A semiconductor device is connected in a series circuit with a battery and a resistance. If the
polarity of battery is reversed, the current drops almost to zero. The device may be
A. P-type semiconductor
B. N-type semiconductor
C. P-N junction
D. An intrinsic semiconductor
Ans. C

11. What is the probability of a number "2" when a dice is thrown?


A. 2/6
B. 1/3
C. 1/6
D. 1/4
Ans. C

12. If the input capacitor of a power supply is shorted; it will result In


A. Excessive hum ꞏ
B. Reduced voltage output
C. No voltage output
D. Low voltage output
Ans. C

13. Admittance is the reciprocal of


A. Capacitive reactance
B. Inductive reactance
C. Reactive power
D. Impedance
Ans. D

14. _____ Is a by-product of paper industry, which is used by many Industries as a primary source
of electricity.
A. Landfill gas
B. Sludge waste
C. Black Liquor
D. Wood waste
Ans. C

15. Which of the following Ideas means deciding at runtime what strategy to summon?
A. Dynamic typing
B. Dynamic hiding
C. Dynamic loading
D. Dynamic blinding
Ans. D

16. If the firing angle in an SCR rectifier is decreased, output will be


A. Maximum
B. Increased
C. Decreased
D. Unaffected
Ans. B

17. The _____ time signal is described for all values of time.
A. Discrete
B. Continuous
C. Random
D. Digital
Ans. B

18. Which of the following conditions relate line resistance 'R' and line reactance 'X' for maximum
steady state power transmission on a transmission line?
A. X=R
B. R= sqrt (3) X
C. X= sqrt (3) R
D. X=R / sqrt (2)
Ans. C

19. These are _____ types of dependent sources, depending on the controlling variable and output
of the source.
A. Two
B. Three
C. Four
D. Five
Ans. C

20. Discrete device field effect transistor is classified on the basis of the
A. Resistive state
B. Conducting state
C. Voltaic state
D. Control gate construction
Ans. D

21. At very sunny places this source(s) of energy can be found


A. Jet fuel
B. Geothermal
C. Solar
D. Both B & C
Ans. C

22. Main purpose of modulation process is to


A. Distort the original signal
B. Add extra noise to the signal
C. Reduce the mutual interference
D. Time shift in frequency
E. Increase signal to noise ratio
Ans. D

23. Which line is obtained by the method of least square?


A. Straight line
B. Second degree equation line
C. Polynomial equation line
D. Best fit line
Ans. D

24. A transformer transforms


A. Voltage
B. Power
C. Current
D. Frequency
Ans. Both A and C

25. Conjugation x /\ y behaves on binary digits as ____ in ordinary algebra


A. Addition
B. Subtraction
C. Multiplication
D. Division
Ans. C

26. Power in an AC circuit is found by


A. VI sin
B. VI tan
C. VI cos
D. VI
Ans. C

27. Modulation index in amplitude modulation


A. Is defined as the measure or extent of amplitude variation about an un-modulated carrier.
B. Does not impact power dissipation
C. Is independent of integral multiple of amplitude
D. None of these
Ans. A

28. Fourier series are infinite series of elementary trigonometric functions i.e., sine and
A. Cosine
B. Sec
C. Cosec
D. Tan
Ans. A
29. SCR (Silicon controlled rectifier) goes into saturation, when gate-cathode junction is
A. Forward biased
B. Reverse biased
C. In steady state
D. Polarized
Ans. A

30. Drop out to cut off ratio for most relays is of the order of
A. 0.2 to 0.3
B. 0.3 to 0.4
C. 0.4 to 0.6
D. 0.6 to 1.0
Ans. D

31. A copper oxide _____ allows current to flow through a meter in only one direction.
A. Diac
B. Transistor
C. Rectifier
D. Voltmeter
Ans. C

32. DC generators have ______ on rotating shafts that convert AC into DC.
A. Diodes
B. Commutator
C. Compressor
D. Rotor
Ans. B

33. There are two types of overload protection; instantaneous over current and
A. A, Variable over current
B. Time over current
C. Constant over current
D. Delay feedback current
Ans. B

34. Single sideband techniques are mostly employed for


A. Conservation of transmitted power
B. Conservation of transmitted bandwidth
C. Conservation of transmitted power and bandwidth
D. Improving the performance of frequency modulation
Ans. C

35. For the same peak value of voltage which waveform will have the least RMS value?
A. Sine wave
B. Square wave
C. Triangular wave
D. Full wave rectified sine wave
Ans. C

36. Which of the following sources have highest power generation capacity?
A. Oil
B. Biogas
C. Nuclear
D. Natural Gas
Ans. C

37. High tension cables can be used for electric power transmission but the voltage should not
exceed
A. 11 kV
B. 22 kV
C. 32 kV
D. 110 kV
Ans. A

38. The line integral of the electric field around a closed loop is equal to negative of rate of change
of magnetic flux through the area enclosed by the loop. This statement is known as
A. Ampere's law ꞏ
B. Faraday's law of induction
C. Gauss' law of magnetism
D. Maxwell’s equation ꞏ
Ans. B

39. The partial derivatives "fxy" and "fyx" are called ______ derivatives.
A. Dependent partl.al
B. Independent partial
C. Mixed partial
D. Universal partial
Ans. C

40. Green function method is a useful technique for solving.


A. Ordinary differential equation
B. Partial differential equation
C. 1st order ODEs
D. 2nd order ODEs
Ans. B

41. The sum of all potential differences in a complete loop through the circuit should be
A. Equal to zero
B. Equal to individual voltages
C. Equal to Individual currents
D. Equal to individual resistances
Ans. A
Note: NTS marks C as correct answer.

42. Unguided propagation involves


A. Propagation through computer LANs
B. Propagation through telephone channels
C. Propagation through optical fiber
D. Propagation through coaxial cable
E. Free space propagation
Ans. E
43. Preferring a ______ consists of using OHM's law to take an existing voltage source in series
with a resistance and replace it with a current source in parallel with same resistance.
A. Voltage transformation
B. Current transformation
C. Source transformation
D. Resistance transformation
Ans. C

44. Dynamic resistance of diode


A. Remains constant with time
B. Cannot be calculated for a diode
C. Doesn't depend on voltage and current change across diode
D. Changes as a function of applied voltage
Ans. D

45. The TRIAC Is a _____ device with control terminal


A. Uni-directional
B. Bi-directional
C. Tri-directional
D. Two terminals
Ans. B

46. If all conductive objects are bonded to same earth grounding system, the risk of electric shock
is
A. Maximized
B. Minimized
C. Zero
D. Neglected
Ans. B

47. In open loop control system, input is ____ output.


A. Dependent of
B. Independent of
C. Equal to
D. Exponent of
Ans. B

48. If A is a square matrix with 3 x 3 order having det(A)=21, then what will be the det (2A)?
Whereas det is determinant
A. 168
B. 42
C. 21
D. 126
Ans. A

49. Error in a computer program is called


A. Virus
B. Crash
C. Bug
D. Worm
Ans. C

50. A system is ______ if the natural response neither decays nor grows, but remains constant or
oscillates.
A. Asymptomatically stable
B. Marginally stable
C. Fully stable
D. Absolute stable
Ans. B

51. N-type material Is formed by doping pure silicon with


A. Trivalent Impurity
B. Tetravalent impurity
C. Pentavalent impurity
D. Divalent impurity
Ans. C

52. The main criterion for selection of the size of power distribution using a radial distribution
system is
A. Voltage drops
B. Corona loss
C. Capital cost
D. Temperature rise
Ans. A

53. Self-induction of a solenoid is


A. Directly proportional to the current flowing through the coil.
B. Inversely proportional to its area of cross-section
C. Directly proportional to its length
D. Directly proportional to its area of cross-section
Ans. D

54. Transmission lines mostly use high voltage _____ alternating current.
A. Single phase
B. Two phases
C. Three phases
D. Neutral Phase
Ans. C

55. In a DC generator, brushes on the commutator are shifted from geometrical neutral position to
A. Obtain highest generator voltage
B. Avoid sparking
C. Obtain highest generator efficiency
D. Produce spark
Ans. B

56. The electric dipole moment per unit volume of the dielectric is called
A. Dipole density
B. Polarization of dielectric
C. Electric displacement vector
D. Polarization density
Ans. B

57. The negative maximum of cosine wave occurs at


A. 270o
B. 180o
C. 90o
D. 0o
Ans. B

58. For current amplification in BJT, we mostly use


A. Common base configuration
B. Common emitter configurationꞏ
C. Both common base and common emitter configuration
D. Common collector configuration
E. Both common collector and common emitter configuration
Ans. D

59. Let Vab, then _____ is taken as reference.


A. Node A
B. Node B
C. Origin point
D. Both
Ans. A

60. Stepper motor is a/an _______ motor which divides full rotation into large number of steps.
A. Direct current
B. Alternating current
C. Powerless
D. Small
Ans. A

61. A state during which nothing happens is known as


A. LOA
B. Nop
C. MAR
D. Op Code
Ans. B

62. A relay used for protection of motors against overload is


A. Impedance relay
B. Electromagnetic attraction type
C. Thermal relay ꞏ
D. Buchholz's relay
Ans. C

63. Which of the following relays is used on transformers?


A. MHO Relay
B. Merz Price Relay
C. Buchholz's relay
D. None
Ans. .C
64. Solid Grounding is used for Voltages
A. Above 220 kV
B. Above 11 kV
C. Below 660V
D. Below 115 kV
Ans. C

65. An ideal voltage source has ____ internal resistance


A. Zero
B. Infinity
C. High ꞏ
D. Low
Ans. A

66. An Ideal current source has _____ internal resistance.


A. Zero
B. Infinite
C. High
D. Low
Ans. B

67. A moving iron ammeter coil has few turns of thick wire in order to have
A. Low resistance
B. High sensitivity
C. Effective damping
D. Large scale
Ans. A

68. Electric lines of force about a negative charge are


A. Circular and anticlockwise
B. Circular and clockwise
C. Radially Inward
D. Radially outward
Ans. C

69. A digital signal is


A. Discrete
B. Discrete in time
C. Discrete in amplitude
D. Discrete in neither time nor amplitude
E. Discrete in both amplitude and time
Ans. E

70. ______ is defined as the measure of instrument by which it Is error free.


A. Accuracy
B. Precision
C. Resolution
D. None of above
Ans. A
71. A diode that has a negative resistance characteristic is the
A. Schott key diode
B. Tunnel diode
C. Hot carrier diode
D. Laser diode
E. Zener diode
Ans. B

72. Which type of engine uses maximum air fuel ratio?


A. Petrol engine
B. Gas engine
C. Diesel engine
D. Gas turbine
E. Hydro turbine
Ans. D

73. Which Instrument has same calibration for AC & DC values?


A. Induction type
B. Hot wire type
C. Moving coil type
D. Moving iron type
Ans. B

74. The EM field and current are concentrated close to the surface of conductor. The phenomenon
is called
A. Skin effect
B. Faraday effect
C. EM concentration effect
D. Ohm’s effect
Ans. A

75. Light is produced in electric discharge lamps by


A. Ionization in vapor or gas
B. Heating effect
C. Magnetic effect
D. Carbon electrodes
Ans. A

76. ______ diode acts as a voltage controlled variable capacitor.


A. Varactor
B. Zener
C. Avalanche
D. Light emitting
Ans. A

77. By which a meter after checking with no current returns to its previous state ꞏ
A. Controlling torque
B. Damping torque
C. Deflecting torque
D. None of the above
Ans. A
78. By connecting a shunt of higher value in ammeter what will happen
A. Current sensitivity increases
B. Current sensitivity decreases
C. Damping increases
D. Controlling torque decreases
Ans. B

79. Current chopping occurs in ____


A. Air blast circuit breaker.
B. Vacuum filled
C. Oil filled
D. SF6
Ans. A

80. For the signal Cos (pi/4) the fundamental period is


A. 2
B. 4
C. 8
D. 10
Ans. C

81. In Z- Transform, the ROC must be centered at


A. Origin
B. Z = i
C. Poles ꞏ
D. zeros
Ans. A

82. For a single-phase rotary convertor, when the power factor is unity, the AC line to DC current
ratio will be
A. 1.4
B. 1.0
C. 0.707
D. 0.5
Ans. A

83. A rectifier is a _____


A. Bilateral device
B. Linear device
C. Nonlinear device
D. Passive device
Ans. C

84. A permanent magnet coil meter has which features


A. Low power consumption
B. No hysteresis loss
C. Reduced eddy current
D. Reduced damping
E. All
Ans. E
85. Electric energy is stored by
A. Nickel cadmium battery
B. Lead acid battery ꞏ
C. Dry cell battery
D. None
Ans. B

86. What is handoff?


A. Call activation
B. Call termination
C. shifting call from one cell to another
D. All
Ans. C

87. When electric field is parallel to the plane of incident, electromagnetic wave is said to be
A. linearly polarized
B. Elliptically polarized
C. circularly polarized
D. hyperbolically polarized / parallel polarized
Ans. D

88. Moving coil ammeter can measure


A. AC current
B. DC current
C. stray current
D. Eddy current
Ans. B

89. Due to velocity saturation, MOSFET enters in saturation region


A. Before pinch off
B. After pinch off
C. At pinch off
D. at Q point
E. After Q point
Ans. A

90. Which of the following is not bilateral?


A. Resistor
B. Diode
C. Capacitor
D. Inductor
Ans. B

91. Which of the following contact point metals has the highest melting point?
A. Silver
B. Tungsten
C. Gold
D. Copper
Ans. B
92. In a rotary converter
A. Armature currents are DC only
B. Armature currents are AC only
C. Partly AC & partly DC
D. All
Ans. C

93. Which bulb operates on lowest power?


A. Night Bulb
B. Neon Bulb
C. GLS Bulb
D. Torch lamp
Ans. D

94. Which Instrument cannot be used for DC measurements?


A. Moving iron attraction type ꞏ
B. Moving coil permanent magnet type
C. Hot wire type
D. Induction type
Ans. D

95. Which type of system is referred by pneumatic system?


A. Pressure
B. Hydraulic
C. Fluid
D. None of these
Ans. A

96. The voltage above 230kV is called


A. Extra high voltage
B. Ultra-high voltage
C. High voltage
D. None
Ans. A

97. Lower voltages like 66kv and 33kv are considered to be


A. Sub transmission voltage
B. Distribution voltage
C. Generation voltage
D. None
Ans. A

98. Every pre-amplifier in amplifier circuits contain _____ to achieve linearity:


A. Class A
B. Class B
C. Class AB
D. Class C
Ans. A

99. DIAC is a semi-conductor device which act as a


A. 2 terminal unidirectional switch
B. 2 terminal bidirectional switch
C. 3 terminal bidirectional switch
D. 4 terminal multi-directional switch
Ans. B

100. What is reciprocal of power factor?


A. Gain
B. Q factor
C. Reactive power
D. Real power
Ans. B

101. What is the percentage of symmetrical faults in power system?


A. 5%
B. 10%
C. 15%
D. 20%
Ans. A

102. Transmission lines are considered to be _____ kV and above.


A. 110kv
B. 140kv
C. 130kv
D. 150kv
Ans. A

103. The product of V-rms and I-rms


A. Apparent power
B. Real power
C. Virtual power
D. Reactive power
Ans. A

104. State variable analysis is used for the modelling of ____ type of systems.
A. Linear
B. Non-linear
C. Time variant
D. Time invariant
E. All of above
Ans. E

105. Aero derivative turbines do not have


A. Stator
B. Compressor
C. Fuel Intake system
D. Fan
Ans. D

106. Commercial digital/analog convertor modules are available with precision ranging from 6
bit to
A. 10
B. 12
C. 32
D. 18
Ans. D

107. In superposition theorem, all voltage Sources are replaced by


A. Open circuit ꞏ
B. Closed circuit
C. Short Circuit
D. Open circuit with parallel branch
Ans. C

108. The principle of _____ can be used to analyze fault in power system network.
A. Thevenin
B. Norton
C. Jordon
D. Superposition
Ans. D

109. In submarine power system, power Is transmitted through _____ cables.


A. High voltage direct current
B. Low voltage direct current
C. Under current
D. Under ampere
Ans. A

110. RC snubber circuit is used to limit the rate of _____ In off state.
A. Rise of current in SCR
B. Rise of voltage in SCR
C. Conduction period
D. All of above
Ans. B

111. Which system Is used for dc-to-dc high voltage gain?


A. Solar cell energy conversion system
B. Battery backup system
C. Fuel cell energy conversion system ꞏ
D. High intensity discharge lamp ballasts for automobile headlamps
E. All of the above
Ans. E

112. UJT has same characteristics like


A. CE
B. BJT
C. FET
D. Diodes
Ans. C

113. Rechargeable batteries or Pbs batteries are of ____ type.


A. Primary batteries
B. Secondary batteries
C. Electrochemical batteries
D. None
Ans. B

Ans. A

114. Superposition theorem is applicable to


A. linear system
B. Linear time variant
C. Linear and non-linear
D. Linear time invariant
Ans. A

115. Four wires are available in ______ system


A. Star
B. Delta
C. Both A and B
D. Interconnected
Ans. A

116. Active devices


A. Supply energy
B. Absorb energy
C. Convert energy from one form to another
D. Supply and absorb energy
E. Supply energy and convert one form to another
Ans. E

117. Over Current protection for motor s provided by


A. Kit kat fuses
B. Overcurrent Relay
C. Cartage fuses
D. None
Ans. B

118. Inductance can be measured by


A. Wien's bridge
B. Anderson bridge
C. Shearing bridge
D. Maxwell bridge
Ans. D

119. For a fixed number of poles and armature conductors _____ winding will give high emf
A. Lap winding
B. Wave winding
C. Copper winding
Ans. B

120. Maxwell loop current method of solving electrical network uses


A. Branch currents
B. Kirchhoff’s voltage law
C. Is confined to single loop circuit
Ans. B

121. Which of the following is not the type of transformer?


A. Resonant transformer
B. Cast Iron transformer
Ans. B

122. Which of the prime movers Is least efficient?


A. Gas turbine
B. Petrol engine
C. Diesel engine
D. Steam engine
Ans. D

123. When electromagnetic waves collide with hurdles their frequencies


A. Increase
B. Decrease
C. Remains same
D. Bounce back
Ans. C

124. In 3-phase 4-wire system, how many voltages. are available?


A. Two
B. Three
C. Four
Ans. A

125. ________ meter is used a null detector In Wheatstone bridge


A. Ammeter
B. Voltmeter
C. Galvanometer
D. Wattmeter
Ans. C

126. If "Rt" is the resistance of a coil of copper at t° C and RT Is the resistance at To C and also
the resistance temperature coefficient of copper per degree centigrade at 0°C is 1/234.45, then
Rt/RT
A. (1 + t) / (l + T)
B. (1+ 234.45t) / (1+234.45 T)
C. (234.45 + t) / (234.45 + T)
D. (234.45 + t2) / (234.45 + T2)
Ans. C

127. The wavelength of an electromagnetic wave after reflection at an angle on a surface


A. Increases in the actual direction of propagation
B. Decreases In the actual direction of propagation
C. Remains the same as the wavelength perpendicular to the surface
D. Remains the same as in free space
Ans. A
128. Δ x H=J + D is
A. Maxwell equation
B. Continuity
C. Laplace equation
D. Poisson equation
Ans. A

129. The channel of a JFET Is between the


A. Gate and drain
B. Drain and source
C. Gate and source
D. Input arid output
Ans. B

130. LTI system can be completely characterized by


A. Impulse response
B. Step input
C. Output
D. Step response
Ans. A

131. If a signal having different frequency and different sampling frequency are time division
multiplexes then it is called
A. Pulse stuffing
B. Synchronous multiplexing
C. Asynchronous multiplexing
D. FDMA
Ans. A

132. We build control systems for


A. Remote control
B. Convenience of Input form
C. Power amplification
D. Compensation for disturbance
E. All of the above
Ans. E

133. Natural frequency of a system gives


A. Nature of transient
B. Overshoot
C. Oscillation
D. Speed of response
Ans. D

134. Hay bridge is used for the measurement of


A. Inductance
B. Resistance
C. Capacitance
D. None of these
Ans. A
135. ________ bridge is used for the measurement of resistance.
A. Shearing bridge
B. Hay bridge
C. Wheatstone bridge
D. Maxwell bridge
Ans. C

136. In an LTI system, if all the poles and zeros are inside the unit circle then
A. Its inverse does not exist
B. The system is causal and stable
C. The Inverse of system ls causal and stable
D. Both system and its inverse are causal and stable
Ans. D

137. Under-damped systems have


A. Damping ratio > 1
B. 0 < damping ratio < 1
C. Damping ratio = 1
D. Damping ratio = 0
Ans. B

138. An alternator is operating on unity PF load, then


A. Armature reaction will be cross magnetizing
B. Armature reaction will be de-magnetizing
C. Armature reaction will be magnetizing
D. None of the above
Ans. A

139. ROC converges if poles and Zeroes lies inside


A. Origin
B. Z=l
C. Poles
D. Zeros
Ans. B

140. ______ is the fastest possible response without the overshoot


A. Under damped
B. Over damped
C. Critically damped
D. General response
Ans. C

141. Which oscillator is the most stable oscillator?


A. Crystal
B. Wien bridge
C. Colpitts
D. Hartley
Ans. A

142. Fourier series representation of continuous signal requires ____ number of harmonically
complex components.
A. N
B. 2pi/ N
C. n + N
D. 1
E. Infinite
Ans. E

143. Any constant of time domain is an impulse in frequency domain with


A. Infinite height, infinite width, infinite area ꞏ
B. Infinite height, infinite width, zero area
C. Infinite height, zero width, zero area
D. Infinite height, zero width, unit area
Ans. D

144. Which statement is true about continuous and discrete LTI system?
A. Convolution sum Is approximation to convolution integral
B. Convolution integral ls approximation to convolution sum
C. Convolution sum and integral are explicit realization
D. All
Ans. C

145. Which of the following has super linear rate of convergence?


A. Bisection method
B. Newton Raphson method ꞏ
C. Secant method
D. False position method
Ans. C

146. The modulation technique in which carrier is switched between two different carrier levels
0 &1 is called
A. Amplitude shift keying
B. On off keying
C. Frequency shift keying
D. Phase shift keying
Ans. B

147. LTI system is stable when


A. Zero ls Inside a unit circle
B. Poles are Inside a unit circle
C. Zero at origin
D. Poles at origin ꞏ
Ans. B

148. Which of the following converts thermal energy to kinetic energy?


A. Thermocouple
B. Fuel cell
C. Rocket
D. Storage battery
Ans. C

149. For constant voltage transmission, voltage drop is compensated by installing


A. Synchronous motors
B. Inductors
C. Capacitors
D. All of above
Ans. A

150. Which of the following voltage is usually not the generating voltage?
A. 6.66kv
B. 9.9kv
C. 11kv
D. 13kv
Ans. B

151. Boosters are basically


A. inductors
B. Capacitors
C. Transformers
D. Synchronous motors
Ans. C

152. Difference between D-MOSFET and JFET is the absence of


A. P-N Junction
B. Drain
C. Gate
D. Source
Ans. A

153. FET is beneficial due to


A. Low noise
B. High power gain
C. Small size
D. All
Ans. D

154. Vce (voltage between collector and emitter) of a transistor is very important in checking
whether transistor is
A. Working in saturation
B. Working in cut off
C. Defective
D. All
Ans. D

155. FIR filter can be designed to achieve


A. Linear phase
B. Inverting phase
C. Non-inverting phase
D. Both A & B
Ans. A

156. In 8051 the contents of the Instruction register are split Into
A. 2 nibbles
B. 3 nibbles
C. 4 nibbles
D. 5 nibbles
Ans. A

157. One of the properties of FIR filters Is that Is not required for FIR filters.
A. Input
B. Transfer function
C. Feedback
D. Output
Ans. C

158. Optical power cable depends on ______ associated with optical fiber receiver.
A. Quantum
B. Dark current
C. Thermal
D. All
Ans. D

159. The parameter hfe of a transistor corresponds to


A. Beta dc
B. Beta ac
C. Re'
D. Rc'
Ans. B

160. Oscillator whose frequency can be changed by a DC control voltage is


A. Triangular wave oscillator
B. Wien-bridge oscillator
C. Crystal oscillator
D. Voltage controlled oscillator
Ans. D

161. DC operating point of an amplifier specified by voltage and current value is called ꞏ
A. Gain
B. Q point
C. load line
D. None of above
Ans. B

162. In RLC circuits, at low frequency, Z is larger due to


A. XC is larger ꞏ
B. XL is larger
C. XC is smaller
D. None
Ans. A

163. ______ is the part of instruction which tells. the computer which operation to perform next.
A. OP code
B. On code
C. RAM
D. ROM
Ans. A

164. In 8085 ............ ls the part of a control unit.


A. ROM
B. RAM
C. Instruction registers
D. OP code
Ans. C

165. JFET has main drawback of


A. Having low input impedance
B. Noise distortion
C. Having small gain-bandwidth product
D. None
Ans. C

166. In order to have a lower cost of electrical energy generation


A. The load factor and diversity factor should be low
B. T1ie load factor and diversity factor should be high
C. The load factor should be low and diversity factor should be high
D. The load factor should be high and diversity factor should be low
Ans. B

167. When the current in the light bulb drops by 2%, its power decreases by
A. 4 %
B. 2 %
C. 8 %
D. 16 %
Ans. A

168. What is common mode rejection ratio CMRS?


A. It Is ratio of differential mode gain to common mode gain
B. It Is the ratio of common mode gain to differential mode gain
C. It is the product of common mode pin and differential mode gain
D. None of these '
Ans. A

169. Resolution of ADC is defined as the no of bits In


A. Output
B. Input
C. I/O
D. None
Ans. A

170. The most common method for measurement of low resistance Is


A. Wheatstone bridge method
B. Potentiometer method
C. Kelvin bridge method
Ans. C
171. The shunt winding of a motor has a resistance of 85 ohm at 22°C. When the motor runs at
full load, its resistance. increases to 100 ohms. The resistance temperature coefficient of
winding per 0°C is 0.004. The rise.in temperature of the winding will be nearly

Ans. 70o C

172. If the height of transmission tower is Increased, which of the following parameters are
likely to change?
A. capacitance
B. Inductance
Ans. A

173. If ROC (Region of convergence) does not include unit circle then
A. Fourier transforme converges
B. Z-transforme converges
C. Harley transforme converges
D. Chirplet transforme converges
Ans. B

174. In MSI (Medium Scale Integration) technique; the number of transistors on the single IC
package can be fabricated are

Ans. 10 to 100

175. In LSI (Large Scale Integration) technique, the number of transistors, which can be
fabricated on the single IC are

Ans. 100 to 1000

***For small scale integration 0 to 10 transistors

176. TTL (Transistor Transistor Logic) of chip Integration uses


A. Bipolar Junction transistor
B. Field effect
C. Complementary symmetry metal oxide
D. None
Ans. A

177. For getting the sampled signal without any distortion, Nyquist criteria, the minimum
sampling period must be according to
A. Double the max period
B. Equal to the max period
C. Greater than the max period
D. Half the max period
Ans. D

178. How is thyristor turned off?


A. By forced commutation
B. Forward biasing
C. Reverse gating
D. None
Ans. A

179. For a silicon diode. the value of the forward bias voltage is
A. 0.1
B. 0.3
C. 0.7
D. Depends on the concentration of majority carriers
Ans. C

180. In high frequency applications we use


A. Pulse transformer
B. Air core transformers
C. Ferrite core transformers
D. None
Ans. B

181. If there are less than 4 electrons in the valence shell, then the element is generally, a
A. Conductor
B. Insulator
C. Semiconductor
D. none of these
Ans. A

182. Which is not a type of substation?


A. Line
B. Collector
C. Converter
D. Switching
Ans. A

183. What is the basic principle behind motor operation?


A. Electromagnetism
B. Electrostatic induction
C. Magnetism
D. None
Ans. A

184. Most squirrel cage rotors are made by die casting of---- conductor bars.
A. Copper
B. Aluminum
C. Zinc
D. Silver
Ans. B

185. The _____ of measurement is a measure of change in the instrument output, which occurs
when the quantity being measured changes by a given amount. ꞏ
A. Sensitivity
B. Accuracy
C. Threshold
D. None
Ans. A.

186. ______ transforms voltage from high to low and reverse and perform any of several other
important functions. ꞏ
A. Substation
B. Grid
C. Switchyard
D. None
Ans. A

187. The input for a distribution substation is typically at least _____ transmission lines or sub-
transmission lines.
A. Two
B. three
C. Four
D. None
Ans. A

188. When a small resistance or impedence is Inserted between two points of different
potentials, accidentally or intentionally. It is called
A. Short circuit
B. Open
C. Close circuit
D. None
Ans. A

189. Hollow conductors are use in transmission line to


A. To reduce corona
B. To reduce weight of the copper
C. Improve stability
D. Increase power transmission capacity
Ans. A

190. Shunt reactors are connected with transmission lines for


A. Limiting fault current
B. Limiting fault voltage
C. Absorbing reactive power
D. Absorbing High voltage surges
Ans. C

191. In a DC machine, what is the angle between rotor and stator fields
A. 45
B. 90
C. 120
D. 180
Ans. B

192. Which of the following motor has the highest torque?


A. DC series motor
B. AC series motor
C. Induction motor
D. Synchronous motor
Ans. A

193. Motor that should not be used with load removed is


A. Series motor
B. Shunt motor
C. C Both
D. None
Ans. A

194. The process of conversion of AC into DC is called


A. Magnification
B. Amplification
C. Purification
D. Rectification
Ans. D

195. The region of operation of transistors is ---- if emitter junction is forward biased and
collector junction is reverse biased.
A. Active
B. Saturation ꞏ
C. Cutoff
D. Inverted
Ans. A

196. When no signal input, a bipolar transistor would have least Ic where
A. Emitter base junction is reverse biased
B. Emitter grounded
C. Emitter base Junction forward biased
D. Emitter base current high
Ans. A

197. An N-type and P-type semiconductor can be obtained by doping silicon with ꞏ.
A. Sodium and magnesium respectively
B. Phosphorus and boron respectively
C. Indium and sodium respectively
D. Boron and arsenic respectively
Ans. B

198. The form factor in reference to alternating current waveform represents the ratio of
A. The average value to RMS value
B. The peak value to RMS value
C. The RMS value to average value
D. The RMS value to peak value
Ans. C

199. Power factor of-magnetizing component of a transformer is


A. Zero
B. Unity
C. 0.8 lagging
D. Always leading
Ans. A

200. If the horizontal and vertical components of Earth's magnetic field are equal then angle of
dip is
A. 45•
B. 90•
C. 60°
D. 30•
Ans. A

201. The ______ field lasts as long' as current is flowing through the conductor
A. Gravitational
B. Electric
C. Magnetic
D. Kinetic
Ans. C

202. Waves which do not require material medium for their propagation are called
A. Electromagnetic
B. Electrostatic
C. Electrical
D. Mechanical
Ans. A

203. SCR Is a device having ____ layers and ____ Junctions.


A. Four, three
B. Three, four
C. Three, two
D. Four, two
Ans. A

204. The AC motors used in servo applications Is a


A. Single phase Induction motor
B. Two phase Induction motor
C. Three phase induction motor
D. Synchronous motor
Ans. B

205. Transfer of ASCII codes from a microprocessor to a printer must be done on handshake
basis because
A. open collector buffers are used on a signal & data line
B. Microprocessor can send characters much faster than printer can print them
C. Sometimes parallel printer in a system don't have BIOS procedure
D. Both A and C
Ans. B

206. Which is not a type of key switch?


A. Mechanical key switch
B. Capacitive key switch
C. Hall effect key switch
D. Maxwell's key switch
Ans. D

207. Specifying the kind of Input, processing and output required for a program occur when
A. Defining the problem
B. Planning the problem
C. Flowcharting the problem
D. Coding the problem
Ans. A

208. In bus topology, what is 'backbone'?


A. Hup
B. TAP
C. Log cable
D. Backup server
Ans. C

209. Which statement is not true about VHDL (VHSIC hardware description language)?
A. VHDL is an IEEE standard language
B. VHDL is strongly typed language
C. VHDL is case sensitive
D. VHDL Is developed as a part of very high-speed integrated circuit (VHSIC)
Ans. C

210. The main drawback of a feedback system is


A. Inaccuracy
B. Inefficiency
C. Instability
D. Insensitivity
Ans. C

211. Transient response of system is basically due to


A. Coupling
B. Forces
C. Friction
D. Stored energy
Ans. D

212. If current and voltage are out of phase by 90 degrees then power is
A. Zero
B. Minimum
C. Maximum
D. √3 VI
Ans. A

213. The instantaneous value of sinusoidal AC current at 45o Is called


A. Peak to peak value
B. RMS value
C. Peak value
D. Average value
Ans. B
214. Which wave has the least value of form factor?
A. Square wave
B. Triangle wave
C. Sine wave
D. Rectangle wave
Ans. A

215. The unit of Inductive susceptance is


A. Siemens
B. mH
C. Henry
D. Ohm
Ans. A

216. When sole purpose of AC is to give heat then selection of conductor is based on
A. Peak value of current
B. Average value of current
C. RMS value of current
D. None
Ans. C

217. The power factor of DC supply voltage is always


A. Unity
B. Zero
C. infinite
D. None
Ans. A

218. Potential barriers are measured in


A. Volts
B. Amps
C. Ohms
D. Coulombs
Ans. A

219. Transistor means transfer of


A. Transfer of resistance
B. Transfer of capacitance
C. Transfer of inductance
D. None
Ans. A

220. Depletion region carries


A. Positive charge
B. Negative charge
C. No charge
D. None of above
Ans. C

221. Which is not an integrating instrument


A. Ampere hour meter
B. Watt hour meter
A. Voltmeter
C. Odometer
Ans. C

222. The memory unit using only gates is


A. RAM
B. ROM
C. Core
D. Disc
Ans. A

223. Ladder network used in digital to analog converter is


A. R-C ladder
B. R-2R ladder
C. R-L ladder
D. R-2L ladder
Ans. B

224. No of digits in octal system is


A. 2
B. 8
C. 16
D. 18
ꞏAns. B

225. Which of the following binary numbers is equal to decimal number 10?
A. 1000
B. 1001
C. 0101
D. 1010
Ans. D

226. In DLD, a function that includes all the 2n min terms is equal to the logic
A. 0
B. 1
C. Infinity
D. 22n - l
Ans. B

227. Which triggering method is used for flip flop?


A. Master slave
B. King slave
C. Boss employ
D. None
Ans. A

228. How many general purposes registers the execution unit has?
A. 2
B. 8
C. 12
D. 18
Ans. B

229. 8086 allows to set aside an entire 64k-byte segment as stack. The upper 16 bits of the
starting address for this segment are kept in
A. Stack pointer
B. Data register
C. Segment register
D. All of above
Ans. C

230. When all the terms in a row of Routh array are zero, the characteristic equation has roots on
A. Positive real axis
B. Negative real axis
C. Imaginary axis
D. Real axis
Ans. C

231. Addition of poles in a transfer function causes


A. Lead compensation
B. Lag compensation
C. Lead lag compensation
D. Interval compensation
Ans. B

232. If a system is critically damped and the gain is increased then system becomes
A. Over damped
B. Under damped
C. Oscillatory
D. Remains critically damped
Ans. B

233. Which cannot be treated as an amplifier in control system?


A. DC generator
B. DC motor
C. Metadyne
D. Amplidyne
Ans. B

234. In PCM system, quantization noise depends upon


A. Number of quantization levels only
B. Sampling rate
C. Index number
D. Both B and C
Ans. A

235. Coupling used in Stoneman transmission bridge is


A. Resistive
B. Capacitive
C. Inductive
D. Combination of all
Ans. B

236. One can provide two or more voice circuits on same carrier by using
A. DSB-SC
B. SSB with pilot carrier
C. ISB systems
D. SSB-BC system
Ans. C

237. Frequency frogging is used in carrier system to


A. Conserve frequencies
B. Reduce distortion
C. Reduce crosstalk
D. Destroy frequencies
Ans. C

238. Video transmission In TV broadcast is usually on


A. FM
B. PM
C. AM
D. SM
Ans. C

239. In FM power has the modulation Index that


A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Remains constant
D. Become zero
Ans. C

240. A single flip flop can be constructed by using which digital gate
A. NAND
B. OR
C. NOR
D. AND
Ans. A

241. Duration of pulse response is finite for


A. FIR filters
B. IIR filters
C. Electronic
D. None
Ans. A

242. For N-channel MOSFET ______ terminal acts as a control electrode


A. Gate
B. Source
C. Drain
D. All
Ans. A
243. Graphical difference between nFET and pFET is
A. Inversion bubble at the gate
B. Inversion bubble at the source
C. Inversion bubble at the drain
D. All
Ans. A

244. Functionality of PLC contains


A. Sequential control relay
B. Process control relay
C. Distributed control relay
D. All of above
Ans. D

245. Injection laser is a _____ device


A. Breakdown
B. Avalanche
C. Threshold
D. None of above
Ans. B

246. Quality factor (Q-factor) of tuned circuit is referred to as which property


A. Selectivity
B. Sensitivity
C. Fidelity
D. Connectivity
Ans. A

247. If scale of voltmeter is uniform its type is


A. Hotwire
B. Induction
C. Moving coil permanent magnet type
D. Moving coil dynamometer
Ans. C

248. Voltage applied across parallel RLC circuit is 100V, what is the resonant frequency when
inductance is 0.1 H, capacitance is 0.1 μF and resistance ls 100 ohms
A. 1.259 KHz
B. 1.359 KHz
C. 1.539 KHz
D. 1.739 KHz
Ans. C

249. The flag register in 8051 microcontroller is


A. Program status word
B. Memory register
C. Bit status
D. Location of data
Ans. A

250. An oscillator converts which type of input to AC waveform signal


A. AC power input
B. DC power input
C. Both AC and DC power inputs
D. None of above
Ans. B

251. Consistency of an instrument is related with


A. Precision
B. Accuracy
C. Validity
D. Reliability
Ans. D

252. When an electric current passes through a bucket full of water, lot of bubbling is observed.
This suggests that the type of supply is ꞏ
A. A.C
B. D.C
C. Can be any of these
D. None
Ans. B

253. What happens to the resistance of carbon filament lamp as the applied voltage is increased
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Remains same
D. None of above
Ans. B

254. A 6 KHz sinusoidal voltage is applied to a series RC circuit. The frequency of voltage
across the resistor is
A. 0 Hz
B. 12 kHz
C. 6 kHz
D. 18 kHz
Ans. C

255. When the frequency of source voltage decreases, the impedance of parallel RC circuit
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Does not change
D. Decreases to zero
Ans. A

256. In a complex plane, the number 4 + j3 is located in


A. First quadrant
B. Second quadrant
C. Third quadrant
D. Fourth quadrant
Ans. A

257. For a large value of VDS FET behaves as


A. Voltage controlled current source
B. Current controlled voltage source
C. Variable resistance
D. None of above
Ans. A

258. Removing bypass capacitor across emitter leg resistor in a CE ac amplifier causes
A. Increase in voltage gain
B. Short circuit
C. Decrease in voltage gain
D. Exponential rise in current
Ans. C

259. When a step input is given to an OP-amp integrator the output will be
A. Integral function
B. Differential function
C. Exponential function
D. Ramp function
Ans. D

260. Hysteresis is desirable In Schmitt trigger because


A. It protects the circuit
B. It constantly magnetizes and de magnetizes it
C. Devices in the circuit should be allowed time for saturation and desaturation
D. None
Ans. C

261. In a full wave rectifier without filter, the ripple factor is


A. 0.75
B. 0.65
C. 0.482
D. 3.14
Ans. C

262. Minimum number of flip flops required to construct mod75 counter is


A. 7
B. 9
C. 4
D. 1
Ans. A

263. In a clamping circuit, the peak-to-peak voltage of the waveform being clamped is
A. Independent of the input voltage
B. Not affected by the clamping
C. Depends on the input voltage
D. All of above
Ans. B

264. A Zener diode has a sharp breakdown


A. At low reverse voltage
B. In Forward biased state
C. In Reverse biased state
D. Never breaks down
Ans. A

265. N channel FETs are superior to P channel because


A. Of greater concentrations of impurity
B. Mobility of electrons is greater than holes
C. Low breakdown voltage
D. Higher stability
Ans. B

266. Negative feedback in an amplifier


A. Increases the voltage gain
B. Reduces the voltage gain
C. Does not affect the gain of amplifier
D. None of above
Ans. B

267. For generating 1 kHz signal most suitable circuit is


A. Crystal oscillator
B. Wheatstone bridge
C. Wien Bridge Oscillator
D. Both A & C
Ans. C

268. The main feature or prominent property of the crystal oscillator


A. Economy
B. Reliability
C. Stability
D. High frequency
Ans. C

269. Primary of a machine is stationary while secondary is rotating. This rotating transformer is
known as
A. Conduction motor
B. Current transformer
C. Potential transformer
D. Induction motor
Ans. D

270. For rectification, which of the following is used?


A. Capacitors
B. Resistors
C. Diodes
D. Inductors
Ans. C

271. Conduction angle in amplifier in class A amplifiers is


A. 180
B. 90
C. 270
D. 360
Ans. D

272. In amplifiers, the common mode rejection ratio (CMRR) should be


A. High (in ideal differential amplifier CMRR Is Infinity)
B. low
C. Keeps modulating between high and low
D. None or above
Ans. A

273. A transformer with a winding ratio of 20:1 means


A. For every 20 turns of primary, there shall be one secondary turn
B. there are 20 turns on primary and 1 turn on secondary
Ans. A

274. Power 'P' Is required to be transmitted by overhead lines over the length 'L'ꞏ For the same
power loss and the same voltage between conductor and earth, the least conductor material Is
required In
A. 3 wire AC system
B. 2 wire DC system
C. 4 wire AC system
D. 3 wire DC system
Ans. B

275. A 100V bulb has a resistance of 500 ohm. The number of hours it can work for every KWH
of energy consumed will be
A. 10 hours
B. 35 hours
C. 55 hours
D. 50 hours
Ans. D

276. If the poles are in the left half of s-plane then the system Is
A. Marginally stable
B. Unstable
C. Stable
D. Critically stable
Ans. C

277. In which circuit, current leads the voltage by 90


A. Inductive
B. Resistive
C. Capacitive
D. None
Ans. C

278. The efficiency of a transformer will be maximum when


A. Power factor Is closer to unity
B. When it is fully loaded
C. Copper losses equal to the iron losses
D. When it is loaded at half of its capacity
Ans. C

279. The instrument which senses the fault and initiates the trip
A. Fuse
B. Protective relays
C. Circuit breaker
D. Barriers
Ans. B

280. The storage of electric charge is possible in _____ and it is charged and discharged
continuously.
A. Lelanche cells
B. Edison cells
C. Lead acid battery
D. Nickel chromium battery
Ans. C

281. Which type of instrument cannot be used for both AC and DC?
A. Dynamometer type
B. Electrostatic type
C. Induction type
D. None of these
Ans. C

282. U235 is an isotope of Uranium making up about ------% of natural uranium.


A. 0.7%
B. 0.9%.
C. 0.10%
D. 0.5%
Ans. A

283. Which of the following is used as a moderator in nuclear reactor?


A. Graphite
B. Boron
C. Uranium
D. Hydrogen
Ans. A

284. Occurrence of electric potential (usually less than 10 V) between two isolated objects that
Ideally should not have any voltage difference between them is due to
A. Stray voltage
B. Dim voltage
C. Tame voltage
D. Ground voltage
Ans. A

285. PMMC (Permanent Magnet Moving Coil) instruments have following features.
A. low hysteresis loss
B. Uniform scale
C. Reduced Eddy current
D. Low power consumption
E. All of above
Ans. E

286. Common base amplifier when compared to FET is represented as


A. Common gate
B. Common drain
C. Common source
D. None
Ans. A

287. In electrodynamometer type wattmeter


A. Current coil is fixed
B. Pressure coil is fixed
C. Both are fixed
D. Both are moving
Ans. A

288. A Hall's effect sensor can be used for measuring


A. Pressure
B. Magnetic flux
C. Relative humidity
D. Current
Ans. B

289. In an Oscilloscope, time base is generated by


A. Horizontal amplifier
B. Vertical amplifier
C. Sweep generator
D. Signal generator
Ans. C

290. Each stage of a four-stage amplifier has a voltage gain of 12. The overall voltage gain is
A. 12
B. 34
C. 20736
D. None
Ans. C

291. Seismic transducer is used for measuring


A. Linear velocity
B. Angular velocity
C. Acceleration
D. Pressure
Ans. C

292. Spectrum analyzer graphically presents energy distribution of a signal as function of


A. frequency
B. Phase
C. Amplitude
D. None
Ans. A

293. Signal generators generate


A. Signals of varying amplitude and varying frequency
B. Repeating and non-repeating electronic signals
C. Signals of constant amplitude and constant frequency
D. None of above
Ans. B

294. A triangular wave shape is obtained by


A. Integrating sine wave
B. Integrating rectangular waves
C. Integrating square wave
D. All of above
Ans. C

295. wave analyzer is an instrument to measure relative amplitude of single frequency


component in a
A. Complex waveform
B. Sinusoidal waveforms
C. Both A& B
D. None of above
Ans. A

296. For an OP-AMP with negative feedback the output is


A. Equal to the input
B. Increased
C. Feedback to the inverting input
D. Feedback to the non-inverting Input
Ans. C

297. In an operational amplifier the common mode gain is


A. Zero
B. Infinity
C. Very low
D. Very high
Ans. A

298. An electronic oscillator is


A. Just like an alternator
B. Nothing but an amplifier
C. An amplifier with feedback
D. A converter of ac to de energy
Ans. C

299. In RC phase shift oscillator circuit


A. There ls no need for feedback signal
B. Pure sine wave output is Possible
C. feedback factor is less than unity
D. None of above
Ans. B
300. Closed loop gain of a feedback amplifier is the gain obtained when
A. Its output terminals are closed
B. Negative feedback is applied
C. Feedback loop is closed
D. Feedback factor exceeds unity
Ans. C

301. Feedback in an amplifier always helps to


A. Control its output
B. Increase its gain
C. Decrease its input impedance
D. Stabilize its gain
Ans. A

302. The internal resistance of a saturated Weston cell is of the order of


A. A few hundred ohms
B. Negligible
C. Infinite
D. Thousand ohms
Ans. A

303. If two or more interrupts occur during execution, the sequence of appearance of interrupt’s
Is called
A. Multi-interrupt
B. Nested Interrupt
C. interrupt within interrupt
D. Nested Interrupt and Interrupt within interrupt
Ans. D

304. The condition occurring when two or more devices try to write data to a bus simultaneously
is
A. Address decoding
B. Bus contention
C. Bus collisions
D. Address multiplexing
Ans. B

305. 1n memory mapped scheme, the devices are viewed as


A. Distinct I/O devices
B. Memory locations
C. Only Input devices
D. Only output devices
Ans. B

306. The process of refreshing the data In RAM to reduce the possibility of data loss Is known as
A. Data cycle
B. Retain cycle
C. Regain cycle
D. Refresh cycle
Ans. D
307. The Instruction, MOV AX, 2 OH Is an example of
A. Register addressing mode
B. Direct-addressing mode
C. Immediate addressing mode
D. Based indexed addressing mode
Ans. C

308. The instruction that unconditionally transfer the control of execution to the specified
address Is
A. JMP
B. RET
C. CALL
D. IRET
Ans. A

309. Unlike microprocessors, micro controllers make use of batteries because they have
A. High power dissipation
B. Low power consumption
C. Low voltage consumption
D. Low current consumption
Ans. B

310. Ripple factor of a bridge rectifier Is


A. 0.5
B. l
C. 2
D. 0.75
Ans. A

311. Which of the following is NOT a purpose of Disturbance Monitoring?


A. Model validation
B. Disturbance investigation
C. incorrect relay setting
D. Assessment of system protection performance
Ans. C

312. Which of the following is not a basic category of measurement?


A. Null
B. Validity
C. Direct
D. Indirect
Ans. B

313. Use of functions is that they can be used to _____ and to make program more
understandable
A. Increase code duplication
B. Decrease code duplication
C. Sub Program
Ans. B
314. The large or surge impedance loading of a long transmission line can be increased without
adversely affecting its stability by connecting a lumped
A. Inductance in series with the line
B. Inductance in shunt with the line
C. Capacitance in shunt with the line
D. Capacitance in series with the line
Ans. D

315. As compared to oscillators, inverter provides


A. Low voltage output
B. Low frequency output
C. Distortion less output
D. Noise less output
Ans. B

316. A ______ can be used to make automated potentiometer in comparison measurements.


A. Analog to digital converter
B. Digital to analog converter
C. Electrometer
D. Precision meter
Ans. B

317. Depletion region of diode contains


A. No mobile charge carriers
B. A small number of mobile carriers
C. A large number of mobile carriers
D. The number of mobile carriers depend upon temperature
Ans. A

318. The analog to digital converter provides ______ of input signal.


A. Representation
B. Quantization
C. Maximum value
D. All Information
Ans. B

319. A higher directivity is specified by


A. High gain low bandwidth
B. High gain high bandwidth
C. Low gain low bandwidth
D. Low gain high bandwidth
Ans. A

320. GSM uses


A. FDMA
B. TDMA
C. Both
D. None of above
Ans. C

321. Advanced mobile phone systems (AMPS)


A. FDMA
B. TDMA
C. Both
D. None
Ans. A

322. Which Modulation has higher data rates?


A. AM
B. FM
C. QAM
D. QPSK
Ans. C

323. Fly back converter is used for


A. AC-AC
B. AC-DC
C. DC-DC
D. DC-AC
E. Both B&C
Ans. E

324. Large phase mercury arc rectifier is used as


A. Inverter
B. Rectifier
C. Both
D. None
Ans. B

325. In a transformer it is difficult to measure the efficiency by output-Input measurement


methods because
A. The output Is sinusoidal and hence cannot be determined
B. Losses are abnormally high
C. Efficiency of transformer Is usually high and hence extremely accurate measurements will
be necessary
D. Outputs out of phase with respect to input
Ans. C

326. Series capacitor compensation is used to


A. Increase the series reactance between load and supply
B. Reduce the series reactance between load and supply
C. Supply the reactive power
D. Increase voltage dip on load
Ans. B

327. Shunt reactors are needed


A. To boost receiving end voltage under light loads
B. To boost receiving end voltage under heavy loads
C. To bring down receiving end voltage at light loads
D. To bring down receiving end voltage under heavy loads
Ans. C
328. In a transfer function gain k=0 root locus roots are
A. Break In point
B. Open loop poles
C. Break away points
D. Open loop zeros
Ans. B

329. TDMA uses


A. Phase modulation
B. Frequency modulation
C. Amplitude modulation
D. All of above
Ans. A

330. Output occurring due to only Input with zero Initial conditions is called
A. Zero state
B. Zero Input
C. Absolute state
D. Real state
Ans. A

331. The maximum loads attached to a device called


A. Fan In
B. Fan out
C. Phase In
D. Phase out
Ans. B

332. Link layer design is also called


A. Transport layer
B. Access layer
C. Data layer
D. Protocol design layer
E. Network layer
Ans. C

333. TCP/IP address is how many bits


A. 16 bits
B. 32 bits
C. 64 bits
D. 128 bits
Ans. B

334. If two 16-bit numbers are multiplied then the result Is


A. Two bytes
B. Four bytes
C. Six bytes
D. Eight bytes
Ans. B

335. Differential amplifier uses which coupling


A. Transformer coupling
B. RC coupling
C. Direct coupling
D. None of above
Ans. C

336. The main advantage of autotransformer over a two winding transformer is that
A. No cooling is required
B. Hysteresis losses are minimized
C. Eddy current losses are minimized
D. Only one winding is used as a result there is substantial saving in material
Ans. D

337. In a line to ground fault on a system, the fault current is 1500 A, The-zero sequence current
is
A. 1500A
B. 0A
C. 750 A
D. 500A
Ans. D

338. The torque of an Induction motor is


A. Directly proportional to slip
B. Inversely proportional to slip
C. Proportional to the square of slip
D. Directly proportional to current
Ans. A

339. In which. form, waves reach at the antenna


A. Modulated digital
B. Modulated analog
C. Aligned waves
D. All of above
Ans. D

340. Why are pole tips in DC machine chamfered?


A. To improve commutation characteristics
B. To reduce armature reaction effect
Ans. B

341. The phase difference between the primary and secondary voltage of a transformer
A. 0
B. 90
C. 180
D. Between 30 and 60
Ans. C

342. Why is it important to maintain an Impedance match from the source to the load when
sending signals?
A. To reduce external noise
B. to keep the line balanced
C. To reduce reflected energy
D. To reduce attenuation
Ans. C

343. Power input to a transformer at no load and rated voltage consists of


A. Eddy current loss
B. Hysteresis loss
C. Copper loss
D. Core loss
Ans. D

344. In a transformer, no load current


A. leads the applied voltage, by 90
B. Lags the applied voltage by 90
C. lags the applied voltage by somewhat less than 90
D. Leads the applied voltage by somewhat less than 90
Ans. C

345. Number of cycles generated in 8 pole alternator in one revolution


A. 2
B. 4
C. 8
D. 16
Ans. B

346. What limits design of long transmission line?


A. Thermal considerations
B. Conductor area
C. Both A & B
D. None of above
Ans. B

347. Which of following terms are related to PWM?


A. NRZ
B. RZ
C. Both
D. None of the above
Ans. C

348. What Is the main task of power electronics?


A. AC-DC conversion
B. AC-AC conversion
C. DC-AC conversion
D. A & C
Ans. A

349. The bit used for error detection and retransmission is named as
A. Parity bit
B. First bit
C. Low bit
D. High bit
Ans. A

350. In a DC machine, the angle between the stator and rotor fields is
A. 0
B. 90
C. 180
D. 270
Ans. B

351. Torque of an indicating meter depends upon


A. Spring
B. Gravity
C. Both
D. None
Ans. C

352. If gauge of copper is increased in impedance matching transformer what will happen
A. Resistance will Increase
B. Resistance will decrease
C. Resistance remains the same
D. None of the above
Ans. A

353. A 440V, 100W bulb on 220V will behave like a


A. 25W
B. 50W
C. 75W
D. None
Ans. A

354. Doped semiconductor material has temperature coefficient of


A. Positive
B. Negative
C. Neither positive nor negative
D. Either positive or 'negative
Ans. A

355. Laplace transform is used for solving


A. Complex equations
B. Differential equations
C. Linear equation
D. Quadratic equations
Ans. B

356. If 1 Hz frequency is applied to the field of dc machine armature EMF will be


A. 1 Hz sinusoidal
B. DC
C. 1 Hz square wave
D. None of above
Ans. A
357. Heating value is measured by
A. Hygrometer
B. Barometer
C. Altimeter
D. Bomb calorimeter
Ans. D

358. Which of the following is not running cost of the thermal power plant?
A. Equipment
B. Fuel
C. Workers
D. Maintenance
Ans. A

359. Calorific value Is usually given by unit of energy divided by


A. Mass (usually)
B. Volume
C. Weight
D. Density
Ans. A

360. Efficiency of thermal power plant is measured by subtracting efficiency of turbine from
A. Boiler
B. Condenser
C. Compressor
D. None of these
Ans. A

361. The time of power plant which is obtained by dividing average time by total time Is called
A. Plant operating factor
B. Demand factor
C. Plant capacity factor
D. Diversity Factor
Ans. A

362. Total number of stages in gas turbine power plant


A. Four
B. Two
C. Six
D. None
Ans. A

363. The method in which customer pays some fixed cost along with Peak demand cost and total
electricity usage cost
A. Two-part tariff
B. Three-part tariff
C. Commercial tariff
D. None of the above
Ans. B
364. Which hydel plant has lowest production capacity?
A. Rasul Barrage
B. Dargai Hydro Plant
C. Gomal Zam Dam
D. Duber Khawar Hydro
Ans. C

365. Calorific value of which fuel is highest


A. Anthracite
B. Hydrogen
C. Coal
D. Natural gas
Ans. B

366. Which winding of transformer has less cross-sectional area?


A. Primary winding
B. Secondary Winding
C. Low voltage winding
D. High voltage winding
Ans. D

367. A helical antenna is used in satellite tracking because of its


A. Circular polarization
B. Maneuverability
C. Broad bandwidth
D. Good front to back ratio
Ans. A

368. A heterodyne frequency changer is called a


A. Modulator
B. Mixer
C. Demodulator
D. frequency translator
Ans. B

369. The process in which the signal is first compressed before modulation and expanded after
demodulation so as to allow the use of a uniformly quantizing rate is known as
A. Pre emphasis
B. De-emphasis
C. Quantization
D. Companding
Ans. D

370. Frequency shift keying Is used mostly In


A. Radio transmission
B. Telegraphy
C. Telephone
D. Satellite communication
Ans. B

371. LVDT (linear variable differential transformer) is a ______ device


A. Electrodynamic
B. Electromechanical
C. Electromagnetic
D. Electrostatic
Ans. B

372. The autocorrelation function is


A. An odd function
B. An even function
C. An exponential function in to
D. None
Ans. B

373. Probability density function of thermal noise is


A. Binomial
B. Poisson
C. Gaussian
D. None of these
Ans. C

374. If 360 coulomb charge is stored for a time period of 30 minutes. What will be the current?
A. 200mA
B. 20A
C. 2A
D. 20mA
Ans. A

375. The potential difference between two similar charges is


A. Same
B. Infinite
C. Nil
D. None of above
Ans. C

376. Mass, in Force-voltage analogy, is analogous.to


A. Charge
B. Current
C. Inductance
D. Resistance
Ans. C

377. Top loading is sometimes used with an antenna in order to


A. Decrease its input impedance
B. Increase its height
C. Increase its effective height
Ans. C

378. A rhombic antenna is a


A. Resonant
B. Non resonant
C. Either of the above
Ans., B

379. The carrier of a 100% modulated AM wave is suppressed, the % power saving is _____
A. 100%
B. 83%
C. 50%
D. 66.66%
Ans. D

380. Burning material such as wood, paper and textile constitute which type of fire
A. Class A
B. Class B
C. Class C
D. Class D
Ans. A

381. The radiation pattern of a parabolic-antenna is


A. Omni directional
B. A figure of eight
C. Highly directional
D. None
Ans. C

382. Execution of program Instruction in computer takes place in


A. RAM
B. ROM
C. Hard disk
D. Mother board
Ans. A

383. The breakdown voltage in gases depends on


A. Distance between electrodes
B. Relative air density
C. Humidity
D. All of these
Ans. D

384. Turbo alternators are characterized by


A. Short diameter and great axial length
B. Large diameters and great axial lengths
Ans. A

385. An ammeter is convertible to a voltmeter by


A. Changing the scale
B. Putting a large resistance in parallel with the actual measuring part of the Instrument
C. Putting a large resistance in series with the actual measuring part of the Instrument
Ans. C

386. Transformers are designed to have ___ leakage Induction.


A. Zero
B. Low
C. High
D. Medium
Ans. B

387. The path of the magnetic flux in transformer should have


A. Low reluctance
B. Low resistance
C. High reluctance
D. High resistance
Ans. A

388. For transmitting power on a 20-25-km line which voltage should be used
A. 5kV
B. 11KV
C. 33KV
D. 66kV
Ans. B

389. Due to low budget the weight of the conductor is to be reduced by 25 %. using the same
conductor material, as a power engineer what will you do
A. Reduce the voltage level
B. Double the voltage level
C. Reduce the frequency level
D. None of the above
Ans. B

390. In a ______ current is induced with mechanical motion of the conductor


A. Transformer
B. Generator
C. Thyristor
D. None of the above
Ans. B

391. 1000 million tons coal is required to generate 1000 MW for a year, for uranium this fuel
amount to
A. 10-15%
B. 20-25%
C. 30-35%
D. 40-45%
Ans. C

392. E= N dφ/ dt is called


A. Lenz's law
B. Faraday's law
C. Gauss's Law
D. Amperes Law
Ans. B

393. In real power system constant used a + j b, j is called


A. √1
B. √ 1
Ans. B

394. Capacity factor =0.628, maximum demand is 325 MW, plant capacity is 350 MW, calculate
load factor, Average load= 250 MW
A. 0.8
B. 0.67
Ans. B
Actual answer is 0.76 (NTS mistakenly writes answer as 0.67)

395. For transmission lines the standing wave ratio is the ratio of
A. Maximum voltage to minimum voltage
B. Maximum current to minimum voltage
C. Peak voltage to RMS voltage
D. Maximum reactance to minimum reactance
Ans. A

396. In order to improve the steady state stability of overhead transmission lines, which of the
following methods can be adopted
A. Reducing impedance between the stations
B. Adopting quick response excitation
C. Using series capacitors to make X = √3R
D. Any of the above
Ans. D

397. Difference between AC and DC generator?


A. The AC generators carry slip rings while DC require commutator
B. The DC generators carry slip rings while AC generators require a commutator
C. Both AC and DC generators carry slip rings
D. Both AC and DC generators require a commutator
Ans. A

398. In shunt generator, the shunt winding is parallel with the armature its advantage is
A. Single source is used to excite both
B. Eliminates need for external excitation
C. Both
D. None of above
Ans. B

399. The turbines of run of river hydel power plant (low head turbines) deal with which kind of
water
A. Less volume and low pressure
B. Less volume and high pressure
C. High volume and low pressure
D. High volume and high pressure
Ans. C

400. If a large load is disconnected suddenly from an alternator or a power system, then
A. Turbine speed increases and frequency also increases
B. Turbine speed decreases and frequency also decreases
C. Turbine speed increases and frequency decrease
D. Turbine speed decreases but frequency increases
Ans. A

401. The probability that a loss of load occurs for a given combination of system demand and
generators availabilities is called
OR
A loss of load occurs when system load exceeds the available generation capacity. The
overall probability that there will be a shortage of power called
A. Loss of load probability
B. Load loss detachability
C. Load probability
D. None of above
Ans. A

402. The power in the circuit other than that which keeps on flowing from source to load and
back is called
A. Active power
B. Reactive power
C. Apparent power
D. None of above
Ans. A

403. The current flowing through negative sequence Impedance is called


A. Positive sequence current
B. Zero sequence current
C. Negative sequence current
D. Neutral current
Ans. C

404. In a DC generator, eddy current is proportional to


A. Thickness of lamination
B. Square of thickness of laminations
C. Inverse of square of thickness of laminations
D. Inverse of Thickness or laminations
Ans. B

405. When an induction motor is connected to the supply, the rotation caused by
A. Rotating magnetic field of stator
B. Rotating magnetic field of rotor
C. Electric field of stator
D. Electric field of rotor
Ans. A

406. The fault shown in the figure is

A. Symmetric
B. Asymmetric
C. Lopified
D. Skewed
Ans. A

407. Ratio of magnetic flux density in material to the field in vacuum is called
A. Absolute permeability
B. Relative permeability
C. Relative permittivity
D. Absolute permittivity
Ans. B

408. Plasma frequency of copper


A. 2.6 X 1015
B. 2.6 X 106
C. 2.6 X 1012
D. 2.6 x 103
Ans. A

409. When a current carrying conductor is placed in a magnetic field it is subjected to


Electromagnetic or Lorentz force which is
A. Parallel to field
B. Perpendicular to field
C. 45 degrees to field
D. 135 degrees to field
Ans. B

410. In an infinite sheet charge is uniformly distributed in YZ plane, the direction of electric
field will be
A. Along x-axis
B. Along z-axis
C. Along y-axis
D. can be along any of these
Ans. A

411. Dq/ Dt is called ꞏ


A. Current
B. Charge
C. Capacitance
D. Voltage
Ans. A

412. Four inductors 10mH, 20mH, 25mH, and 5mH are connected in series net inductance will
be
A. 10mH
B. 25mH
C. 60mH
D. 75mH
Ans. C

413. Four inductors 10mH, 10.5mH, 20 mH and 20.5mH are connected in parallel, the
equivalent inductance will be
A. 4.3mH
B. 3.4mH
C. 6mH
D. 7mH
Ans. B

414. In series RLC circuit R=2-ohm, L=l H, C=l F, the system response would be
A. Damped
B. Underdamped
C. Critically damped
D. Overdamped
Ans. C
(Formula: ζ = (R/2)*√[C/L] For the critically damped circuit ζ = 1, but if ζ < 1 then circuit is under
damped & if ζ > 1 and the circuit is over damped)

415. For undamped system, R=l ohm, L=2 H, C=2 F, the value of frequency
A. 0.l
B. 0.5
C. 1.0
D. 1.5
E. 2.0
Ans. B

416. Electrical field with uniform charge density on sphere


A. X>R
B. X<R
C. X=R
D. None
Ans. B

417. Addition of small displacements along a zig-zag path and summing is


A. Equal to vector pointing from initial to final point
B. Work done
C. Impossible to find
D. Not equal to single vector
Ans. A

418. In Kirchhoff’s law summation of all the currents entering or leaving a node are
A. Unity
B. Zero
C. Infinity
D. None of these
Ans. B

419. In an RLC series circuit the total Impedance between two end point would be
A. Z= 𝑅^2 𝑋𝐿 𝑋C ^2
Ans. A

420. In cathode Ray Oscilloscope vertical axis represent _____ and horizontal axis represents
B. Volts/Division; Time/Division
C. Time/Division; Volts/Division I
D. Voltage, Resistance
E. Resistance, Current
Ans. A

421. Instrument for measuring ocular focus or refraction of eyes ______


A. Drum meter
B. Ellipsographs
C. Durometer
D. Dioptometer
E. Electroretinography
Ans. D

422. For input function of 2 Boolean variables there are _____ Boolean algebra functions.
A. 12
B. 8
C. 16
D. 4
Ans. C
Boolean functions: 2^(2^n)

423. Diode clampers are used to shift AC voltage waveform up or down in positive and negative
peak by inserting ______
A. DC level
B. AC level
C. Both AC and DC level
D. None of above
Ans. A

424. Rectifiers employ ______ operational amplifier to eliminate diode voltage


A. Passive circuit
B. Active circuit
C. Saturation circuit
D. Non-saturation circuit
Ans. A

425. Which of the following statements is incorrect?


A. Switching regulators use switching speeds of 20 kHz or more
B. great advantage of switching regulators is that their power consumption is very low
C. Both bipolar transistors and FETs have very good switching characteristics
D. The output voltage of a switching regulator is controlled by altering the switching
frequency
Ans. D

426. SCR is turned on by applying gate pulse, now it can be turned off when
A. Anode current falls below holding current
B. Anode current falls below latching current
C. Anode current Increase above the holding current
D. None of the above
Ans. A
427. Which of the following Is normal operation of NPN TRANSISTOR?
A. Emitter to base junction Is forward biased and collector to base junction reverse biased
B. Emitter to base junction is forward biased and collector to base junction forward biased
C. Emitter to base junction is reverse biased and collector to base junction reverse biased
D. Emitter to base Junction is reverse biased and, collector to base junction forward biased
Ans. A

428. If first byte of the data is stored at _____ address, 8086 can read the entire word in one
operation.
A. Odd address
B. Even address
C. 0521H
D. Any segment
Ans. B

429. Instead of establishing different connections of wires, modern device are built with virtual
relay contacts, these are programmed using
A. Assembly language
B. Machine language
C. Ladder logic
D. Visual basic
Ans. C

430. First generation of computers use


A. Microprocessors
B. IC's
C. vacuum tubes
D. None of the above
Ans. C

431. Program counter is used to


A. Store address of the next instruction to be executed
B. Store address of the previous instructions
C. Store address of the segment
D. None of these
Ans. A

432. Intel MCS51 is commonly known as ꞏ


A. 8080
B. 8051
C. 5151
D. None of the above
Ans. B

433. Data storage system is provided by


A. Control mechanism
B. Register
C. Logic gates
D. Both A & B
Ans. B
434. Inverse of even function
A. Even
B. Odd
C. Linear
D. Does not exist
Ans. D

435. For multiple video channels, digital modulation and _____ diodes are necessary.
A. Zener
B. Schottky
C. Laser
D. Light emitting
Ans. C

436. Proper way to apply time shifting and scaling on a signal is


A. Time shifting Is applied first and then scaling
B. Scaling is applied first and then time shifting
C. Anyone can be applied irrespective of order
D. Only one operation can be performed
Ans. A

437. In closed loop control system feedback strategy is


A. Input dependent
B. Fail safe
C. Error driven
D. Both A & B
Ans. C

438. Asymptotic stability of a control system is determined by


A. Eigen values
B. Poles and zeros
C. Only zeros
D. None of above
Ans. A

439. Baseband analog Intensity modulation Is done by modulating ______ applied to LED
A. Voltage
B. Curent
C. Frequency
D. Amplitude
Ans. B

440. Two coherent modes in optical fiber detection are homodyne and ______
A. Heterodyne
B. Balanced detection
Ans. A

441. Identify correct statement about FM and AM


A. More power is required for FM than AM
B. Less power ls required for FM than AM
C. Equal power Is required for FM and AM
D. None of the above
Ans. B

442. The autocorrelation of discrete Pseudo noise sequence is similar to


A. Random atmospheric generator
B. White noise
C. Ground clutches
D. Audio distortion
Ans. B

443. Bandwidth should be _____ to avoid distortion of the signal


A. Equal
B. Twice
C. Thrice 4 times
Ans. B

444. To avoid aliasing of the signal, signal frequency should be


A. Equal
B. Twice ꞏ
C. Thrice
D. Half
Ans. C

445. y'+2y = 4 (X + y )2 is ____ order equation


A. First
B. Second
Ans. A

446. π Method is used


A. line to neutral capacitance is divided by two halves
B. Capacitance C and reactance are equally localized at midpoint and sending, receiving end
Ans. A

447. In a power plant, coal is carried from storage place to boilers generally by means of
A. Bucket
B. V belts
C. Trolleys
D. Manually
Ans. B

448. A condenser in a thermal power plant condenses steam coming out of


A. Boiler
B. Super heater
C. Economizer
D. Turbine
Ans. D

449. Which variety of coal has lowest calorific value?


A. Steam coal
B. Bituminous coal
C. lignite
D. Anthracite
Ans. C

450. In position control systems, the device used for providing rated feedback voltage is called
A. Potentiometer
B. Synchro transmitter
C. Synchro transformer
D. Tachogenerator
Ans. D

451. Phase margin of system specifies


A. Absolute stability
B. Frequency response
C. Relative stability
D. instability
Ans. C

452. In force voltage analogy the moment of inertia is analogous to


A. Capacitance
B. Inductance
C. Inverse capacitance
D. Inverse inductance
Ans. B

453. Which of the following non linearity is caused by servo motor?


A. Coulomb friction
B. Dead space
C. Saturation
D. Dissemination
Ans. C

454. The transfer function of a system is used for the calculation of


A. Output for a given input
B. Steady state gain
C. Order of the system
D. Time constant
Ans. A

455. A balanced modulator produces


A. AM
B. SSBꞏ
C. VSB
D. DSB
Ans. D

456. In common base amplifier circuit, the output is taken from


A. Collector
B. Emitter
C. Base
D. Both A & C
Ans. A
457. The greatest possible amplification is obtained in
A. Common emitter circuit
B. Common base circuit
C. Common coilect6r circuit
D. None
Ans. A

458. An Inductor is operated at 50 Vac with a frequency of 10 KHz and current of 7.96 mA then
the value of L is
A. 100mH
B. 10mH
C. 1mH
D. 1H
Ans. A

459. Which type of copper wire will have the highest tensile strength?
A. Soft drawn
B. Medium drawn
C. Hard drawn
D. None
Ans. C

460. At breakaway point, several branches of root loci coalesce because system characteristics
equation has
A. Single root
B. All roots on right hand side of S plane
C. Several roots
D. Imaginary roots only
Ans. C

461. Excessive noise in a control system may result in


A. Reduction in gain
B. Reduction in bandwidth
C. Oscillation
D. Saturation in amplifying stages
Ans. D

462. If 3000 kW power is to be transmitted over a distance of 30 km what will be the voltage
level to transmit the power?
A. 11kV
B. 33 kV
C. 66 kV
D. 132 kV
Ans. B

463. Basically, a controller is a


A. Amplifier
B. Clipper
C. Comparator
D. Summer
Ans. C

464. In a 3-phase half wave diode rectifier, the ratio of average output voltage to per phase
maximum AC voltage is
A. 0.827
B. 1.57
C. 3.2
D. 0.25
Ans. A

465. AGC voltage is applied to the stages which are


A. Before the detector stage
B. After the detector stage
C. Detector stage
D. Both A & C
Ans. D

466. Receiver having poorer IF selectivity will have poor


A. Sensitivity
B. Blocking of adjacent channels
C. Diverse reception
D. None
Ans. B

467. Padders are provided in a radio receiver


A. To improve sensitivity
B. Improve tracking
C. For reducing noise of
D. For fine tunning
Ans. B

468. Fidelity in a communication receiver is provided by


A. Audio stage
B. Detector stage
C. Mixer stage
D. All of above
Ans. D
***If ‘all of the above’ is not given then tick audio stage

469. Which of the following communication system is digital?


A. FM
B. AM
C. PAM
D. PCM
Ans. D

470. A PWM signal can be generated by


A. A monostable multivibrator
B. Unstable multivibrator
C. Integrating the PPM signal
D. Differentiating the PPM signal
Ans. D

471. Optical fibers rely for their operation on the phenomenon of


A. Reflection
B. Refraction
C. Dispersion
D. Total internal reflection
Ans. D

472. In order to get the original signal from the sampled signal, which of the following filters
should be necessarily used
A. Band stop signal
B. Low pass filter
C. High pass filter
D. Band pass filter
Ans. B

473. In an AC circuit which of the following elements consume power


A. Inductor
B. Capacitor
C. Resistor
D. All
Ans. C

474. Which of the following is a closed loop system?


A. Electric switches
B. Car starter
C. Auto pilot of an aircraft
Ans. C

475. Which of the following losses of dc motor decrease with the increase in load?
A. Friction & windage loss
B. Brush contact loss.
C. Core loss
D. None of above
Ans. D

476. For Zener regulation we don't want Zener current to fall below knee current because
A. It will damage the physical structure of Zener diode
B. A lot amount of heat Will be Produced
C. It will consume more electrical Power
Ans. A

477. A wire mesh or electrode between the cathode and anode is known as
A. A Plate
B. Grid
C. Filament
D. None
Ans. B

478. Collection of structured data which may be manipulated at some or all of the data held is
called
A. Information
B. Database
C. Controlling
D. Security
Ans. B

479. The control unit directs the ALU to perform an arithmetic operation, the machine cycles is
involved in its
A. First step
B. Third step
C. Second step
D. Fifth step
Ans. B

480. In Poisson distribution, the probability of success is


A. 1
B. 0.5
C. 0.2
D. 0
Ans. D

481. In a light bulb factory, it is found that the probability of bulb being defective is 0.12.
Estimate how many defective bulbs will be produced in total of 8000 bulbs
A. 260
B. 960
C. 9600
D. 96000
Ans. B

482. Technique which Is used to enable multiple broadbands transmitted over single mode fiber
A. Subscriber multiplexing
B. Wavelength division multiplexing
C. Time division multiplexing
D. Frequency division multiplexing
Ans. A

483. _______ cells make concentration layer of the lens.


A. Strong
B. Fibrous
C. Weak
D. Optical
Ans. B

484. Most data communications involving telegraph lines use


A. Simplex lines
B. Wideband lines
C. Narrowband lines
D. Dialed service
Ans. C
485. In a critically damped system, the damping factor is
A. Zero
B. Less than unity
C. Greater than unity
D. Unity
Ans. D

486. If two vectors a and b are anti-parallel to each other, then the resultant vector is
A. 2b
B. a + b
C. a - b
D. 2a
Ans. C

487. The scalar product of two parallel vectors is equal to the


A. The product of their magnitude
B. Equal to their magnitude
C. The product of their directions
D. All of the above
Ans. A

488. A thyristor has _____ alternating semiconductor layers and _____ Junctions are present.
A. Three, four
B. Four, three
C. Three, two
D. None
Ans. B

489. A programmer would most likely prepare a flow chart for a


A. Specific program flow
B. General program flow chart
C. Specific system design
D. General system design
Ans. A

490. In digital electronics, numbers of basic operations or functions are


A. 5
B. 1
C. 2
D. 4
Ans. C

491. 127 may be represented in binary number system as


A. 0001 1111B
B. 1000 0000B
C. 111 1111
D. 11111111
Ans. C

492. Which gate is called universal gate?


A. AND
B. NOT
C. NOR
D. XNOR
E. OR
Ans. C

493. The phenomenon in which changing current in one coil induces emf in another coil placed
near to the first is called
A. Mutual induction
B. Self-induction
C. Primary induction
D. Secondary induction
Ans. A

494. Transformer oil must be free from


A. Odour
B. Gases
C. Sulphur
D. Moisture
Ans. D

495. A current transformer should not have


A. A movable secondary winding
B. A high resistance across secondary
C. Primary and secondary open circuited
D. None of above
Ans. B

496. In a piston the maximum temperature occurs at


A. Ring section
B. Top sides
C. Top center
Ans. C

497. Which of the following enters the super heater of a boiler?


A. Cold steam
B. Hot water
C. Wet steam
D. superheated steam
Ans. C

498. In outdoor substation the lightning arresters are placed nearer to


A. Isolator
B. Current transformer
C. Power transformer
D. Circuit breaker
Ans. C

499. Which of the following type tests are conducted on isolator?


A. Temperature rise test
B. Impulse voltage withstand test
C. Short time current test
D. All
Ans. D

500. Curl of vector is ______ cross product of Δ with that vector


A. Two dimensional
B. Three dimensional
C. One dimensional
D. None
Ans. B

501. The current is flowing in to positive terminal of the battery, the power is being
A. Absorbed
B. Discharged
C. Unaltered
D. None of above
Ans. A

502. Difference between synchronous speed and _____ is called slip


A. Actual speed
B. Asynchronous speed
C. None of above
Ans. A

503. EMF is _________ Integral of non-conservational electric field generated by power source.
A. Line
B. Constant
C. Surface
D. None of above
Ans. A

504. Electronic circuits with high gain and phase shift condition produce
A. Oscillations
B. Damping
C. Resonance
D. Fluctuations
Ans. A

505. Squirrel cage rotor with ______ number of bars prevent current induced from imposing
back to supply
A. Even
B. Odd
C. Prime
D. Natural
Ans. C

506. The definite integral of dy / dx = cos x is


A. Sin X
B. Tan X
C. -Sin X
D. None of these
Ans. A

507. The disadvantage of a half wave rectifier is that


A. Components are expensive
B. Diode must have a high-power rating
C. Output is difficult to filter
D. None
Ans. C

508. Noise in resistance depends upon


A. Temperature
B. Sampling rate
C. Material
D. All of above
Ans. A

509. In a parallel resonance circuit, at resonance


A. Impedance is zero
B. Current is maximum
C. Voltage is maximum
D. impedance is minimum
Ans. C

510. What Is meant by Admittance?


A. Measure of how a circuit or device will oppose the flow of current
B. Measure of how easily, circuit or device will allow the flow of current
C. Measure of how easily, circuit or device will divert the flow of current
D. None of the above
Ans. B

511. Force on one meter length of conductor in magnetic field created by a current of 1 ampere
Is
A. EMF
B. Voltage
C. Electric intensity
D. Magnetic Induction
Ans. D

512. In right hand rule thumb points in the direction of current and finger curl in the direction of
A. Electric field
B. Electric force
C. Magnetic field
D. None of above
Ans. C

513. Radius of curvature of the path of a charged particle in a uniform magnetic field is directly
proportional to
A. Flux density of field
B. Particle's energy
C. Particle's momentum
D. Particle's charge
Ans. C

514. _____ effect determines the sign of charge.


A. Thomson
B. Seeback
C. Hall
D. Peltier
Ans. C

515. Time constant of a series R-L circuit equals


A. L/R
B. C/R
C. R/L
D. All
Ans. A

516. Amperes law is concerned with


A. A unit magnetic pole
B. Electrochemical equivalent
C. Force on wire carrying current in a magnetic field
D. RMS value
Ans. C

517. Resistance, Capacitance and inductance are ________


A. Active
B. Redundant.
C. Passive elements
D. None of above
Ans. C

518. Magnets were first used by


A. Indians
B. Europeans
C. Chinese
D. Japanese
Ans., C

519. A bridge used for the measurement of capacitance or dielectric loss of an Insulator
A. Shearing bridge
B. Hay bridge
C. Wheatstone bridge
D. None
Ans. A

520. Long wire wound tightly on a cylinder core Is called


A. Toroid
B. Solenoid
C. Cable
D. Conductor
Ans. B
521. Lenz’s law Is law of conservation of
A. Momentum
B. Charge
C. EMF
D. Energy
Ans. A

522. A material having strong magnetic properties is called


A. Paramagnetic
B. Ferromagnetic
C. Diamagnetic
D. None of above
Ans. B

523. For a fuse rating of. 2.5 KW and 220V Volt microwave the rating of the current is
A. 5A
B. 10 A
C. 12A
Ans. C

524. The brush voltage drops in _____ DC motor is usually of the order of
A. 4
B. 6
C. 11
D. 2
Ans. D

525. What will happen if relative speed b/w rotating flux of the stator rotor of induction motor Is
zero
A. Torque produced will be very large
B. Rotor will not run
C. Rotor runs at high speed
D. Slip of motor Is 5%
Ans. B

526. If the oscillations per minute of a rotor are 120 with a stator frequency of 50 Hz, slip will be
A. 10%
B. 12%
C. 4%
D. 8%
Ans. C

527. The power scale, of circle diagram of an induction motor can be found from
A. Stator resistance test
B. No load test only
C. Short circuit test only
D. None of above
Ans. c

528. Variation in supply mains, frequency is compensated by __ In industrial motors


A. Overcurrent relays
B. VFD
C. Opto-electronic devices
D. Centre tapped transformers
Ans. B

529. Critical resistance of a DC generator Varies with


A. 1/N2
B. 1/N
C. N2
D. N
Ans. D

530. Which statement is valid for a single-phase capacitor start motor in steady state?
A. Forward flux by rotor current is equal to backward flux by rotor
B. Net forward flux is equal to net backward flax by rotor current
C. Net forward flux is less than net backward flux by rotor current
D. None of above
Ans. B

531. Hopkinson test is conducted at


A. Full load
B. Low load
C. Part load
D. No load
Ans. A

532. The back EMF of a DC motor depends on


A. Field flux
B. Shape of conductors
C. Type of slip rings
D. Brush material
Ans. A

533. Equalizer connections are required when paralleling two


A. Bipolar generators
B. Series generators
C. shunt generators
D. Compound generator
Ans. D

534. Highest losses in a DC motor are


A. Copper losses
B. Core losses
C. Mechanical losses
D. None of the above
Ans. A

535. A DC motor can easily be identified by


A. Yoke
B. Commutator
C. Size of conductor
D. Winding
Ans. D

536. The torque speed characteristics of a DC motor


A. Parabola
B. Linearly rising
C. Rectangular hyperbola
D. Linearly declining
Ans. Cꞏ

537. Usually very wide and sensitive speed control method is used for
A. Reciprocating pumps
B. Colliery winders
C. Centrifugal bellows
D. Lathe machine
Ans. B

538. A large size alternator is protected against over loads by providing


A. Overcurrent relays
B. Thermal relays
C. A combination of A & B
D. Temperature sensitive relays
Ans. D

539. Which of the following test can be used to determine the efficiency of two identical
transformer?
A. open circuit test
B. short circuit test
C. Type tests
D. back-to-back test
Ans. D

540. Ratio error of a current transformer due to the presence of


A. Exciting current
B. Stray magnetism
C. corona effects
D. Lagging power factor
Ans. A

541. Device which compares difference between the voltages and sends Signals
A. Oscillator
B. Voltage comparator
C. None
D. controller
Ans. B

542. In JFET, shunt sampling gate has


A. Voltage
B. current
C. AC
D. DC
Ans. B

543. sampling gate is


A. OR
B. NAND
C. linear
D. Random
Ans. C

544. _____ circuits always have memory elements


A. Combinational
B. Sequential
C. Elemental
D. None of these
Ans. B

545. Early effect of BJT refers to


A. Avalanche breakdown
B. Thermal runaway
C. Base narrowing
D. Zener breakdown
Ans. C

546. Voltage gain of common collector is


A. Equal to 1
B. Greater than 10
C. Greater than 1
D. Less than 1
Ans. D

547. In transistor circuit _____ capacitor Is used


A. Mica
B. Air
C. Paper
D. Electrolyte
Ans. D

548. The output Impedance of a CB transistor Is


A. High
B. Zero
C. Low
D. Very low
Ans. A

549. The Input Impedance of a CB transistor is


A. High
B. Zero
C. Low
D. Very low
Ans. C
550. In an ideal op amp if a different signal is applied at both the ends the output will be
A. Zero
B. Infinite
C. Input 2 - input 1
D. None
Ans. B

551. If same signal of 0.4 V is applied on both ends of the op amp with 100 dB gain. The output
will
A. Zero
B. Infinite
C. 1
D. None of above
Ans. A

552. Multiplexer converts ꞏ


A. Parallel data into parallel data
B. serial data into parallel data
C. Parallel data into serial data
D. Serial data into serial data
Ans. C

553. ASCII (American standard code for information interchange) is __ bits code
A. 5
B. 7
C. 12
D. 18
Ans. B

554. Decoders convert binary Input to output.


A. Decimal
B. Hexadecimal
C. octal
D. Binary
Ans. A

555. In a radio receiver


A. All stages contribute to equally to noise
B. RF stage has no effect on S/N ratio
C. Mixer stage contributes most of the noise generated u
D. RF stage has effect on S/N ratio
Ans. C

556. A radio receiver has ______ of amplification


A. Double stage
B. Single stage
C. Three stages
D. More than 3 stages
Ans. D
557. Hot wire anemometers are used to measure
A. velocity of air stream
B. Pressure
C. Leakage reactance
Ans. A

558. The letter DPDT is for


A. Switch
B. Conductor
C. Thick wire
D. Fuse
Ans. A

559. Due to burning of 1 Kg of pure carbon with a 'minimum quantity of air required, the
percentage of carbon dioxide in the exhaust gas would be
A. 10%
B. 19%
C. 29%
D. 39%
Ans. C

560. A graphical representation between discharge and time is known as


A. Monograph
B. Hectography
C. Hectograph
D. Hydrograph
Ans. D

561. In an ideal diesel cycle, the working substance is


A. Air
B. Diesel
C. Mixture of air and diesel
D. Any combustible material
Ans. A

562. Which of the following is generally not a constitute of coal?


A. Sulphur
B. Moisture
C. Chromium
D. Hydrogen
Ans. C

563. coal rank classifies coal according to its


A. carbon percentage
B. Ash content
C. Degree of metamorphism
D. Density
Ans. C

564. Power plants using coal work closely on which of the following cycle
A. Otto cycle
B. Binary vapor cycle
C. Baryton cycle
D. Rankine cycle
Ans. D

565. The air standard efficiency of a diesel engine depends on


A. Compression ratio
B. Speed
C. Torque
D. All of above
Ans. A

566. Coking is _______


A. Formation of lumps or masses of coke in boiler surfaces at high temperatures
B. Heating of coal in absence of air, driving out CO2 and leaving in the residue and carbon
Ans. B

567. Deuterium oxide in nuclear reactors


A. Moderator
B. Fuel
C. Shield
Ans. A

568. The output of a solar cell of the order of


A. 0.1W
B. 0.5W
C. 1W
Ans. C

569. As compared to steam at enter to the turbine, which of the following will larger at exit
A. flow rate
B. specific enthalpy
C. specific volume
D. pressure
Ans. C

570. The model of transmission line in which full charging current flows over half of the line
A. Nominal T
B. short line
C. Nominal N
D. Equivalent N
Ans. A

571. which of the following is called "certain length of actual transmission line"?
A. Electronic delay line
B. Distribution delay line
C. Electromagnetic delay line
D. Magnetic delay line
Ans. B

572. Transient state stability is generally improved by


A. Using high speed governors on machines
B. Using low inertia machines
C. Dispensing with neutral grounding
D. Any of above
Ans. A

573. The surge resistance of transmission is about


A. 50 ohms
B. 400 ohms
C. 800 ohms
Ans. B

574. In high voltage transmission line, the top most conductor is


A. R-phase conductor
B. Y-phase conductor
C. B-phase conductor
D. Earth conductor
Ans. D

575. Skin effect is proportional to


A. Diameter of conductor
B. (Diameter of conductor)2
Ans. B

576. Shunt capacitance is usually neglected in the analysis of


A. Short transmission lines
B. Medium transmission
C. Long transmission lines
D. Medium as well as long transmission lines
Ans. A

577. In order to reduce skin effect at UHF


A. Conductors are painted
B. Conductors are anodized
C. Copper tubes with silver plating are used
D. Copper rods with silver plating are used
Ans. C

578. Transmission lines linkꞏ


A. Service point to consumer premises
B. Distribution transformer to consumer premise
C. Receiving end ꞏstation to distribution
D. Generating station to receiving end station
Ans. D

579. The flow chart of a thermal power plant consists of ____ main circuits.
A. Four
B. Five
C. Six
D. Seven
Ans. A
580. In ________ the furnace is arranged as a horizontal cylinder.
A. horizontal boiler
B. Vertical boiler
C. Cylindrical boiler
D. Cyclone fired boiler
Ans. D

581. Fossil fuel power plants often have a _______ section in the steam generating furnace.
A. Heat recovery
B. Heat exchanger
C. Super heater
D. None of above
Ans. C

582. Overload protection requires _______ which simply measure the current in circuit and is
used with protection device for measuring.
A. power transformer
B. auto transformer
C. current transformer
D. None
Ans. C

583. ________ measure both voltage and current at the relaying point
A. Earth fault protection
B. Differential protection
C. Distance protection ꞏ
D. None
E.
Ans. C

584. Protective device ______ is the process of determining the "best fit" timing of current
interruption when fault occurs
A. Diagnosis
B. Coordination
C. Calibration
D. All of above
Ans. B

585. In _____ one or two phases become connected to earth via low Impedance path, their
magnitudes will increase dramatically as current will imbalance.
A. Earth fault
B. Phase to phase fault
C. Symmetrical fault
D. None
Ans. A

586. ______ is used because they offer precise control of voltage, frequency, VARS and Watts.
A. Induction generator
B. Synchronous generator
C. DC generator
D. AC-generator
Ans. B

587. In process control system, there are three main terms or factors manipulated variable, _____
and uncontrolled variables.
A. Controlled variable
B. Disturbance
C. Both A& B
D. None of above
Ans. B

588. Process control consists of four essential elements such as process, measurement, _____and
control
A. Analysis
B. Evaluation
C. Quality
D. None of above
Ans. B

589. ______ provide a conductive path for DC for rotating field winding.
A. Termina1 ends
B. Collector ring
C. commutator
D. None of above
Ans. B

590. Internal parts of a motor are protected from environmental elements by


A. Frame
B. Enclosure
C. Housing
D. Capsule
E. casing
Ans. B

591. _______ exciter gets field power from generator output voltage
A. Series type
B. Shunt type
C. Brushless type
D. Brush type
E. Console type
Ans. B

592. _______ which feeds its own field current from its output
A. Self-excited generator
B. Separately excited generator
Ans. B
Originally, it’s A but NTS marks B

593. Modern voltage regulators are designed to maintain the generator line voltage within better
than ____ of nominal for wide variations of machine load.
A. ±1%
B. 5%
C. ±3%
D. ±7%
Ans. A

594. Sinusoidal voltage and current at constant frequency are characterized by 2 parameters; A
maximum value and _____
A. Phase angle
B. Value of load angle
C. R value
D. Load angle
Ans. A

595. Reactive power that can be generated at low load is determined by


A. Field current heating limit
B. Field current cooling limit
C. Field current overheating limit
D. None of above
Ans. A

596. Power system ______ is a word used in connection with the power system denoting a
condition wherein, the various alternators in the system remain in synchronism with each other.
A. Range
B. Loop
C. Gain
D. Conservation
E. Stability
Ans. E

597. ___________ Transformers are used for voltage of low values and ______ transformers for
high voltages.
A. Electronic; Power
B. Power; Electronic
C. Neither A or B
D. Current; Instrument
Ans. A

598. Which of following circuits are used to measure performance of transformer?


A. Equivalent circuit
B. Power circuit
C. Electronic circuit
D. Both A& B
Ans. A

599. Which transformer splits secondary voltage into two equal voltages?
A. Power transformer
B. Centre tapped transformer
C. Current transformer
D. Step up transformer
Ans. B

600. Which of the following is not a type of thyristor?


A. DIAC
B. TRIAC
C. Light activated
D. Inverter gate
Ans. D

601. Steam pressure can be classified by shaft position, method of drive, ____ and action of
steam.
A. Exhaust pressure
B. Blade design
C. Boiler type
D. Inlet feed to the boilers
Ans. A

602. Strength of magnetic field is increased by


A. Increasing number of turns
B. Increasing air gap
C. Decreasing number of turns
D. Decreasing air gap
Ans. A

603. Skin effect Is proportional to


A. (Diameter of conductor)2
B. (Diameter of conductor)4
C. Diameter of conductor
Ans. A

604. ______ rotor has too weak magnetic field


A. Salient pole type
B. Non-Salient pole type
C. Both A and B
D. None
Ans. A

605. Which of following is not a type of transformer?


A. Resonant transformer
B. laminated transformer
C. Single Instrument transformer
D. Ferrite core transformer
E. Cast iron transformer
Ans. E

606. Which of the following is semi controlled power switch?


A. Thyristor
B. Transistor
C. Diode
D. All
Ans., A

607. Stator core ls made of any thin metal plates or sheets joined together called ꞏ
A. Wallet
B. Slots
C. laminations
D. Pastes
Ans. C

608. In _____ substation is a substation without a transformer where there is no step up or step-
down voltage transformation and operating at only a single voltage level.
A. Switching
B. Collector
C. Converter
D. None of above
Ans. A

609. A _______ transfers power from transmission system to distribution system of an area. It is
uneconomical to directly connect electricity consumers to the main transmission network,
unless they use large, amounts of power
A. Distribution substation
B. Transmission substation
C. Generating substation
D. None
Ans. A

610. In air blast circuit breaker, the pressure of air is of the order of
A. 3 to 5 kg/cm
B. 20 to 30kg/cm
C. 30 to 50 kg/cm
D. None
Ans. B

611. In induction motor when the length of the air gap is increased, the magnetizing current of
the motor increases while the short circuit current
A. Decreased
B. Increased
C. Remains unchanged
D. Grows exponentially
Ans. C

612. In DC choppers per unit ripple is maximum when duty cycle alpha (a) is
A. 0.1
B. 0.3
C. 0.5
D. 0.7
Ans. C

613. In control systems with increases feedback


A. System stability and system gain decreases
B. System stability decreases and system gain increases
C. System stability decreases and system gain decreases
D. System stability as well as gain increases
Ans. A

614. The electrostatic potential inside a hollow conductor is


A. Constant
B. Minimum
C. Maximum
D. Zero
Ans. A

615. Inside a hollow spherical conductor electric field is


A. Constant
B. Minimum
C. Maximum
D. Zero
Ans. D

616. In an FM signal, the power


A. Increases as the modulation index increases
B. Reduces as the modulation index increases
C. Reduces as the modulation index decreases
D. Remains constant when modulation index increases
Ans. D

617. Microprocessor at most elemental level is made of


A. Transistors
B. Flip flops
C. Digital logic gates & latches
Ans. C

618. 16-bit binary word provides approximately how many combinations?


A. 2n code combinations
B. 256 codes combinations
C. 65000
D. 0001.10
Ans. C

619. S2 - 4RT > 0 is type of wave equation.


A. Elliptic
B. Parabolic
C. Hyperbolic
D. Semi-circle
Ans. C

620. S2 - 4 RT = 0 is type of wave equation.


A. Elliptic
B. Parabolic
C. Hyperbolic
D. Semi-circle
Ans. B
621. S2 - 4 RT < 0 is type of wave equation.
A. Elliptic
B. Parabolic
C. Hyperbolic
D. Semi-circle
Ans. A

622. Let y = x2 + 1, then the average rate of change of ' y' with respect to ' x' over interval (3, 5)
is
A. -8
B. 2x
C. 8
D. 16
Ans. B

623. A 5 feet ladder leg against the wall slips in such a way that its base is moving away from
the wall at the rate of 2 feet/sec. At that instant when base is 4 feet from the wall. How fast is
top of the ladder moving down the wall of that instant?
A. 2 ft/sec
B. -4 ft/sec
C. -8 ft/sec
D. -8/3 ft/sec
Ans. D

624. If a large number of gate inputs are connected in a TTL circuit, what will happen to Voh
and Voh-min?
A. Voh and Voh-min are unaffected
B. Voh exceeds V ohn
C. Voh-min drops be milow Voh
D. Voh chops below Voh-min
Ans. D

625. The execution unit has a 16-bit architectural unit (ALU). Which of the following has not
been performed by ALU?
A. AND
B. OR
C. XOR
D. NAND
Ans. D

626. A signal is defined as power signal if and only if


A. Its power is normalized by assuming R to be 1 ohm
B. Power is de-normalized of normal value
C. It has infinite energy but non zero power 0 < P < infinity for all time
D. It is periodic
Ans. C

627. Purpose of a transfer function is to decide.


A. System is FIFO
B. System is not stable
C. System is stable BIBO
D. None
Ans. C

628. Efficiency of electric motors is usually between


A. 80 - 90%
B. 70 - 80%
C. 75-98%
D. 60 - 98%
Ans. A

629. The Primary and secondary induced EMFs (El and E2) in a two winding transformer are
always
A. Equal in magnitude
B. Anti-phase with each other
C. In phase with each other
D. Determined by load on transformer
Ans. C

630. The main difference between electric lines and magnetic lines of force
A. Electric lines are closed curves whereas magnetic lines of force are not
B. Electric lines are in the form of open curves whereas the magnetic linen are closed curves
C. Electric lines tend to contract lengthwise whereas magnetic lines do not
D. None
Ans. B

631. In synchronous motor if load (same) is off suddenly then motor


A. Begins to speed up
B. Begins to slow
C. Suddenly have to carry load
D. Remains working
Ans. A

632. A shunt generator delivers 195 A at a terminal potential is 270V. The armature resistances
are 0.02 0 and 50 0 respectively. What is the value of generated EMF?
A. 246V
B. 28V
C. 254V
D. 2V
Ans. C

633. A 220 V shunt motor takes a total current of 80A and runs at 800RPM. Resistance of shunt
field is 50 ohms and that of armature is 0.1 ohms. Iron and friction losses amount to 1600 W.
What is driving power of motor?
A. 16050 W
B. 14500 W
C. 12600 W
D. 18500 W
Ans. A

634. _____ wave is a high frequency waveform (sinusoidal usually) that is modulated with an
input signal.
A. Modulated
B. Carrier
C. Sinusoidal
D. Amplitude
Ans. B

635. What principle is used by indicating instruments?


A. Electromagnet principle
B. Gravity and spring
C. Lenz law
D. None of above
Ans. B

636. Power Carrying capability of system is limited by


A. Thermal conditions
B. Design of system
C. None of above
Ans. A

637. A transformer has negative voltage regulation when its load power factor
A. Zero
B. Unity
C. Leading
D. Lagging
Ans. C

638. The commercial efficiency of a transformer while on open circuit is


A. Zero
B. Maximum
C. Either zero or 100%
D. 100%
Ans. A

639. In large power transformer, best utilization of available core space can be made by
employing _____ cross section.
A. Rectangular
B. Square
C. Stepped
D. None of above
Ans. C
640. Arrangement of data in a specific order is called
A. Merging
B. Sorting
C. Classification
D. Verification
Ans. B

641. When covalent bonds break


A. Holes and electrons pair are produced
B. Ions are created
C. Both A & B
D. None of above
Ans. A

642. The duration of the pulse in a pulse triggering system for SCRs should at least
A. 60 micro seconds
B. 40 micro seconds
C. 20 micro seconds
D. 10 micro seconds
Ans. D

643. IBM 360 series was introduced in 642


A. First generation
B. second generation
C. Third generation
D. 1950
Ans. C

644. The power factor of ac circuit lies between


A. 0 and 1
B. -1 and 1
C. 0 and -1
D. None of above
Ans. A

645. The heat developed in an electric iron is attributed to ___ power


A. Apparent
B. Reactive
C. True
D. True and reactive
Ans. C

646. When the power factor in the transmission line is leading, which device is employed at
substation to reduce the power factor?
A. CVT
B. Shunt Reactor
C. Synchronous condenser
D. None of above
Ans. B
647. In a circuit, low reactive power compared to true power indicates
A. Low power factor
B. High power factor
C. Low efficiency
D. High efficiency
Ans. B

648. The rating of given on the name plate of a transformer indicates the
A. True power which it can supply
B. Apparent power which it can supply
C. Apparent power which it draws from the supply mains
D. True power which it draws from the supply mains
Ans. B

649. In a stepper motor the speed of rotation is determined by


A. Frequency of the waveform
B. Input Current
C. Voltage applied to the motor
D. All of these
Ans. A

650. Electrical field Intensity on equipotential surface is


A. Parallel to surface
B. Adjacent to surface
C. Alongside the surface
D. Perpendicular to surface
Ans. D

651. Mechanical energy is supplied to a DC generator at the rate of 4200 J/s. The generator
delivers 32.2 Amp at 120 V. How much energy is cost per minute of operation?
A. 20060 J
B. 20160 J
C. 23060 J
D. 25060 J
Ans. B

652. Norton equivalent current is


A. An open circuit
B. A pure resistive circuit
C. Short circuit through load
D. None of above
Ans. C

653. The main current crossing the collector junction in a normally biased NPN transistor is
A. Diffusion current
B. Base current
C. Equal current
D. Drift current
Ans. D

654. The only place where slip ring induction motors used in thermal power plants is
A. Boilers
B. Coal handling plant
C. Not used in thermal plants
D. None of above
Ans. B

655. An input transducer


A. Converts voltage to current
B. Converts current to voltage
C. Converts electrical quantity to non-electrical
D. Non electrical quantity to electrical quantity
Ans. D

656. Low attenuation rate and ______ bandwidth is the cause of use of optical fiber system for
communication.
A. Low
B. Narrow
C. High
D. Constant
Ans. C

657. peak time is constant along


A. Imaginary axis
B. Diagonal
C. Real axis
D. None of above
Ans. C

658. A voltmeter using thermocouple measures


A. Peak value
B. RMS value
C. Average value
D. Peak to peak value
Ans. B

659. Which coal will have highest ash content?


A. Bituminous coal
B. Grade 1 steam coal
C. Coking coal
D. Lignite
Ans. D

660. What is the main disadvantage of phase advancers?


A. Cannot be used for motors below 200 H.P
B. Produces noise
C. Can be used where synchronous motors is inadmissible
D. None of these
Ans. A
661. Under what condition is D.C supply applied safely to the primary of a transformer?
A. We can connect directly to DC; no condition is required
B. We cannot connect to DC supply
C. High resistance should be connected in series with primary, but circuit will be useless
D. Above statements are wrong
Ans. C

662. In a Transformer, the primary flux is always _____ the secondary flux.
A. Greater
B. Smaller
C. Twice
D. Equal
Ans. D

663. Bandwidth can be increased by use of ______ network.


A. Phase lag
B. Phase lead
C. None
D. Mesh
Ans. B

664. Which of the following is the source of non-linearity?


A. Backlash in gear
B. Saturation in effective is amplified
C. Threshold season
D. All of above
Ans. D

665. The program for early PLC was in


A. Boolean algebra
B. Ladder logic
C. Arithmetic logic
D. All of above
Ans. B

666. The pointer which cannot he used in the register indirect addressing mode
A. BX
B. BP
C. SI
D. DI
E. AX
Ans. E

667. _________ compensation is used to decrease steady state error.


A. Lag
B. Lead
C. Lead and lag
D. Lag and lead
E. None of above
Ans. A
668. The mutual inductance between two coils is zero when the fluxes produced by them
A. Aid each other
B. Oppose each other
C. Are at right angle to each other
D. None of above
Ans. C

669. If the admittance of a parallel AC circuit is increased, the circuit currents


A. Decreased
B. Increased
C. Remains constant
D. None
Ans. B

670. Impedance is for AC circuit and resistance is for DC circuit, the difference is because of
A. AC is vector while DC is scalar
B. AC changes its direction quantity while DC does not
C. Voltage phasor or current phasor
D. None of above
Ans. C

671. 40 W, 60 W, 100 W and 200 W bulbs are connected in series which bulb will glow
brighter?
A. 40 W
B. 60 W
C. 100 W
D. 200 W
Ans. A

672. Which of the following is true?


A. Transducer and actuator are sensor
B. Sensor and actuator are transducer
C. Sensor and transducer are actuator
D. None
Ans. B

673. Peak to peak 200 Volt will be read by an AC voltmeter as


A. 141.7 V
B. 100 V
C. 200 V
D. 70.7 V
Ans. D

674. The square law of photo detector gives current. This current is proportional to _______ of
combined optical field.
A. Square
B. Cube
C. Square root
D. None of above
Ans. A
https://books.google.com.pk/books?id=5wYZx62Y6fUC&pg=PA141&lpg=PA141&dq=Square+law+of+photodetector+gives+current+which+is+proportional+to+of+%22combined+optical+
field%22.&source=bl&ots=Mf2EW4zcwo&sig=ACfU3U0PB63Yrk0xO02rDDO2XZcmav6qdw&hl=en&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwjLsebPuPn0AhXcS2wGHanrBxQQ6AF6BAgJEAM#v=onep
age&q=Square%20law%20of%20photodetector%20gives%20current%20which%20is%20proportional%20to%20of%20%22combined%20optical%20field%22.&f=false

675. Intensity of light depends on


A. Wavelength
B. Frequency
C. Velocity
D. Amplitude
Ans. D

676. The _______ is an electromagnetic carrier wave which is modulated to carry information.
A. Air
B. Sound
C. Light
D. Electricity
Ans. C

677. A super conductor may be used for generating


A. Voltage
B. Current
C. Pressure
D. Magnetic field
Ans. D

678. Materials in superconducting state have the property of


A. Absorbing magnetic field
B. Repelling magnetic field
C. Absorbing electric field
D. Repelling electric field
Ans. B

679. Stability of LC tuned circuit depends on


A. Quality factor
B. Inductor
C. Capacitor
D. None of above
Ans. A

680. Primary and secondary winding of an ordinary 2-winding transformer always has
A. Different number of turns
B. Same size of copper wire
C. A common magnetic
D. Separate magnetic circuit
Ans. C

681. In a transformer, the leakage flux of each winding is proportional to the current in that
winding because
A. Ohm's law applied to magnetic circuits
B. Leakage paths do not saturate
C. The two windings are electrically isolated
D. Magnetic flux is confined to core
Ans. B

682. Common emitter is used for amplification of


A. Current
B. Voltage
C. Power
D. All
Ans. C

683. Transformer is rated as KVA instead of KW because


A. Load power factor is unknown
B. Transformer loss depends on volt-amperes
C. It has become customary
D. All of above
Ans. B

684. Reverse bias of JFET increases its width of depletion layer and
A. Decrease its channel capacitance
B. Increase its channel capacitance
C. Decrease its channel resistance
D. Increase its channel resistance
Ans. D

685. Net reactance in RLC at resonance is


A. Maximum
B. Minimum
C. Zero
D. Infinity
Ans. C

686. Circuit current is _______ in series RLC at resonance.


A. Maximum
B. Minimum
C. Zero
D. Infinity
Ans. A

687. _________ is current in transistor due to minority charge carriers.


A. Forward leakage current
B. Reverse leakage current
C. Forward resistance of transistor
D. Reverse resistance of transistor
Ans. B

688. Which configuration can be used to convert high impedance into low impedance by using
OP-AMP?
A. Inverting
B. Non-inverting
C. Summing amplifier
D. Voltage follower
Ans. D

689. The CMRR should be for better noise cancellation in OP-AMP.


A. Low
B. Zero
C. High
D. None of above
Ans. C

690. The VI characteristics of UJT is


A. Similar to CE with a linear and saturation region
B. Similar to tunnel diode in some respects
C. Similar to FET with a linear and pinch-off region
D. Similar to PN junction in some respects
Ans. B

691. A DC-DC converter with a high step-up voltage gain is used for many applications such as
A. High intensity discharge lamp ballasts for automobile headlamps
B. Fuel energy conversion system
C. Solar cell energy conversion system
D. Battery backup systems
E. All
Ans. E

692. Transfer function is


A. Mathematical model
B. System with no physical structure
C. System with no defined inputs
D. Can be calculated through differential equations
E. All
Ans. E

693. Which system needs more stability?


A. Automatic washing machine
B. Traffic signal system
C. Home heating system
D. Motor with position control
E. Remote control
Ans. D

694. In parallel resonance RLC circuit


A. Impedance is minimum
B. Power factor is unity
C. Current is maximum
D. None of above
Ans. B

695. Cross over distortion is maximum in ________ amplifier.


A. Class A
B. Class B
C. Class H
D. Class C
E. Class AB
Ans. B

696. __________ is maximum when RLC circuit is in resonance.


A. Inductive current
B. Power dissipation
C. Capacitive voltage
D. None
Ans. B

697. Group diversity factor is


A. Less than 1
B. Greater than 1
C. Zero
D. Equal to 1
Ans. B

698. Like 3 phases gives constant power transfer to the linear load.
A. HVDC
B. Spilt phase
C. Two phases
D. Single phase
Ans. C

699. Which of the following technique/method is-used for the measurements of ac high
frequency voltages?
A. Peak voltmeter
B. Series resistance micro ammeter
C. Resistance potential divider
D. Any of above
Ans. A

700. Paschen's law is associated with


A. Breakdown voltage
B. Ionization
C. Thermal radiations
D. None
Ans. A

701. A Tesla coil is a


A. Cascaded transformer
B. Coreless transformer
C. High frequency resonant transformer
D. Low impedance transformer
Ans. C

702. Van de Graaff generators are useful for


A. Very high voltage and low current applications
B. Very high voltage and high current applications
Ans. A

703. The phenomenon of corona Is generally accompanied by


A. Bang
B. Hissing sound
C. Magnetic hum
D. All of above
Ans. B

704. Which of the following is a polar dielectric?


A. Teflon
B. Quartz
C. Nylon
D. Polyethylene
Ans. C

705. Polar dielectrics are normally used for


A. High frequencies
B. Microwaves
C. DC and power frequencies
D. None of above
Ans. C

706. The moving system in the indicating instruments is subjected to


A. Deflecting torque
B. Damping torque
C. Controlling torque
D. All of above
Ans. D

707. If there are three resistances in parallel which path current will chose
A. High resistance
B. High impedance
C. High conductance
D. None
Ans. C

708. The basic requirement of a DC armature winding is that it must be


A. Closed one
B. Lap winding
C. Wave winding
D. Either B or C
Ans. A

709. Among the following damping method, the most effective and efficient damping is
A. Air friction
B. Fluid friction
C. Eddy current
D. All are equally efficient
Ans. C

710. Capacitor start, capacitor run single phase induction motor is basically a
A. AC series motor
B. DC series motor
C. Two phase induction motor
D. Three phase induction motor
Ans. C

711. A capacitor start single phase induction motor will usually have a power factor
A. 0.8 lagging
B. 0.8 leading
C. 0.6 leading
D. 0.6 lagging
Ans. D

712. In ultrasonic welding the frequency range is generally


A. 100-4000 cps
B. 4000 - 20,000 cps
C. 20,000 - 80,000 cps
D. 80,000 - 800,000 cps
E. 800,000 - 5,000,000 cps
Ans. B

713. kWh meter is a type of meter.


A. Recording
B. Digital
C. Integrating
D. None
Ans. C

714. If resistance decreases with increasing temperature, the coefficient will be.
A. Positive
B. Negative
C. Zero
D. None
Ans. B

715. Synchronous motor is operating on leading PF when the motor is


A. Over excited
B. Under excited
C. Non excited
D. None
Ans. A

716. Regarding skewing of motor bars in a squirrel cage induction motor (SCIM) which
statement is false.
A. It prevents cogging
B. it increases starting torque
C. It produces more uniform torque
D. It reduces motor 'hum' during its operation
Ans. B

717. If the series resistance increases in an unloaded Zener regulator, Zener current
A. Decreases
B. Stays the same
C. Increases
D. Equals the voltage divided by the Zener resistance
Ans. A

718. If the load resistance increases in a Zener regulator, Zener current


A. Decreases
B. Stays the same
C. Increase
D. Equals the source voltage divided by the series resistance
Ans. C

719. If the base supply voltage increases, the Q point moves


A. Down
B. Up
C. Nowhere
D. Off the load line
Ans. B

720. Active power and apparent power are respectively represented by


A. kW and kVAR
B. kVAR and kVA
C. kVA and kVAR
D. kW and kVA
Ans. D

721. For a consumer what is the most economical power factor?


A. 0.25-0.5 lagging
B. 0.25 - 0.5 leading
C. 0.85 - 0.95 lagging
D. 0.85 - 0.95 leading
Ans. C

722. The primary reason for the low power factor is due to the installation of
A. DC motors
B. Synchronous motors
C. Induction motors
D. Commutator motors
Ans. C

723. The most suitable location for the power factor improvement device is
A. Near the electrical appliance which is responsible for the poor power factor
B. At the sending end
C. At receiving end in case of transmission lines
D. Both (a) and (c)
Ans. D
724. In order to improve the power factor of equipment operating at lagging power factor, a
capacitor is connected
A. In series with the equipment
B. In parallel with the equipment
C. In series-parallel with the equipment
D. Either (a) or (b)
Ans. B

725. If the load resistance decreases in a Zener regulator, the series current
A. Decreases
B. Stays the same
C. Increases
D. Equals the source voltage divided by the series resistance
Ans. B

726. The device associated with voltage-controlled capacitance is a


A. Light emitting diode
B. Photodiode
C. Varactor diode
D. Zener diode
Ans. C

727. To isolate an output circuit from an input circuit, which is the device to use
A. Back diode
B. Optocoupler
C. Seven-segment indicator
D. Tunnel diode
Ans. B

728. The danger of electric shock is maximum


A. During arcing
B. After arcing
C. While inserting electrode into the holder
D. None of above
Ans. C

729. The average DC output voltage for a half-wave rectifier is 13.05 V. Average value for a
full-wave rectifier will be
A. 26.1
B. 28
C. 10
D. None of these
Ans. A

730. The major advantage of a photo-transistor as compared to a photo-diode is


A. Response to higher frequencies
B. AC operation
C. Increase sensitivity
D. Durability
Ans. C
731. When transistors are used in digital circuits they usually operate the
A. Active region
B. Breakdown region
C. Saturation and cut off regions
D. Linear region
Ans. C

732. Power amplifiers in high frequency applications are mainly used


A. As a switch
B. For amplification
C. As protective devices
D. Voltage Controller
Ans. A

733. Input impedance of an inverting OP-AMP is


A. Zero
B. Infinity
C. 10Mohms
D. None of these
Ans. B

734. Switching surge is


A. High voltage DC
B. High voltage AC
C. Short duration transient voltage
D. Hyperbolically dying voltage
Ans. C

735. Insulators for high voltage applications are tested for


A. Power frequency tests
B. Impulse tests
C. Both (A) & (B)
D. None of above
Ans. C

736. Transformers contribute to radio interference due to


A. Corona discharges in air
B. Internal or partial discharges in insulation
C. Sparking
D. Any of above
Ans. D

737. Surge voltage originate in power systems due to


A. Lightening
B. Switching operations
C. Faults
D. Any of above
Ans. D

738. The torque developed by a split phase motor is proportional to


A. Sine of angle between Im and Is
B. Cosine of angle between Im and Is
C. Main winding current, Im
D. Auxiliary winding current, Is
Ans. A

739. The power factor of an alternator depends on


A. Load
B. Speed of rotor
C. Core losses
D. Armature loses
Ans. A

740. A welding generator has characteristics.


A. Rising
B. Drooping
C. None of them
D. Linear
Ans. B

741. A 4-pole, 12-slot lap-wound DC armature has two coil-sides/slots. Assuming single turn
coils and progressive winding, the back pitch would be
A. 5
B. 7
C. 3
D. None of above
Ans. B

742. If the load on a DC shunt motor is increases, its speed is slightly reduced due to
A. Increase in armature current
B. Increase in flux
C. Decrease in reactance
D. Decrease in back emf
Ans. D

743. Frequency of voltage generated by an alternator having 4-poles and rotating at 1800 rpm is
_____ hertz.
A. 60
B. 7200
C. 120
D. 450
Ans. A

744. The main disadvantage of using short Pitch winding in alternators is, it
A. Reduces harmonics in the generated voltage
B. Reduces the total voltage around the armature coils
C. Produces asymmetry in the three phase windings
D. Increases Cu of end connections
Ans. B

745. The efficiency and power factor of a Squirrel Cage induction motor increases in proportion
to its
A. Speed
B. Mechanical load
C. Rotor torque
D. Voltage
Ans. B

746. A 4-band resistor has Red, Black, Green, Blue bands, its resistance
A. 1 M ohms
B. 3 M ohms
C. 2 M ohms
D. None
Ans. C

747. An AC waveform having DC equivalent value


A. Effective value
B. 0.707 peak value
C. Both A & B
D. None of above
Ans. C

748. If V = 5 + 5 sin 100*f*t then what will be the average current value of half sine wave
A. 0
B. 5
C. 10
D. None
Ans.: B

749. Absence of skin effect, lower line cost, less corona effect are features of the which
transmission system
A. High voltage direct current (HVDC)
B. AC transmission system
C. Subsurface distribution system
D. Both A & B
Ans. A

750. Extra high voltage (EHV) transmission has which of the following advantages
A. Reduction in noise
B. Increase in transmission efficiency
C. Improves voltage regulation
D. All of these
Ans. D

751. The purpose of comparator is to


A. Amplify an input voltage
B. Detect the occurrence of a changing input voltage
C. Maintain a constant output when the DC input voltage changes
D. Produce a change in input voltage when an input voltage equals the reference
Ans. D

752. DOG-ACSR conductor has


A. 1 strand of steel 6 strand of aluminum
B. 6 strand of steel 1 strand of aluminum
C. 6 strand of steel 7 strand of aluminum
D. 7 strand of steel 6 strand of aluminum
Ans. D

753. Manufacturers measure the resistance of conductor at which temperature


A. 0
B. 20
C. 25
D. 27
Ans. C

754. Standard voltage supply in Pakistan is


A. 220
B. 230
C. 240
D. 400
Ans. B

755. One horse power (hp) equals how many pounds per feet of engine
A. 22000 foot-pounds per minute
B. 22000 foot-pounds per second
C. 22000 foot-pounds per hour
D. 33000 foot-pounds per minute
Ans. D

756. A piece of wire is stretched to double its length the resistance of wire becomes
A. 2R
B. 4R
C. R/2
D. R/4
Ans. B

757. One ton of air conditioner means


A. One ton of ice in 1 hour
B. One ton of ice in 12 hours
C. One ton of ice in 24 hours
D. None
Ans. C

758. A 50-ohm resistance with 5% tolerance will have color code


A. Green, black, black
B. Green, black, black, gold
C. Green, black, brown, gold
D. Green, black, gold
Ans. D

759. Cost saving of conductor in three phase over single phase


A. 100%
B. 200%
C. 300%
D. 400%
Ans. C

760. In electrical traction, speed of DC motor can be


varied by varying
A. Terminal voltage
B. Field current
C. 1st varying terminal voltage then field current
D. None
Ans. B

761. In case the air gap in an induction motor is increased


A. The magnetizing current of rotor will decrease
B. The power factor will decrease
C. Speed of motor will increase
D. Windage losses will increase
Ans. B

762. The number of slip rings on a squirrel cage induction motor is usually
A. Two
B. Three
C. Four
D. None
Ans. D

763. What is the dielectric strength of porcelain (kV Per inch)?


A. 20
B. 100
C. 203
D. 405
Ans. C

764. What is the dielectric strength of glass (kV Per inch)?


A. 355
B. 500
C. 600
D. 750
Ans. A

765. Cost of underground cables over overhead transmission lines is


A. Same
B. Double
C. More than double
D. None of above
Ans. C

766. For percentage voltage-drop expression which of the following voltage is used
A. Sending end voltage
B. Receiving end voltage
C. System nominal voltage
D. Any of above
Ans. C

767. Which gas is used in gas insulated substation?


A. Nitrogen
B. Sulphur hexachloride
C. Sulphur hexafluoride
D. Air
Ans. C

768. The speed of squirrel-cage induction motor can be controlled by all of the following except
A. Changing supply frequency
B. Changing number of poles
C. Changing winding resistance
D. Reducing supply voltage
Ans. C

769. In case of a three-phase induction motor, plugging means


A. Pulling the motor directly on line without a starter
B. Locking of rotor due to harmonics
C. Starting the motor on load which is more than the rated load
D. Interchanging two supply phases for quick stopping
Ans. D

770. The speed of an alternator is changed from 3000 rpm to 1500 rpm, generated emf/phase
will become
A. One fourth
B. Half
C. Double
D. Unchanged
Ans. B

771. Alternators used in aircraft systems usually have frequency of


A. 50Hz
B. 60Hz
C. 25Hz
D. 400Hz
Ans. D

772. Single phase induction motor torque at the instant of starting is


A. More than the rated torque
B. Equal to the rated torque
C. Zero
D. Less than the rated torque
Ans. C

773. Which motor has the highest power factor?


A. Capacitor start motor
B. Capacitor run motor
C. Shaded pole motor
D. Repulsion motor
Ans. B

774. The electric motor used in portable drill is


A. Capacitor run motor
B. Hysteresis motor
C. Universal motor
D. Repulsion motor
Ans. C

775. The direction of rotation of universal motor can be reversed by reversing the flow of current
through
A. Armature winding
B. Field winding
C. Both A & B
D. None of above
Ans. C

776. Which system is used in industrial process for monitoring and self-correction?
A. Coal-slurry
B. Closed loop
C. Open loop
D. Feed forward
Ans. B

777. 50 micro-Amp and 2k ohm voltmeter will show half scale deflection with voltage
A. 0.05 V
B. 0.01 volt
C. 0.1 volt
D. 1 volt
Ans. C

778. A magnetic shield or screen used to protect a delicate instrument should be made of which
of the following materials
A. Plastic
B. Soft iron
C. Copper
D. Aluminum
Ans. B

779. For generating 1MHz following oscillator could be used


A. Colpitts
B. Wein-bridge
C. RC phase shift
D. Hartley
Ans. A

780. Dielectric strength in case of mica can be expected to be more than


A. 500kV/mm
B. 1500kV/mm
C. 2500kV/mm
D. 3500kV/mm
Ans. A

781. Which impurity is present in liquid dielectric which strengthens the dielectric effect?
A. Dust
B. Dissolved gases
C. Moisture
D. Ionic impurity
Ans. C

782. Circuit breaker is used for


A. Fault detection
B. Interruption
C. Both A & B
D. None
Ans. B

783. What is the relative speed of stator and rotor fluxes?


A. Ns
B. Nr
C. Ns - Nr
D. 0
Ans. C

784. What is the synchronous speed of 960 rpm and 4% slip induction motor?
A. 1000 rpm
B. 900 rpm
C. 2000rpm
D. 3000rpm
Ans. A

785. The principle of operation of a 3-phase induction motor is most similar that of a
A. Synchronous motor
B. Repulsion starts induction motor
C. Transformer with short secondary
D. Capacitor starts
Ans. C

786. The three-phase induction motor with rotor circuit open will
A. Run normally
B. Make noise
C. Not run
D. Get over heated
Ans. C

787. Poly phase field mean


A. Pulsating and stationary field
B. Pulsating and rotating field
C. Constant amplitude and rotating field
D. Constant amplitude and stationary field
Ans. C
788. The main reason for generation of harmonics in a transformer could be
A. Fluctuating load
B. Poor insulation
C. Mechanical vibrations
D. Saturation of core
Ans. D

789. Tertiary winding is used in which transformer


A. Star-delta
B. Delta-delta
C. Star-star
D. Any of above
Ans. C

790. A power transformer has a single primary winding and three secondary windings producing
5.0volts, 12.6 volts and 150 volts. Assuming similar wire sizes, which of the three secondary
windings will have the highest measured DC resistance?
A. 5-volt winding
B. 150-volt winding
C. 12.6-volt winding
D. All will have equal resistance
Ans. C

791. A 230 DC motor is run on 230 Volt AC supply then


A. It will run smoothly
B. It will stop
C. It will burn out
D. It will run with less efficiency and high sparks
Ans. D

792. A good dielectric should have all these parameters except


A. High mechanical strength
B. High thermal deterioration
C. High dielectric loss
D. Freedom from gaseous inclusion
Ans. C

793. Corona effect can be identified by


A. Bushy sparks
B. Faint violet glow
C. Red light
D. Arcing between conductors and earth
Ans. B

794. Van de Graff generator output voltage can be controlled by


A. Controlling the corona source voltage
B. Controlling the belt speed
C. Controlling the lower spray point
D. Any of above
Ans. A
795. Which of following materials is not used in fuses?
A. Copper
B. Silver
C. Aluminum
D. Carbon
Ans. D

796. Resistive type transducer is used in


A. Carbon microphone
B. Strain-gauge
C. Thermistor
D. All
Ans. D

797. Speed of induction motor can be varied by varying


A. B. Frequency.
B. Voltage of supply
C. Both A & B
D. None
Ans. C

798. Operation of induction motor above base speed can be done With
A. High voltage and high frequency
B. Constant voltage and high frequency
C. Constant frequency and high voltage
D. 3rd harmonics
Ans. B

799. Rotating wheel electrode is used in -


A. Arc welding
B. Resistive spot welding
C. Resistive seam welding
D. Dielectric welding
Ans. C

800. Voltage regulators normally use


A. Negative feedback
B. Positive feedback
C. No feedback
D. Phase limiting
Ans. A

801. A power supply with low output impedance has low


A. Load regulation
B. Current limiting
C. Line regulation
D. Efficiency
Ans. A

802. When electrical and mechanical degrees become same in DC machine


A. Speed more than 360 rpm
B. Less than 360 rpm
C. In 4 pole machines
D. In 2 pole machines
Ans. D

803. In which braking method of induction motor, the motor stops dissipating heat in the resistor
A. Regenerative braking
B. Dynamic braking
C. Plugging
D. All of above
Ans. B

804. In AC systems, ground or earth is connected to


A. Neutral
B. One of the phases
C. Midpoint
D. None
Ans. A

805. Bus bar is at


A. Constant voltage
B. Constant current
C. Both A & B
D. None of above
E. Variable voltage and current
Ans. A

806. For which of following loads voltage drop is minimum


A. Load at the end of feeder
B. Uniformly distributed load
C. Uniformly increasing load
D. Uniformly decreasing load
Ans. D

807. In a DC machine, hysteresis loss is


A. Proportional to frequency
B. Inversely proportional to frequency
C. Proportional to square of frequency
D. None of above
Ans. A

808. In a DC machine, eddy current loss is


A. Proportional to frequency
B. Inversely proportional to frequency
C. Proportional to square of frequency
D. None of above
Ans. C

809. The Common Collector configuration is used for


A. Impedance matching
B. Voltage gain
C. High power applications
D. None of above
Ans. A

810. The current in a copper wire is because of


A. Free electrons
B. Holes
C. Holes and free electrons
D. Ions
Ans. A

811. DC transmission is economical for


A. Short transmission lines
B. Medium transmission lines
C. Long transmission lines
D. Both medium and long transmission lines
Ans. C

812. When the receiving end voltage is greater than the sending end voltage this is called
A. Skin effect
B. Proximity effect
C. Corona effect
D. Ferranti effect
Ans. D

813. In modern computers which of the following technology is used now a days.
A. MOSFET
B. BJT
C. JFET
D. TTL
Ans. D

814. In domestic wiring earth is provided to


A. Protect human beings from electric shock
B. To protect machines
C. To protect human and machines
D. To protect birds
Ans. A

815. Fuse wire is installed


A. In series with the wire circuit
B. In series with the neutral wire
C. In parallel with the neutral wire
D. In parallel with earth wire in the circuit
Ans. A

816. The merging of a free electron and a hole is called


A. Covalent bonding
B. Lifetime
C. Recombination
D. Thermal energy
Ans. C

817. In an intrinsic semiconductor, the number of free electrons


A. Equals the number of holes
B. Is greater than the number of holes
C. Is less than the number of holes
D. None of above
Ans. A

818. At absolute zero temperature (-273.10 C) an intrinsic semiconductor has


A. Few free electrons
B. Many holes
C. many free electrons
D. No holes or free electrons
Ans. D

819. When the graph of current versus voltage is a straight line, the device is referred to as
A. Active
B. Linear
C. Non linear
D. Passive
Ans. B

820. Meggar test is used to measure


A. To measure the insulation resistance
B. To check the calibration of instrument
C. To find the unknown resistance
D. None of above
Ans. A

821. Transformer oil is used for


A. Insulation
B. Cooling
C. Both A & B
D. Lubrication
Ans. C

822. Which circuit breakers are normally used for 11 KV?


A. Oil circuit breaker
B. SF6
C. Vacuum circuit breaker
D. Air blast circuit breaker
Ans. C

823. Trans conductance indicates how effectively the input voltage controls the
A. Voltage gain
B. Input resistance
C. Supply voltage
D. Output voltage
Ans. D
824. Demand factor is the ratio of
A. Maximum demand to connected load
B. Connected load to maximum demand
C. Maximum demand to average load
D. Average load to maximum load
Ans. A

825. An Over excited synchronous generator supplies _____ to the grid


A. Active power
B. Reactive power
C. Active load
D. Reactive load
Ans. B

826. The amount of heat necessary to raise the temperature of one kg (or 1 liter) of pure water by
1 Celsius degree at normal atmospheric pressure is called
A. 1 calorie
B. Kcal
C. Joule
D. None of above
Ans. B

827. Power FETs are


A. Integrated circuits
B. Small signal devices
C. Used mostly with analog signals
D. Used to switch large currents
Ans. D

828. Most power FETS are


A. Used in high current applications
B. Digital computers
C. RF stages
D. Integrated circuits
Ans. A

829. Monolithic ICs are


A. Forms of discrete circuits
B. On a single chip
C. Combinations of thin film and thick film circuits
D. Also called hybrid ICs
Ans. B

830. For ceiling fans generally, the single-phase motor used is


A. Split phase type
B. Capacitor start type
C. Capacitor start and run type
D. Permanent capacitor type
Ans. D

831. The gain of two cascaded amplifiers is


A. Added
B. Subtracted
C. Multiplied
D. Divided
Ans. C

832. Kirchhoff s second law is based on the law of conservation of


A. Charge
B. Energy
C. Momentum
D. Mass
Ans. B

833. Which of the following is not the same as watt?


A. Joule/sec
B. Amperes/volt
C. Amperes x volts
D. (amperes)2 x ohm
Ans. B

834. Which method can be used for absolute measurement of resistances?


A. Ohm's law method
B. Whetstone bridge method
C. Releigh method
D. Lortentz method
Ans. B

835. A standard 60W bulb is in series with a room heater and connected across the mains. If
60W bulb is replaced by 100W bulb
A. The heater output will increase
B. The heater output will reduce
C. The heater output remains unaltered
D. None of above
Ans. A

836. Which material is expected to have least resistivity?


A. Copper
B. Lead
C. Mercury
D. Zinc
Ans. A

837. Certain substances lose their electrical resistance completely at finite low temperatures.
Such substances are called
A. Dielectrics
B. Super conductors
C. Semi-conductors
D. Perfect conductors
Ans. B

838. The plates of a lead acid battery are made of


A. Rolled zinc-copper alloy
B. Cast antimonial lead alloy
C. Perforated nickel cadmium alloy
D. Pressed antimony bismuth alloy
Ans. B

839. In a lead acid battery, during charging


A. Anode becomes whitish in color
B. Voltage drops
C. Specific gravity of acid increases
D. The cell gives out energy
Ans. C

840. The value of specific gravity of acid when a lead acid battery is fully charged is
A. 1.285
B. 2.185
C. 2.585
D. 2.9585
Ans. A

841. The indication of the state of charge of a battery is best given by


A. Specific gravity of electrolyte
B. Temperature of electrolyte
C. Color of electrolyte
D. Level of electrolyte
Ans. A

842. On watt hour basis the efficiency of a lead acid battery is in the range
A. 90 to 95 percent
B. 80 to 85 percent
C. 70 to 85 percent
D. 60 to 70 percent
Ans. C

843. The internal resistance of a dry cell is of the order of


A. 0.2 to 0.4 ohm
B. 1 to 1.5 ohm
C. 2 to 5 ohms
D. 1 to 15 ohms
Ans. A

844. The electrode for a battery must be


A. A good conductor of electricity
B. A bad conductor of electricity
C. A semi-conductor
D. An insulator
Ans. A

845. The specific gravity of acid is checked with the help of a


A. Hygrometer
B. Lactometer
C. Hydrometer
D. Cell tester
Ans. C

846. Cells are connected in series to


A. Increase the voltage output
B. Decrease the Voltage output
C. decrease the internal resistance
D. Increase the current capacity
Ans. A

847. A battery whose EMF is 45 volts is connected to a 20-ohm resistance and current of 2.1A
flows. The terminal voltage is
A. 42V
B. 45V
C. 40V
D. 54V
Ans. A

848. The best instrument for the measurement of EMF of a cell is


A. Voltmeter
B. Ammeter
C. Potentiometer
D. Wheatstone bridge
Ans. C

849. The RMS value of sinusoidal 200V peak to peak wave is


A. 200V
B. 100/ sqrt (2) V
C. 200/ sqrt (2) V
D. 100V
Ans. B

850. Which wave has the highest value of form factor?


A. Sine wave
B. Triangular wave
C. Square wave
D. Half wave rectified sine wave
Ans. D

851. The form factor of DC supply voltage is always


A. Zero
B. 0.5
C. Unity
D. Infinite
Ans. C

852. Which of the following relation is incorrect? Power factor=


A. Real power / Apparent power
B. kW/kVA
C. Resistance / Impedance
D. Conductance / Susceptance
Ans. D

853. The capacitors for power factor correction are rated in terms of
A. Voltage
B. VA
C. KW
D. KVAR
Ans. D

854. Power factor of an Inductive circuit can be improved by connecting capacitor to it in


A. Series
B. parallel
C. Depends on value of C
D. Either series or parallel
Ans. B

855. A series circuit consisting of R=1.2 k ohms and C= 0.4 micro-F is supplied with 45 V at a
frequency of 1kHz. The reactive power will be
A. 0.1 VAR
B. 0.4 VAR
C. 0.81 VAR
D. 1.62 VAR
Ans. C

856. A non-linear network does not satisfy


A. Homogeneity condition
B. Super position condition
C. Both A & B
D. None of above
Ans. C

857. A coil with 1000 turns carrying a current of 8A produces a flux of 6 x 10-6 Wb. The
inductance of coil would be
A. 0.75 H
B. 0.075 H
C. 0.0075 H
D. 0.00075 H
Ans. D

858. The super position theorem is applicable to


A. Linear responses only
B. Linear and non-linear responses only
C. Linear, non-linear and time variant responses
D. None of above
Ans. A

859. The super position theorem is applicable to


A. Current only
B. Voltage only
C. Both current and voltage
D. Current, voltage and power
Ans. D

860. A unit ramp function when integrated yields


A. Unit parabolic function
B. Unit ramp function
C. Unit doublet
D. Unit impulse function
Ans. A

861. The system with characteristic equation s4 +3s3 + 6s2+ 9s+12= 0


A. Stable
B. Unstable
C. Marginality stable
D. None
Ans. B

862. If a zero appears in first column of the Routh table, the system is
A. Necessarily stable
B. Necessarily unstable
C. Marginally stable
D. None
Ans. B

863. The open loop transfer functions of systems are given below. Identify the system that is not
stable for all values of gain constant K

Ans. D

864. The main application of transfer function is in the study of


A. Steady behaviors of system
B. Steady as well as transient behaviors of systems
C. Only transient behaviors of system
D. Neither steady nor transient behaviors of system
Ans. B

865. Which signal will become zero when the feedback-signal and reference signs are equal?
A. Actuating signal
B. Reference signal
C. Feedback signal
D. Input signal
Ans. A

866. The output of a thermocouple is


A. DC current
B. AC current
C. DC voltage
D. AC voltage
Ans. C

867. The Bode plot is used to analyze


A. All phase network
B. Lag lead network
C. Minimum phase network
D. Maximum phase network
Ans. C

868. Non linearity caused by servo motor is


A. Saturation
B. Backlash
C. Static friction
D. None of above
Ans. A

869. Resistivity of metals is expressed in terms of


A. micro-ohm
B. Micro ohm/cm
C. Micro ohm-cm2
D. micro-ohm-cm
Ans. D

870. Constantan contains


A. Copper and nickel
B. Copper and tungsten
C. Tungsten and silver
D. Silver and tin
Ans. A

871. Bakelite is
A. A semiconductor
B. Incombustible
C. Low resistance conductor
D. Highly inflammable
Ans. B

872. Dielectric constant for vacuum is


A. Infinity
B. 100
C. 1
D. Zero
Ans. C

873. Which material can be used at temperatures above 100?


A. Polythene
B. Teflon
C. Rubber
D. Paraffin wax
Ans. B

874. A force of 1 Newton is experienced between 2 equal charges in space, separated by 1m and
having a magnitude of
A. 1 coulomb
B. 10 micro-coulombs
C. 100 pico-coulombs
D. None of above
Ans. B

875. Which medium has least dielectric strength?


A. Air
B. Quartz
C. Glass
D. Paraffin wax
Ans. A

876. A region around a stationary electric charge has


A. Magnetic field
B. Electric field
C. Both magnetic and electric field
D. Neither magnetic nor electric field
Ans. B

877. One volt is same as


A. One joule
B. One joule/sec
C. One joule/coulomb
D. One coulomb/joule
Ans. C

878. One farad is the same as


A. One coulomb/volt
B. One joule/ volt
C. One joule/coulomb
D. One coulomb/joule
Ans. A

879. Two infinitely long parallel conductors in vacuum are separated by a distance of 1 meter
between centers, when a current of 1 ampere flows through each conductor. The magnitude of
force exerted by the two conductors on each other will be
A. 2 x 10-7 N per meter length
B. 2 x 10-5 N per meter length
C. 2 x 10-3 N per meter length
D. 2 x 10-2 N per meter length
Ans. A

880. A device that converts from decimal to binary number is called


A. Decoder
B. Encoder
C. CPU
D. Converter
Ans. B

881. The hexadecimal number 86C7 is equivalent to decimal number


A. 49761
B. 46791
C. 47691
D. 49761
Ans. B

882. Monolithic technology is widely used in the manufacture of


A. Antenna
B. Transistors
C. Integrated circuits
D. All of above
Ans. C

883. 64K is
A. 6400
B. 64000
C. 65536
D. 66536
Ans. C

884. Microprocessor 8085 is the enhanced version of the ____ with essentiality same
construction set.
A. 6800
B. 68000
C. 8080
D. 8000
Ans. C

885. Opcode
A. That part of construction which tells the computer what operation to perform
B. An auxiliary register that stores the data to be added or subtracted from the accumulator
C. The register that receives the constructions from the memory
D. One of the constructions in the memory set
Ans. A

886. In 8085, the instruction register is part of the control unit. The contents of the instruction
register are split into two nibbles. The upper nib goes to the
A. Memory address
B. Controller sequence
C. Micro-instruction
D. Source program
Ans. B

887. Interaction between a CPU and a peripheral device that takes place during an I/O operation
is known as
A. Handshaking
B. Flagging
C. Relocating
D. Subroutine
Ans. A

888. Equalizer rings are required in a lap winding DC machine


A. To decrease armature reaction
B. To improve commutation
C. To filter out harmonics
D. To prevent flow of circulating currents through the brushes
Ans. D

889. If the no load voltage of a certain generator is 220 V and the rated voltage is 200 V, then the
voltage regulation is
A. 1%
B. 10%
C. 20%
D. 9%
Ans. B

890. The critical resistance of DC generator refers to the resistance of


A. Armature
B. Load
C. Field
D. Brushes
Ans. A

891. The armature reaction of an unsaturated DC machine is


A. Non-magnetizing
B. Magnetizing
C. Demagnetizing
D. Cross-magnetizing
Ans. D

892. The speed of a series-wound DC motor


A. Can be controlled by shunt field regulator
B. Cannot be controlled by diverter
C. Increases as flux decreases
D. Increases as armature circuit resistance increases
Ans. C

893. The function of breather in a transformer is


A. To provide oxygen to the cooling oil
B. To provide cooling air
C. To arrest flow of moisture when outside air enters the transformer
D. To filter the transformer oil
Ans. C

894. Power transformers are usually designed to have maximum efficiency at


A. Near full load
B. At 75% of full load
C. At 50% of full load
D. Between 50% and 75% of full load
Ans. A

895. Distribution transformers are usually designed to have Maximum efficiency at


A. Near full load
B. Near 75% of full load
C. Near 50% of full load
D. Near no load
Ans. C

896. Which value of flux is involved in the emf equation of transformer?


A. Maximum value
B. Average value
C. RMS value
D. Critical value
Ans. A

897. An alternator is said to be over excited when it is operating at


A. Unity power factor
B. Leading power factor
C. Lagging power factor
D. Lagging to leading power factor
Ans. C

898. For an alternator when the power factor of load is unity


A. The armature flux will have square waveform
B. The armature flux will be de magnetizing
C. The armature flux will be cross magnetizing
D. The armature flux will reduce to zero
Ans. C

899. Which of the following is likely to be the full load power factor of a three-phase induction
motor?
A. 0.2 leading
B. 0.2 lagging
C. 0.8 lagging
D. 0.8 leading
Ans. C

900. Which single phase motor has relatively high-power factor?


A. Universal motor
B. Split phase motor
C. Repulsion motor
D. Synchronous motor
Ans. A

901. Out of following which one is not an unconventional source of energy


A. Tidal power
B. Geothermal energy
C. Nuclear energy
D. Wind power
Ans. C

902. Overall thermal efficiency of a steam Power station is in the range of


A. 18 -24%
B. 30- 40%
C. 44-62%
D. 68 - 79%
Ans. A

903. Most of the generators in thermal power plants run at


A. 3000 rpm
B. 1500 rpm
C. 1000 rpm
D. 750 rpm
Ans. A

904. In power station practice "spinning reserve" is


A. Reserve generating capacity that is in operation but not in reserve
B. Reserve generating capacity that is connected to bus and ready to take the load
C. Reserve generating capacity that is available for service but not in operation
D. Capacity of part of plant that remains under maintenance
Ans. B

905. The overall efficiency of boiler in a thermal power plant is of the order of
A. 10%
B. 25 to 30%
C. 40 to 50%
D. 70 to 80%
Ans. D

906. Cost of operation of which plant is least?


A. Gas turbine plant
B. Thermal power plant
C. Nuclear power plant
D. Hydroelectric plant
Ans. D

907. In a hydro-electric plant a conduit system for taking water from the intake works to the
turbine is known as
A. Dam
B. Reservoir
C. Penstock
D. surge tank
Ans. C

908. In a thermal power plant cooling towers are used to


A. Condense low pressure steam
B. Cool condensed steam
C. Cool water used in condenser for condensing steam
D. Cool feed water of boiler
Ans. C

909. Advantage(s) of hydroelectric power station is


A. Low operating cost
B. Free from pollution problems
C. No fuel transportation problems
D. All of above
Ans. D

910. When coal analysis gives fixed carbon, volatile combustible matter, and moisture the
analysis is termed as
A. Ultimate analysis
B. Proximate analysis
C. Orsat analysis
D. Gross analysis
Ans. B

911. Generally, the major constituent of exhaust gases from a thermal power plant is
A. Oxygen
B. Carbon Monoxide
C. Nitrogen
D. Carbon dioxide
Ans. C

912. In hydro plants


A. Initial cost is high and operating cost is low
B. Initial cost as well as operating cost is high
C. Initial cost is low and operating cost is high
D. Initial cost as well as operating cost is low
Ans. A

913. In which of the following power plants, availability of power Is least reliable?
A. Solar power plant
B. Wind power plant
C. Tidal power plant
D. Geothermal power plant
Ans. B

914. The major disadvantage with solar cells for power generation is
A. Lack of availability
B. Large area requirement
C. Variable power
D. High cost
Ans. D

915. The total power of a wind stream is proportional to


A. Velocity of stream
B. (Velocity of stream)2
C. (Velocity of stream)3
D. None of above
Ans. C

916. Load factor during a period is


A. Average load/ Installed capacity
B. Average load/Maximum load
C. Maximum load/Average load
D. Maximum load/Installed capacity
Ans. B

917. Which plant can never have 100% load factor?


A. Nuclear power plant
B. Hydro- electric plant
C. Peak load plant
D. Base load plant
Ans. C

918. Which equipment provides fluctuating load?


A. Lathe machine
B. Exhaust fan
C. Welding transformer
D. All of above
Ans. C

919. In a power plant a reserve generating capacity which is in operation but not in service is
known as
A. Hot reserve
B. Cold reserve
C. Spinning reserve
D. Firm power
Ans. A

920. A steam power station will run with maximum efficiency when it is run
A. At low steam pressure
B. At higher speeds
C. On pulverized coal
D. Near full load
Ans. D

921. Which of the following is likely to result in lower efficiency of a power station?
A. Varying loads
B. Low voltage generation
C. Low turbine speeds
D. Non-automatic controls
Ans. A

922. The life of underground cable is taken as


A. 1 year
B. 2 years
C. 5 years
D. 40 years
Ans. D
923. A diesel power plant is best suited as
A. Base load plant
B. Stand-by plant
C. Peak load plant
D. General purpose plant
Ans. B

924. Which power plant cannot have single unit of 100 MW?
A. Steam power plant
B. Nuclear power plant
C. Hydroelectric power plant
D. Diesel power plant
Ans. D

925. Hydrogen is used for cooling of large sized generators because


A. It has high thermal conductivity
B. It is light
C. It offers reduced fire risk
D. All of above
Ans. D

926. A nuclear power plant is invariably used as a


A. Base load plant
B. Peak load plant
C. Stand by plant
D. Spinning reserve plant
Ans. A

927. For the same plant size, initial cost of which plant is the highest?
A. Steam power plant
B. Diesel engine plant
C. Nuclear power plant
D. Gas turbine plant
Ans. C

928. Base load plants have


A. High capital cost, high operating cost and high load factor
B. High capital cost, low operating cost and high load factor
C. Low capital cost low operating cost and low load factor
D. Low capital cost, high operating cost and high load factor
Ans. B

929. Which of the following is protective device against lightening over voltages?
A. Rod gaps
B. Surge absorbers
C. Horn gaps
D. All of above
Ans. D

930. In power plants insurance cover is provided for


A. Equipment only
B. Skilled workers only
C. Unskilled workers only
D. All of above
Ans. D

931. Skin effect results in


A. Reduced effective resistance but increased effective internal reactance of the conductor
B. Increased effective resistance but reduced effective internal reactance of conductor
C. Reduced effective resistance as well as effective internal reactance
D. Increased effective resistance as well as effective reactance
Ans. B

932. Strain type insulators are used where the conductors are
A. Dead ended
B. At intermediate anchor towers
C. Any of the above
D. None of above
Ans. C

933. The current drawn by line due to corona losses is


A. Sinusoidal
B. Square
C. Non-sinusoidal
D. None of above
Ans. C

934. The effect of wind pressure is more predominant on


A. Transmission lines
B. Neutral lines
C. Insulator
D. Supporting towers
Ans. D

935. In transmission system a feeder feeds power to


A. Service mains
B. Generating stations
C. Distributors
D. All of above
Ans. C

936. In a transmission line following are the distributed constants


A. Resistance and inductance only
B. Resistance, inductance and capacitance
C. Resistance, inductance, capacitance and short conductance
D. None of above
Ans. C

937. A relay used on long transmission lines is


A. Mho's relay
B. Reactance relay
C. Impedance relay
D. No relay is used
Ans. A

938. Total load transmitted through a 3-phase transmission line is 10,000 kW at 0.8 power factor
lagging. The 12 R losses are 900kW. The efficiency of transmission line is
A. 60%
B. 90%
C. 95%
D. 99%
Ans. B

939. The power transmitted will be maximum when


A. Sending end voltage is more
B. Receiving end voltage is more
C. Reactance is high
D. Corona losses are least
Ans. A

940. Stranded conductors are used for transmitting power at high voltages because of
A. Increased tensile strength
B. Better in wind resistance
C. Ease in handling
D. Low cost
Ans. C

941. In case the height of transmission tower is increased


A. The line capacitance and inductance will not change
B. line capacitance will decrease but line inductance will remain unaltered
Ans. B

942. Under no load conditions the current in a transmission line is due to


A. Corona effects
B. Capacitance of line
C. Back flow from earth
D. Spinning reserve
Ans. B

943. Which distribution system is more reliable?


A. Ring main system
B. Tree system
C. Radial system
D. All are equally reliable
Ans. A

944. In a substation the equipment used to limit short circuit current level is
A. Series reactor
B. Coupling capacitor
C. Lightening switch
D. Isolator
Ans. A
945. In order to increase the limit of distance of transmission line
A. Series resistances are used
B. Synchronous condensers are used
C. Shunt capacitors and series reactors are used
D. Series capacitors and shunt reactors are used
Ans. D

946. All of the following are leading power factor systems except
A. Under excited synchronous generator
B. Series and shunt capacitors
C. Induction motors
D. Overexcited synchronous motors
Ans. C

947. The fault clearing time of a circuit breaker is usually


A. One sec
B. Few seconds
C. Few mints
D. Few cycles of supply voltage
Ans. D

948. In modern EHV system circuit breakers, the operating time between instant of receiving trip
signal and final contact separation is
A. 0.001 sec
B. 0.015 sec
C. 0.003 sec
D. 0.03 sec
Ans. D

949. For motor circuit breakers, the time of closing the cycle is
A. 0.001 sec
B. 0.01 sec
C. 0.10 sec
D. 0.003 sec
Ans. D

950. The fuse current in amperes is related with fuse wire diameter as
A. I  1/D
B. I  D
C. I  D3/2
D. I  D2
Ans. C

951. Fuse wire protection system is usually not used beyond


A. 10 A
B. 25 A
C. 50 A
D. 100 A
Ans. D
952. The number of cycles in which a high-speed circuit breaker can complete its operation is
A. 3 to 8
B. 10 to 18
C. 20 to 30
D. 40 to 50
Ans. A

953. In a circuit breaker the current which exists at the instant of contact separation is known as
A. Restriking current
B. Surge current
C. Breaking current
D. Recovery current
Ans. C

954. A Merz-price protection is suitable for


A. Transformers
B. Alternators
C. Feeders
D. Transmission lines
Ans. B

955. Breaking capacity of a circuit breaker is usually expressed in terms of


A. Amperes
A. Volts
B. MW
C. MVA
Ans. D

956. The arc voltage produced in the circuit breaker is always


A. In phase with the arc current
B. Leading the arc current by 90°
C. Lagging the arc current by 90°
D. In between the lead and lag angles
Ans. A

957. In a circuit breaker the time duration from the instant of fault to the instant of energizing of
trip coil is known as
A. Lag time
B. Lead time
C. Protection time
D. Operation time
Ans. C

958. In a circuit breaker, time duration from the instant of fault to the instant of closing of
contact is known as
A. Recycle time
B. Total time
C. Gross time
D. Reclosing time
Ans. D
959. For a high-speed circuit breaker, the total clearing time is nearly
A. 1 to 2 cycles
B. 5 to 10 cycles
C. 10 to 15 cycles
D. Less than 50 cycles
Ans. A

960. Which relay is used for feeders?


A. MHO relay
B. Translay relay
C. Merz price protection
D. Buchholz relay
Ans. B

961. A fuse wire should have


A. Low specific resistance and high melting point
B. Low specific resistance and low melting point
C. High specific resistance and high melting point
D. High specific resistance and low melting point
Ans. D

962. Cables can be generally used up to


A. 400V
B. 1000V
C. 11kV
D. 33kV
Ans. D

963. The size of conductor of power cables depends on


A. Type of insulation
B. Current
C. Voltage
D. Power factor
Ans. B

964. A zero-watt lamp consumes.


A. No power
B. About 5 to 7 watts of power
C. About 15 to 20 watts of power
D. About 25 to 30 watts of power
Ans. B

965. A DC generator used for AC welding should have


A. Rising characteristics
B. Drooping characteristics
C. Straight characteristics
D. None of above
Ans. B

966. The power factor of load using welding transformer least depends on
A. Arc length
B. Type of electrode
C. No. of operating stations
D. Material to be welded
Ans. D

967. Which type of wattmeter cannot be used for both A.C and D.C?
A. Dynamometer type
B. Electrostatic type
C. Induction type
D. None of above
Ans. C

968. When the damping of an instrument is adjusted to enable the pointer rise quickly to its
deflected position without overshooting, in that case the instrument is said to be
A. Dead beat
B. Off beat
C. Over damped
D. Under damped
Ans. A

969. When damping force is more than optimum, instrument will become
A. Oscillating
B. Fast and sensitive
C. Slow and lethargic
Ans. C

970. When shunt resistance of a galvanometer circuit is increased, its


A. Current sensitivity increases
B. Current sensitivity decreases
C. Damping increases
D. Controlling torque decreases
Ans. B

971. Bridge used to measure dielectric loss of an insulator is


A. Anderson bridge
B. Wein's bridge
C. Schearing bridge
D. Any of above
Ans. A

972. Synchro is a transducer


A. Variable reluctance
B. Angular position
C. Parabolic
D. Synchronizing
Ans. B

973. A Ryan Crest voltmeter is used to measure


A. Peak voltage
B. RMS voltage
C. DC voltage
D. All of above
Ans. A

974. In a three-phase half wave rectifier, each diode conducts for a duration of
A. 180°
B. 120°
C. 90°
D. 60°
Ans. B

975. Which of the following finds application in speed control of DC motor?


A. FET
B. NPN transistor
C. SCR
D. None of above
Ans. C

976. A device that does not exhibit negative resistance characteristics is


A. FET
B. WI
C. Tunnel diode
D. SCR
Ans. A

977. Thyristor is turned off when anode current falls below


A. Forward current
B. Latching current
C. Holding current
D. Break over current
Ans. C

978. In thyristor, dv/dt protection is achieved through the use of


A. L across thyristor
B. R across thyristor
C. RC across thyristor
D. RL across thyristor
Ans. C

979. For a three phase, 6 pulse diode rectifier, average output voltage is

Ans. B

980. In 1 phase full converter, for load current I ripple free, average thyristor current is
A. (1/4) I
B. (1/2) I
C. (3/4) I
D. I
Ans. B

981. In 1 phase full converter, number of SCRs conducting during overlap


A. 2
B. 4
C. 6
D. 8
Ans. B

982. When one of three series resistors is removed from a circuit and the circuit is reconnected,
the current
A. Increases
B. Increase by one third
C. Decreases by one third
D. Decreases by the amount of current through the removed resistor
Ans. A

983. The total power in a certain circuit is 12 W. Each of the four equal value series resistors
making up the circuit dissipates
A. 12 W
B. 48 W
C. 3 W
D. 8 W
Ans. C

984. All the voltage drops and the source voltage added together in a series circuit is equal to
A. The total of the voltage drops
B. The source voltage
C. Zero
D. The total of source voltage and voltage drops
Ans. C

985. If a 24 V and a 6 V battery are series opposing, the total voltage is


A. 30 V
B. 24 V
C. 18 V
D. 0
Ans. C

986. The output of a certain voltage divider is 12 V with no load. When a load is connected, the
output voltage
A. Decreases
B. Increases
C. Remains same
D. Becomes zero
Ans. A

987. The parallel combination of a 470 ohms resistor and a 1.5 k ohms resistor is in series with
parallel combination of five 1 k resistors. The source voltage is 50 V. The percentage of the
load current through any single 1 k resistor is
A. 25%
B. 20%
C. 100%
D. 50%
Ans. B

988. In a certain series resonant circuit, VC = 125 V, VL = 125 V, and VR = 40 V. The value of
source voltage is
A. 125 V
B. 250 V
C. 290 V
D. 40 V
Ans. D

989. In a series RC circuit 12 Vrms is measured across the resistor and 15 V(rms) is measured
across the capacitor. The rms source voltage is
A. 3v
B. 27V
C. 19.2V
D. 1.9V
Ans. C

990. When the frequency of the source voltage decreases, the impedance of a parallel RC circuit
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Does not change
D. Decreases to zero
Ans. A

991. An AC circuit consists of a resistor and a capacitor. To increase the phase angle above 45°,
the following condition must exist:
A. R = XC
B. R > XC
C. R < XC
D. R = 5XC
Ans. C

992. A 5mH, a 4.3mH and a 0.6mH inductors are connected in parallel. The total inductance is
A. 9.9mH
B. Greater than 5mH
C. 9.9mH or greater than 5mH
D. Less than 0.6mH
Ans. D

993. A 2mH, a 3.3mH and a 2.2mH inductors are connected in series. The total inductance is
A. 55mH
B. Less than 0.2mH
C. Less than 5.5mH
D. 7.5mH
Ans. D

994. The winding resistance of a coil can be increased by


A. Increasing the number of turns
B. Using a thinner wire
C. Changing the core material
D. Increasing the number of turns or using thinner wire
Ans. D

995. When the current through an inductor decreases, the amount of energy stored in the
electromagnetic field
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Remains the same
D. Doubles
Ans. B

996. The inductance of an iron-core coil decreases if


A. The number of turns is decreased
B. The iron core is removed
C. The length of the coil decreases
D. None of the above
Ans. A

997. When the current through an inductor is cut in half, the amount of energy stored in the
electromagnetic field
A. Is quartered
B. Quadruples
C. Doubles
D. Does not change
Ans. A

998. In applying the superposition theorem


A. The sources are considered one at a time with all other's replaced by their internal
impedance
B. All sources are considered independently
C. All sources are considered simultaneously
D. The sources are considered one at a time with all others replaced by their internal resistance
Ans. A

999. In order to get maximum power transfer from a capacitive source, the load must
A. Have a capacitive reactance equal to circuit resistance
B. Have an impedance that is the complex conjugate of the source impedance
C. Be as capacitive as it is inductive
D. None of the above
Ans. B

1000. A 6 V battery is connected to a 300 cl load. Under these conditions, it is rated at 40 Ah.
How long can it supply current to the load?
A. 1 h
B. 200 h
C. 2,000 h
D. 10 h
Ans. C
1001. A half-watt is equal to how many mill watts?
A. 5,000 mW
B. 5 mW
C. 500 mW
D. 50 mW
Ans. C

1002. Three hundred joules of energy are consumed in 15 s. The power is


A. 2,000 W
B. 2 W
C. 20 W
D. 200 W
Ans. C

1003. How much continuous current can be drawn from a 60 Ah battery for 14 h?
A. 42.8 A
B. 428 A
C. 4.28 A
D. 4.2 A
Ans. C

1004. A 68-ohm resistor is connected across the terminals of a 3 V battery. The power dissipation
of the resistor is
A. 132 mW
B. 13.2 mW
C. 22.6 mW
D. 226 mW
Ans. A

1005. If the value of C in a series RLC circuit is decreased, the resonant frequency
A. Is not affected
B. Increases
C. Is reduced to zero
D. Decreases
Ans. B

1006. The conductance of an 8 ohms resistance is


A. 12.5 mS
B. 8 mS
C. 12 S
D. 125 mS
Ans. D

1007. A two-terminal variable resistor is known as a


A. Potentiometer
B. Thermistor
C. Rheostat
D. Wiper
Ans. C
1008. When the speed at which a conductor is moved through a magnetic field is increase, the
induced voltage
A. Increases
B. Remains constant
C. Decreases
D. Reaches zero
Ans. A

1009. The induced voltage across a coil with 250 turns that Is located in a magnetic field that Is
changing at a rate of 8 W h/s is
A. 1.000 V
B. 2,000 V
C. 31.25 V
D. 3,125 V
Ans. B

1010. For a given wire wound core, an increase in current through the coil
A. Reverses the flux lines
B. Decreases the flux density
C. Increases the flux density
D. causes no change in flux density
Ans. C

1011. If the cross-sectional area of a magnetic field increases, but the flux remains the same, the
flux density
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Remains the same
D. Doubles
Ans. B

1012. When the current through the coil of an electromagnet reverses, the
A. direction of the magnetic field reverses
B. direction of the magnetic field remains unchanged
C. magnetic field expands
D. magnetic field collapses
Ans. A

1013. The unit for reluctance is


A. Tesla
B. At/(m*Wb)
C. At/m
D. Wb
Ans. B

1014. What kVA rating is required for a transformer that must handle a maximum load current of
8 A with a secondary voltage of 2 kV?
A. 4 kVA
B. 0.25 kVA
C. 16 kVA
D. 8 kVA
Ans. C

1015. A certain transformer has 400 turns in the primary winding and 2,000 turns in the secondary
winding. The turns ratio is
A. 0.2
B. 0.4
C. 5
D. 25
Ans. C

1016. The primary winding of a transformer has 110V AC across it. What is the secondary
voltage if turns ratio is 8?
A. 8.8 V
B. 88 V
C. 880 V
D. 8,800 V
Ans. C

1017. In a certain loaded transformer, the secondary voltage is one-fourth the primary voltage.
The secondary current is
A. One-fourth the primary current
B. Four times the primary current
C. Equal to the primary current
D. One-fourth the primary current and equal to the primary current
Ans. B

1018. The primary winding of a power transformer should always be


A. open
B. shorted
C. switched
D. fused
Ans. D

1019. In a certain transformer, input power to primary is 120W. If 8.5W are lost to winding
resistance, what is the output power to the load, neglecting any other issues?
A. 0 W
B. 14.1W
C. 111.5 W
D. 1,020 W
Ans. C

1020. The maximum output voltage of a certain low-pass filter is 15. Output voltage at the critical
frequency is
A. 0 V
B. 15 V
C. 10.60 V
D. 21.21 V
Ans. C

1021. Impulse testing of transformers is done to determine the ability of


A. Bushings to withstand vibrations
B. insulation to withstand transient voltages
C. windings to withstand voltage fluctuations
D. all of the above
Ans. B

1022. vacuum insulation is used in all of the following EXCEPT


A. Particle accelerators
B. EHT of color TV
C. Field emission tubes
D. X-rays
Ans. B

1023. All of the following dielectric materials are preferred for high frequency applications
EXCEPT
A. Polyethylene
B. Butyl rubber
C. Teflon
D. Polystyrene
Ans. B

1024. The output of a NAND gate when both the inputs are high is
A. High
B. Low
C. High-high
D. Low-low
Ans. B

1025. A 100 W bulb is connected in series with a room heater. If now 100 W bulb is replaced by a
40 W bulb the heater output will
A. Increase
B. Decrease
C. Remains same
D. Uncertain
Ans. B

1026. Kirchhoff’s Laws are applicable to circuits with


A. Lumped parameters
B. Passive elements
C. Non-linear resistances
D. All of these
Ans. D

1027. Kirchhoff s law is not applicable to circuits with


A. Lumped parameters
B. Passive elements
C. Distributed parameters
D. Non-linear resistances
Answer: Option C

1028. Thermocouple is based on


A. Seeback effect
B. Thomson effect
C. Joule's law
D. Hall's effect
Ans. A

1029. According to fuse law, the current carrying capacity varies as


A. D
B. D1/2
C. D3/2
D. 1/D
Ans. C

1030. Laplace transform of a unit step function Is


A. 1
B. S
C. 1/s
D. S2
Ans. C

1031. The laplace transform of e-at Cos(wt) Is


A. (s+a) / (s+a)2 + w2
B. s / (s+a)2
C. (S+a) / (s+a)2 - w 2
D. S / (5+a)2
Ans. A

1032. An electric circuit with 10 branches and 7 nodes will have


A. 3 loop equations
B. 4 loop equations
C. 7 loop equations
D. 10 loop equations
Ans. B

1033. The surface integral of the normal component of the electric displacement D over any
closed surface equals the charge enclosed by the surface. This statement is associated with
A. Gauss's law
B. Kirchhoff’s law
C. Faraday's law
D. Lenz's law
Ans. A

1034. A network is said to be a non-linear if it does not satisfy


A. Homogeneity condition
B. Superposition condition
C. Both Homogeneity condition as well as superposition condition
D. Homogeneity, superposition and associative condition
Ans. C

1035. Instrument used for DC measurement alone is


A. Moving iron type
B. Permanent magnet type
C. Electrodynamic type
D. Induction type
Ans. B

1036. As the height of the transmission tower is increased, the line capacitance and line
inductance _______ and ______ respectively.
A. Decreases, Decreases
B. Increases, Decreases
C. Decreases, remains unaltered
D. Increases, Increases
Ans. C

1037. Addition of Zeros in a transfer function causes


A. Lead compensation
B. Lag compensation
C. Lead lag compensation
D. Interval compensation
Ans. A

1038. The knowledge of transfer function of a system is necessary for the calculation of
A. Output for a given input
B. Steady state gain
C. Order of the system
D. Time constant
E. All of the above
Ans. E

1039. Which of the following technique is not applicable to non-linear system?


A. Functional analysis
B. Nyquist criterion
C. Quasi linearization
D. Phase plane representation
Ans. B

1040. The SCR is a _________ device.


A. Uni-directional
B. Bi-directional
C. Tri-directional
D. Two terminal
Ans. A

1041. The most commonly used transistor arrangement is


A. Common emitter
B. Common base
C. Common collector
D. None of these
Ans. A

1042. The shunt derived series fed feedback in an amplifier


A. Increases its output impedance
B. Decreases its output impedance
C. increases its input impedance
D. Both B and C
Ans. D

1043. FET is a _________ device


A. Half power
B. Logarithmic
C. Square law
D. Linear
Ans. C

1044. A pulse transformer uses a ____ core.


A. Copper
B. Iron
C. Ferrite
D. Air
Ans. C

1045. Which of the following can be generated by the use of a monostable multivibrator?
A. Sweep
B. Pulse
C. Sinusoidal
D. Any of the above
Ans. B

1046. The best electronic device for fast switching is


A. BJT
B. Triode
C. JFET
D. MOSFET
Ans. D

1047. The minimum value of current required to maintain conduction in an SCR is called its
______ current.
A. Commutation
B. Holding
C. Gate trigger
D. Breakover
Ans. B

1048. An ideal voltage amplifier should have


A. Ri = 0, Ro = 0
B. Ri = 0, Ro = infinity
C. Ri = infinity Ro = 0
D. Ri = infinity, Ro = infinity
Ans. C

1049. An ideal current amplifier should have


A. Ri = 0, Ro = 0
B. Ri = 0, Ro = infinity
C. Ri = infinity, Ro = 0
D. Ri = infinity, Ro = infinity
Ans. B

1050. How many flip flop circuits are needed to divide by 16?
A. Two
B. Four
C. Eight
D. Sixteen
Ans. B

1051. 64 K is
A. 6400
B. 64000
C. 65536
D. 66536
Ans. C

1052. The mnemonics used in writing a program is called


A. Assembly language
B. Fetch cycle
C. Micro instruction
D. Object program
Ans. A

1053. XOR function can be realized by a minimum of


A. 2 NAND gates
B. 4 NAND gates
C. 5 NAND gates
D. 3 NAND gates
Ans. C

1054. Magnetrons are commonly used as radar transmitters because


A. High power can be generated and transmitted to aerial directly from oscillator
B. It is easily cooled
C. It is a cumbersome device
D. All of the above
Ans. A

1055. Which of the following is essential for fast communication?


A. High S/N ratio
B. High channel capacity
C. Large bandwidth
D. All of the above
Ans. A

1056. Lissajous patterns obtained by an oscilloscope can be used to get


A. Phase information
B. Frequency of input signal
C. Both frequency and phase information
D. Voltage amplitude
Ans. C

1057. An oscilloscope is generally used to measure the value of ______ voltage


A. DC
B. RMS AC
C. Peak to peak AC
D. Average value of AC
Ans. C

1058. The inverse Fourier transforms of the function

A. Sin cot
B. Cos (01
C. Sin (t)
D. U (t)
Ans. C

1059. The Fourier transform of a unit step function is given by


A. F (j w) = j /w
B. F (j w) = w
C. F (jW) = 1/ jW
D. F (j w) = 1 / w
Ans. C

1060. The form factor of a 220v, 50 Hz AC waveform is


A. 1.5
B. 1.14
C. 1.11
D. 0.85
Ans. C

1061. Conductors have an excess of


A. Free electrons
B. Electrons
C. Protons
D. Neutrons
Ans. A

1062. In superposition theorem, independent current sources are replaced with


A. Short circuit
B. Open circuit
C. Close circuit
D. Active circuit
Ans. B

1063. Which wave has the highest value of form factor?


A. Sine wave
B. Triangular wave
C. Square wave
D. Half wave rectified sine wave
Ans. D

1064. A functional software is managed by


A. Computer programmer but not computer organization
B. Computer programmer and computer organization
C. Not Computer programmer, not computer organization
D. Not Computer programmer but computer organization
Ans. D

1065. Orthogonal means two lines


A. Parallel to each other
B. Perpendicular to each other
C. Coplanar
D. None of these
Ans. B

1066. Accuracy of an instrument is defined as


A. precision+ Calibration error
B. B. Precision + sensitivity
C. Precision + resolutions
Ans. A

1067. The bandwidth of an optical fiber can be increased by


A. WDM
B. TDM
C. FDM
D. None
Ans. A

1068. If the angle between voltage and current is 90 then the power consumed is?
A. Zero
B. Maximum
C. Minimum
D. Half
Ans. A

1069. What will be the output Vo?

A. 12
B. -12
C. 6
D. -6
Ans. D

1070. Fourier transform imposes ______ parity for Fourier cosine.


A. Even
B. Odd
C. Both even and odd
D. None
Ans. A

1071. The ideal delay system is defined by the equation Y[n) = x (n- n d), - inf < n < inf. Where n
d is a fixed negative integer in above equation, then the system would
A. Shift the input sequence to the right by n d samples to from the output
B. Shift the input sequence to the left by n d samples to form the output
C. The output of the system remains unchanged for positive or negative values of the n d
D. The system will become unstable and output will remain undefined
Ans. B

1072. Which term relates analog and its discrete representation?


A. Sampling
B. Quantization
C. Digitization
D. None of the above
Ans. B

1073. The stability of a general dynamical system with no input can be described with
____stability.
A. PID
B. Lyapunov
C. Haralop
D. None
Ans. B

1074. A Function is _______ if it lies in open interval.


A. Differentiable
B. Dependent
C. Independent
D. Not differentiable
Ans. A

1075. Fourier transform of discrete time system is represented as


A. continuous frequency spectrum continuous time response
B. discrete frequency spectrum discrete time response
C. discrete frequency spectrum continuous time response
D. continuous frequency spectrum discrete time response
Ans. D

1076. d (function)2 / dt2 = 1 / k x d (function) / dt is known as


A. Parabolic
B. Elliptical equation
C. Telegraphy
D. Laplace equation
Ans. C

1077. Following equation is known as


A. Gibb’s equation
B. Euler equation
C. Dirichlet equation
D. Green equation
Ans. B

1078. Superposition theorem applies to a circuit which have voltage and current sources.
A. More than one
B. More than two
C. More than three
D. None
Ans. A

1079. Matrix has m rows and n columns the order of the product of both matrices will be
A. M
B. N
C. m x n
D. n x m
Ans. C

1080. In Thevenin Theorem the equivalent resistance is connected in series with


A. Voltage source
B. Current source
C. Power source
D. None of these
Ans. A

1081. Electric lines of force at right angle to its length tend to


A. Move away from each other
B. Cross each other
C. Come close to each other
D. None
Ans. A

1082. Current carrying conductor at right angle to the magnetic field experiences
A. Force
B. Torque
C. Momentum
D. Acceleration
Ans. A

1083. The armature reaction of an unsaturated DC machine is


A. Non magnetizing
B. Magnetizing
C. Demagnetizing
D. Cross magnetizing
Ans. D

1084. The insulating properties of transformer oil are adversely affected by the presence of
A. Oxygen
B. Copper
C. Ozone
D. Moisture
Ans. D

1085. Which type of instruments can be used for the measurement of AC only?
A. Moving iron type
B. PMMC type
C. Induction type
D. None of the above
Ans. C

1086. Super-heated steam is always


A. at a temperature higher than the saturation temperature corresponding to a steam pressure
B. at a pressure more than the boiler steam pressure
C. separated from water particles before being supplied to turbine
D. at a pressure less than the maximum cycle pressure
Ans. A

1087. The __________ dictates that higher efficiencies can be attained by increase in the
temperature of steam.
A. Steam efficiency
B. Carnot efficiency
C. Mechanical efficiency
D. None
Ans. B

1088. Which is not a part of steam turbine or coal fired power plant?
A. Condenser
B. Boiler
C. Superheater
D. Moderator
Ans. D

1089. ___________ energy needs no boiler/condenser since they use natural occurring steam
source.
A. Geothermal
B. Hydel
C. Solar
D. None of the above
Ans. A

1090. Performance and design criteria for system protection devices include _____, selectivity,
cost, speed, economy and simplicity.
A. Reliability
B. Compatibility
C. Ruggedness
D. None
Ans. A
1091. ______ interrupting contacts of a circuit breaker is a set of contacts which enable circuit
breaker to be removed.
A. Withdrawal
B. Disconnector
C. Plug in circuit breaker
D. Current limiting
E. Molded case
Ans. B

1092. Which analysis deals with the effect of disturbances on power system?
A. Fault trend analysis
B. Sinusoidal analysis
C. Stability analysis
D. Line power analysis
E. Load flow analysis
Ans. C

1093. The _____ of an equipment is specified by manufacturer the rating of circuit breaker as
making rating.
A. Rated making capacity
B. Rated breaking capacity
C. Rated ultimate short circuit breaking capacity
D. Rated short circuit breaking capacity
E. Rated short circuit making capacity
Ans. E

1094. The terminal of an element is called vertex, is also called as


A. Edge
B. Limit
C. Zero
D. Node
E. Rim
Ans. D

1095. _______ is defined as subgraph of connected element when not more than two elements
connected to any node.
A. Planar graph
B. Path
C. Route
D. Linear graph
E. Tree
Ans. B

1096. ________ is the point from where power is supplied to the induction motor.
A. Stator
B. Rotor
C. Slip rings
D. Commutator
Ans. A

1097. Power switches are divided into groups.


A. 2
B. 4
C. 5
D. 7
Ans. A

1098. If F (jw) is the Fourier transform of function f(t), then


A. £ f(-t) =F (jw)
B. £ f(-t) =F * (jw)
C. £ f (4) =F (-jw)
D. £ f (4) =F *(- jw)
Ans. B

1099. Binary of decimal 0.6875 is


A. 1.1011
B. 0.01011
C. 0.1011
D. None
Ans. C

1100. Which of the following is not a basic component of a transformer?


A. Primary winding
B. Secondary winding
C. Core
D. Mutual flux
Ans. D

1101. The faults due to lightning and storm damage are called
A. Line to Line faults
B. Single line to ground faults
C. Double line to ground faults
D. Ground to ground faults
Ans. B

1102. Δ2 V = - P / E is called
A. Maxwell equation
B. Poisson equation
C. Laplace equation
D. Continuity equation
Ans. B

1103. Concept of sending/receiving text etc. on computer networks Is


A. Online database
B. Email
C. Tele conferencing
D. Tele Printing
Ans. B

1104. Drawback of I I R (Infinite impulse response) filters is


A. Instability
B. Non linear
C. Causal
D. All
Ans. B

1105. Full wave rectification needs minimum number of diodes.


A. Four
B. Two
C. One
D. Six
Ans. B

1106. A circuit of zero lagging power factor behaves as


A. An inductive circuit
B. A capacitive circuit
C. R-L circuit
D. R-C circuit
Ans. A

1107. In order to improve the power factor which device should be connected to the power system
A. Series capacitor
B. Shunt capacitor
C. Series reactor
D. Shunt reactor
Ans. B

1108. In an induction motor when the air gap field between rotor and stator increases power factor
of the machine
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Does not have any effect
D. None
Ans. B

1109. The power factor of an ac circuit is equal to:


A. Cosine of the phase angle
B. Sine of the phase angle
C. Tangent of the phase angle
D. Cotangent of the phase angle
Ans. A

1110. In an ac circuit I x sin (Phi) is called the ______ component of the current.
A. Wattless
B. Reactive
C. Quadrature
D. All the above
Ans. D

1111. According to free electron theory, in metals, electrons revolve because of


A. Constant V
B. sinusoidal V
C. square V
D. triangular V
E. Non periodic V
Ans. A

1112. Which of the following is not base load power plant?


A. Pump storage
B. Run water
C. Diesel
D. Nuclear
Ans. A

1113. The common emitter short circuit current gain is


A. 0
B. 1
C. 10
D. 100
Ans. B

1114. By increasing frequency, the current in series resonance circuit before


A. increase before resonance and decreases after resonance
B. Decrease before resonance and increase after resonance
C. Increase before resonance as well increase after resonance
D. None of the above
Ans. A

1115. A steam power generation has an overall efficiency of 20 %. 0.6 Kg of coal is burnt per
kWh of electrical energy generated. Calculated the calorific value of fuel?
A. 7166.67 kCal/kg
B. 7611.45 kCal/kg
C. 6921.23 kCal/kg
D. None of the above
Ans. A

1116. The ripple factor of a Half wave rectifier


A. 0.5
B. 1.21
C. 0.482
D. 1.11
Ans. B

1117. In case of photo conductor for Germanium when forbidden energy is 0.72 eV, the critical
wavelength for intrinsic excitation will be
A. 1.73 micro-meter
B. 1.5 micro-meter
C. 1.3 micro-meter
D. 2.73 micro-meter
Ans. A

1118. What will be the thermal efficiency of a 240V, 1000W electric kettle if it brings 2 liters of
water at 15° C to Boiling point in 15 mins?
A. 74.56 %
B. 80.25 %
C. 79.33 %
Ans. C

1119. The sequence components of the fault current are as follows: I + = j1.5pU, I - = j0.5 pU, Iz
= j pU Which fault is this?
A. LG fault
B. LLG fault
C. LL fault
D. None of the above
Ans. B

1120. An overhead line conductor has an inductance per unit length of L Henry. If the entire
medium around the conductor is filled with a dielectric material of permittivity (ϵ), then the
inductance will be
A. L/ ϵ
B. ϵ/L
C. 0
D. Infinite
Ans. A

1121. Cosine of the angle which a pole makes with real axis is equal to
A. Natural frequency
B. Damping ratio
C. Peak time
D. Settling time
Ans. D

1122. High ac voltages are mostly measured with


A. electrostatic voltmeters
B. potential transformer and voltmeter
C. current transformer and potential transformer
D. voltmeter and multiplier
Ans. B

1123. Horizontal line in the S plane represents lines of


A. Damping ratio
B. Percentage overshoot
C. constant peak time.
D. Maximum settling time
Ans. C

1124. ____ Types of robotics is done for repetitive jobs


A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Ans. B

1125. ____ type of robotics is done for Menial task.


A. 2
B. 1
C. 3
D. 4
Ans. C

1126. In PLC each program line is called


A. Rung
B. Step
C. Line
D. All
Ans. B

1127. In PLC — is replaced by


A. Motor
B. Machine
C. Relay
D. All
Ans. C

1128. As compared to 2-wire DC system the volume of conductor material required in 3-phase 3-
wire AC system is
A. 2/Cos ()
B. 3 / cos ()
C. 0.5 / cos 2 ()
D. 4 / cos ()
Ans. C

1129. Q-factor is
A. Directly proportional to resistance of coil
B. Inversely proportional to resistance of coil
C. Independent of resistance of coil
D. None
Ans. B

1130. 4 Condensers / Capacitors are connected in parallel with capacitance 4 micro-F, C-eq will
be
A. 16 micro-F
B. 4 micro-F
C. 1 micro-F
D. 1/4 micro-F
Ans. A

1131. Current across 90 Ohm resistor is to be reduced by 90% which resistance should be
connected in parallel to it
A. 10-ohms
B. 900 ohms
C. 90 ohms
D. 45 ohms
Ans. A
1132. Union of two events P(a) and P(b) is P (a U b)
A. P (a) + P (b) - P (a Π b)
B. P (a) + P (b)
C. p (a) + P (b) + P (a Π b)
D. p (a) + P (b) + P (a U b)
Ans. A

1133. Minimum acceptable range of biasing voltage for operational amplifier is –


A. - 18 to + 18
B. -15 to +15
C. -10 to +10
D. -5 to +5
Ans. A

1134. In most of the op-amps the level of the roll off is approximately
A. -3 dB
B. -6 dB
C. -12 dB
D. -18 dB
Ans. B
*** -20 dB / decade or -6 dB / octave

1135. In a cumulatively compound DC motor shunt and series field winding


A. Multiply each other
B. Subtract each other
C. Add each other
D. None
Ans. C

1136. DC series motor is known for its


A. Torque
B. Speed
C. Power
D. None
Ans. A

1137. To decrease the power in control system we use


A. Open loop system
B. Closed loop system
C. Open loop and closed loop system
D. None
Ans. A

1138. What is power factor?


A. True power/apparent power
B. KW/KVA
C. R/Z
D. All of the above
Ans. D

1139. Generally speaking, a digital multimeter with ammeter, volt meter and ohm meter are used
to measure current, voltage and resistance If these 3 are taken on a single unit is called
A. Low pass filter
B. High pass filter
C. Band pass filter
D. Analog to digital converter
E. Digital to analog converter
Ans. D

1140. In a 3 phase 4 wire AC system the number of voltages we get is


A. Two
B. Three
C. Four
D. None
Ans. A

1141. In an LTI system, if all the poles and zeros are inside the unit circle then
A. Its inverse does not exist
B. The system is causal and stable
C. The inverse of system is causal and stable
D. Both system and its inverse are causal and stable
Ans. D

1142. Z-Transform is used when signal is not


A. Absolute summable
B. Squarely summable
C. Converges
D. Diverges
E. A, B, and C
Ans. E

1143. In which of the following power plant the availability of power is least reliable
A. Solar
B. Wind
C. Tidal
D. Geothermal
E. Biogas
Ans. B

1144. _______ is the source which gives constant voltage(V=E) no matter how much current is
drawn from it.
A. Ideal voltage source
B. Real voltage source
C. Ideal current source
D. Ideal resistance source
E. Real voltage and current source
Ans. A
*** NTS marks E as a correct answer

1145. Power in inductive reactance of the circuit is called


A. Active power
B. Reactive power
C. Apparent power
D. None
Ans. B

1146. Ideal transformer has the following properties


A. Zero winding resistance or no copper loss
B. Zero core losses
C. No leakage flux
D. infinite permeability
E. All
Ans. E

1147. Output variables are known as


A. Dependent variables
B. independent variables
C. constant variables
D. zero variables
Ans. A

1148. Circuit that produces output without external signal source is obtained from
A. Filter
B. Amplifier
C. Oscillator
D. None
Ans. C

1149. Diode limiters are used


A. To clip positive input cycle
B. To clip negative input cycle
C. To add a DC level in input cycle
D. To clip both positive as well as negative input cycle
Ans. D

1150. ________ is used for converting signal from time domain to frequency domain
A. ROC
B. Fourier transform
C. Fourier series
D. Laplace transform
Ans. B

1151. DIAC is a two terminal and _____layer device.


A. Two
B. One
C. Three
D. Four
Ans. D

1152. Load factor is


A. Average load / peak load
B. Peak load / average load
C. Average load / connected load
D. None
Ans. A

1153. Automatic circuit controller or circuit breaker will _____ when a fault occurs in the system.
A. Open
B. Close
C. Trip a sensor alarm
D. None
Ans. A

1154. Superposition theorem is used to solve ______network.


A. Thevenin
B. Norton
C. Both Norton and Thevenin
D. Newton
Ans. C

1155. Ripple frequency of a bridge rectifier is


A. same as the input frequency
B. double the input frequency
C. half the frequency
D. None
Ans. B

1156. The Norton equivalent of a circuit consists of an ideal ______ in parallel with an ideal
impedance or resistor for non-reactive circuits.
A. Current source
B. Voltage source
C. Power source
D. None
Ans. A

1157. Voltage is difference in __________ between two points.


A. Electric pressure
B. Magnetic pressure
C. Pneumatic pressure
D. Hydraulic pressure
Ans. A

1158. Oscilloscope measures


A. Current
B. Voltage
C. Resistance
D. None
Ans. B

1159. Which motor gives best variable frequency speed control?


A. Variable frequency drive
B. Wound motor
C. Traction motor
D. Shunt motor
Ans. B

1160. The technology of long-distance communication is known as


A. Mass communication
B. Telephony
C. Telecommunications
D. Mobile communication
Ans. C

1161. The turn on voltage of a Germanium (Ge) junction diode is ____ volts
A. 0.7
B. 1.0
C. 0.1
D. 0.3
Ans. D

1162. A tunnel diode


A. Is a highly doped P-N junction device
B. Is a gallium arsenide device
C. Is a point contact diode with a high reverse resistance
D. Has a small tunnel in its junction
Ans. A

1163. FPGA is
A. Reprogrammable silicon chip
B. Programmable routing resource
C. Logic block
D. High sensitivity silicon chip
Ans. A

1164. Which instruction is used to copy a specific word to top of stack in 8056 microprocessors?
A. Copy
B. Mov
C. Push
Ans. C

1165. If carrier and modulated signals have frequency of 998KHz and 2KHz respectively, then
upper sideband and lower sideband frequencies are
A. 1000KHz & 998KHz
B. 998K4z & 900KHz
C. 1002KHz & 998KHz
D. 1002KHz & 996KHz
Ans. C
*** Actual answer is 996 and 1000. NTS ki pen kis Siri

1166. Brush voltage drop in DC motors is


A. 20V
B. 10V
C. 40V
D. 2V
Ans. D

1167. To decrease the required power of system we prefer


A. Open loop system
B. Closed loop system
C. A combination of both
D. Open loop system with passive elements
Ans. A

1168. For RLC circuit at low frequency, impedance is large because


A. Xc is larger
B. XL is large
C. Xc is smaller
D. XL is small
Ans. A

1169. Natural frequency of a system gives information about


A. Nature of transient response
B. Overshoot
C. Oscillation
D. Speed of response
Ans. D

1170. Armature reaction of an unsaturated DC machine is


A. Non-magnetizing
B. Magnetizing
C. Cross-magnetizing
D. Demagnetizing
Ans. C

1171. What happens if relative speed between rotating flux of stator and rotor of Induction motor
is zero?
A. Torque produced will be very large
B. Rotor will not run
C. Rotor will run at a very high speed
D. Slip will be 5%
Ans. B

1172. Fastest possible response without overshoot


A. Over damped response
B. Under damped response
C. Undamped response
D. Critically damped response
Ans. D

1173. Hopkinson test on a DC motor is conducted at


A. No load
B. Half load
C. Low load
D. Full load
Ans. D
1174. Usually very wide and sensitive speed control is required in case of
A. Reciprocating pumps
B. Colliery winders
C. Centrifugal blowers
D. Lathe machine
Ans. B

1175. In a parallel resonance circuit at resonance


A. Impedance is zero
B. Voltage is maximum
C. Current is maximum
D. Impedance is minimum
Ans. B

1176. A circuit that produces an output waveform without any external signal source is
A. Filter
B. Amplifier
C. Oscillator
D. Both A & B
Ans. C

1177. In a DC machine maximum losses occur due to


A. Copper
B. Iron
C. Mechanical
D. Both A & B
Ans. A

1178. The test used to determine the efficiency of two transformers at full load is
A. Open circuit test
B. Short circuit test
C. Back-to-back test
D. Type test
Ans. C

1179. Lenz's law corresponds to the


A. Law of conservation of momentum
B. Law of conservation of charge
C. Law of conservation of emf
D. Law of conservation of energy
Ans. A

1180. Pointer that cannot be used in register indirect addressing mode is


A. BX
B. BP
C. Si
D. DI
E. AX
Ans. E
1181. Modulation technique in which carrier is switched between two different carrier levels
(0&1) is called
A. Amplitude shift keying
B. On-off keying
C. Frequency modulation
D. Phase modulation
Ans. B

1182. Sign of charge carriers in a conductor can be experimentally found by


A. Thomson effect
B. Seeback effect
C. Hall effect
D. Peltier effect
Ans. C

1183. Equalizer connections are required for paralleling two


A. Compound generators
B. Bipolar generators
C. Shunt generators
D. Series generators
Ans. A

1184. A DC motor can be identified by


A. Yoke
B. Commutator
C. Size of conductors
D. Windings
Ans. B

1185. The radius of curvature of path of charged particle in a uniform magnetic field is directly
proportional to
A. Flux density of field
B. Particle's energy
C. Particle's momentum
D. Particle's charge
Ans. C

1186. Total load transmitted in a 3-phase transmission line is 10,000kW, power factor is 0.8
lagging, I2R losses are 900kW. Then the efficiency of transmission line is
A. 60%
B. 95%
C. 90%
D. 99%
Ans. C

1187. Which comparison is correct between filament bulb and fluorescent lamp?
A. Average life fluorescent lamp is 5 to 7 times higher
B. Fluorescent lamp produces more brightness
C. Fluorescent lamp produces more sharp shadows
D. Fluorescent lamp has higher dazzle
Ans. A
1188. Crystal frequency of 8051 based system is 16MHz. Period of machine cycle is
A. 1.333 microseconds
B. 0.75 microseconds
C. 0.6 microseconds
D. 1.66 microseconds
Ans. B

1189. A high-speed circuit breaker can complete its operation in


A. 2 - 3 cycles
B. 6 - 12 cycles
C. 3 - 8 cycles
D. 10 - 12 cycles
Ans. C

1190. Force acting on a conductor of length 1m placed at right angles to magnetic field when 1
ampere current flows through it is called
A. Magnetic force
B. Electric force
C. Static force
D. Lorentz force
Ans. A

1191. Oscillator whose frequency can be changed by a variable DC control voltage is


A. Triangular wave oscillator
B. Wien bridge oscillator
C. Crystal oscillator
D. Voltage control oscillator
Ans. D

1192. Inductive circuit time constant is


A. L/R
B. R/L
C. IL/R
D. I/RL
Ans. A

1193. Ash content of Indian coal is mostly


A. 20%
B. 5%
C. 1%
D. 10%
Ans. A

1194. A transfer instrument employed in the standardization of a polar type AC potentiometer is


A. Electrostatic instrument
B. Dynamometer instrument
C. Thermal instrument
D. Moving coil instrument
Ans. C
1195. Which of the following can be used to measure a signal of 10 mV at 25MHz?
A. Vacuum tube voltmeter
B. Cathode ray oscilloscope
C. Moving iron voltmeter
D. Digital multimeter
Ans. B

1196. Radio signals are made up of


A. Voltage and current
B. Energy
C. Electrons and protons
D. Electric and magnetic fields
Ans. D

1197. In Petro thermal systems of geothermal energy there is hot dry rock but no underground
water exists. In such systems, energy is obtained by
A. Circulating compressed air
B. Creating water wells
C. Pumping water
D. Both A & B
Ans. C

1198. Boiler using lignite as fuels do not use


A. Travelling grate stoker
B. Spreader stoker
C. Underfeed stoker
D. Both A & B
Ans. C

1199. Which meter is suitable for radio frequency measurement?


A. Electrical resonance frequency meter
B. Weston frequency meter
C. Heterodyne frequency meter
D. Both A & B
Ans. C

1200. Overall efficiency of steam locomotive Is dose to


A. 75 to 80 percent
B. 55 to 60 percent
C. 5 to 10 percent
D. 25 to 30 percent
Ans. C

1201. Which of the following is correct?


A. Only finite number of differential equations can have same integrating factor
B. Infinitely many differential equations can have the same integrating factor
C. No two differential equations can have the same integrating factor
D. No more than two differential equations can have the same integrating factor
Ans. B

1202. A substance which can be strongly magnetized is called


A. Paramagnetic
B. Diamagnetic
C. Ferromagnetic
D. Anti-ferromagnetic
Ans. C

1203. Open loop gain of an ideal Op Amp is


A. Zero
B. Infinity
C. Very small
D. Very high
Ans. B

1204. Advantage of an electrodynamometer type instrument is


A. Low torque/weight ratio
B. Large operating current
C. Coil being air cored these instruments are free from hysteresis eddy current losses.
D. No uniform scale
Ans. C

1205. Which of the following instruments are not installed in a substation?


A. Shunt reactors
B. Voltage transformers
C. Exciter
D. Series capaciter
Ans. C

1206. To carry current of 100 rms area of aluminum bus bar must be at least
A. 25 mm2
B. 1 mm2
C. 10 mm2
D. 50 mm2
Ans. A

1207. Which of the following is true about computer software?


A. Ordered collection of instructions
B. Program or set of programs
C. Require no further elaboration
D. All of above
Ans. D

1208. Horizontal lines on S plane are lines of


A. Constant peak time
B. Constant damping ratio
C. Constant percent overshoot
D. Constant settling time
Ans. A

1209. In ---- condition no resistor or capacitor is connected from output to its input.
A. Open loop
B. Closed loop
C. Open loop gain
D. All
Ans. A

1210. The cost of generation is/are theoretically minimum if


A. The system constraints are considered
B. The operational constraints are considered
C. Both A and B
D. The constraints are not considered
Ans. D

1211. Under commutation in a DC machine gives rise to


A. Spark at leading edge of brush
B. Spark at trailing edge of brush
C. Spark at middle of brush
D. No spark at all
Ans. B

1212. A tuned circuit has a Q of 100 at its resonant frequency of 500kH bandwidth is
A. 4kHz
B. 5kHz
C. 6kHz
D. 7KHz
Ans. B

1213. What are normal 4 step sequence of a stepper motor if we start to move in clockwise
direction with 0110 value?
A. 1100, 1001, 0011, 0110
B. 0011, 1001, 1100, 0110
C. 1001, 1100, 0110, 0011
D. 0101, 1010, 0101, 1010
Ans. B

1214. When a single-phase capacitor start induction motor is running at steady speed and
delivering a fixed torque then;
A. Forward flux produced by rotor current equals backward flux produced by rotor current
B. Net forward rotating flux equals the net backward rotating flux
C. Peak of forward stator mmf is equal to peak of backward stator mmf
D. Peak of forward rotor mmf is equal to peak of backward rotor mmf
Ans. B

1215. Power scale of circle diagram of an induction motor can be found from
A. Short circuit test only
B. No load test only
C. Stator resistance test only
D. Both A & B
Ans. A

1216. Normally Z bus matrix is a


A. Null matrix
B. Sparse matrix
C. Unity matrix
D. Full matrix
Ans. D

1217. If current sensitivity of galvanometer increases voltage sensitivity


A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Remains unaltered
D. May increase of decrease
Ans. B

1218. Most commonly used single phase energy meters are


A. Dynamometer type
B. Electrostatic type
C. Induction type
D. Moving coil type
Ans. C

1219. Location of poles of system gives info about


A. Peak time
B. Percent overshoot
C. Settling time
D. All of above
Ans. D

Series 2 MCQS 
1. Oscilloscope is a---------------measuring device?
A) Current B) Frequency C) Voltage D) None of these

2. In superposition theorem when we consider the effect of one voltage source, all the other voltage
sources are
A) Open B) Short C) Current Source D) None of these

3. ------------- phase like 3 phases provide constant power transfer to linear loads?
A) Single B) 02 C) Poly D) HV DC

4. Super position theorem converts a circuit into its --------- equivalent?


A) Norton B) Thevenin C)Both D) None Of these

5. In IM(induction motor) requirement of variable speed can be met by using-------------?


A)Variable Freq device
B)Wound rotor
C)Traction Motor
D) Shunt motor

6. Transformer are designed to have----------leakage inductance?


A)zero
B) Low
C) High
D) Unity
7. Difference between synchronous speed and----------speed is called slip?
A)Shunt
B) Series
C) Actual Or Rotor
D)None

8. Fourier transform imposes---------parity to Fourier cosines?


A)Odd
B) Even
C) Negative
D) None

9. Clamping circuit adds------------level?


A)AC
B) DC
C) Smooth
D) None

10. Device used to measure refraction of Eye is called--------?


A) Durometer
B) Ellipsograph
C) Dioptometer
D)None

11. CRO has two calibrations volt/div and------------------?


A) Freq/Div
B) Current/Div
C) Time/Div
D)None

12. Ampere circuital law is electrically equivalent to ---------- law?


A) Lens
B) Biot-Savarts
C) Faraday
D) Gauss

13. Current density of armature winding in DC motors is in the range of--------?


A) 1 amp-5 amp
B)10 amp-20amp
C) 20amp-30amp
D) none
https://www.sanfoundry.com/tough-design-electrical-machines-questions-
answers/#:~:text=Explanation%3A%20The%20minimum%20permissible%20value,6%20A%20pe
r%20mm2.

https://siet.secab.org/Attendance/admin/resource/308_15EE64_EMDmod4.pdf

14. which cell is rechargeable?


A) Primary
B) Secondary
C) Galvanic
D) None

15. If current is decreased by 2% then power decreases by---------%?


A)2
B)4
C)8
D) 16

16. 33Kv-66Kv is referred as-----------transmission voltages?


A) Primary
B) Secondary / sub transmission
C) Variable
D) None

17. Polarization is caused by---------------nature of EM waves?


A) Longitudinal
B) Transverse
C) Reflex
D) None

18. DIAC is a-----------terminal-----------layer device?


A) 02,04
B)03,02
C)02,03
D)02,05

19. Electric lines of force tends to---------------------- each other?


A) Move Parallel to
B) Move Orthogonal to
C) Move Away from
D)None

20. Critical value of resistance in large transmission lines is------------ohm?


A)500
B)1000
C)2000
D)None

21. Thermal power station moderate------------kv?


A)11
B)33
C)66
D)None

22. Efficiency of thermal power station is-----------%?


A)33 B)40 C)50 D)60

23. Insulation in high voltage transmission is--------type?


A) Pin B) Disk C) Suspension D) None
24. Above 220Kv transmission line is called-----------?
A) Moose (400kv) B) Zebra C) Panther(132kv) D) Dog(66KV)

25. Diversity Factor of a group is always----------?


A) Unity B) Zero C) Greater than 1 D) Less than 1

26. Load factor is given by --------?


A) max load/avg load B) Avg load/max load C) Avg load/Connected load D) None

27. Minimum Transmission voltage is------------KV?


A)33 B)66 C)110 D)120

28. Active devices are those which --------------?


A) Delivers power B) Absorbs power C) Both D) None

29. If electrons are moving towards the +ve terminal then power is --------------?
A) Delivered B) Absorbed C) Both D) None

30. In IM when air gap increases then the short circuit current----------------?
A)Decreases B)Increases C)Remain the same D)First increases then decreases

31. Simplest active device is-------------------?


A)Inverting amp B)Non inverting amp C)Half wave rectifier D)Full wave rectifier

32. Rectifier using Oscilloscope to stop diode drop is called------------rectifier?


A) Active B) Passive C) Saturating D) Non-Saturating

33. For non-repetitive signals--------------transform is used?


A) Fourier transform B) Fourier series C) Laplace D) Z-transform

34. For discrete stability of characteristic polynomial equation,--------- method is used?


A)Nyquest B)Hurwitz C)Bode plot C)Root locus

35. Delta service is cheap because of----------------?


A)No Ground Wire B)No Neutral wire C)No Phase wire D)No Line wire

36. In Analog intensity modulation,---------------applied to the LED is increased?


A)Current B)Voltage C)Frequency D)Amplitude

37. For Multiple video channels, --------- diodes are required?


A)Zener B)LED C)Schottky D)None

38. Logic gates are made of-----------?


A)Diodes B)Simple Transistor C)FET D)None

39. For 02 inputs, ----------- Boolean functions are required ?


A)04 B)02 C)08 D)16

40. Advantages of open loop system are simplicity & ---------- ?


A)Construction (COST) B)Noise Reduction C)Accuracy D)Reliability
41. Open loop system is also called------------?
A)Manual B)Automatic C)Stable C)Passive

42. Circuit Breakers-----------on fault detection?


A)Opens B)Closes C)No Action D)Triggers alarm

43. Curl of a vector is ------------?


A)Vector B)Scalar C)Gradient of That vector D)All of the above

44. Voltage is closed -------------integral of E?


A)Surface B)Line C)Volume D)Area

45. Aero turbine don't have ---------?


A)Stator B)Compressor C)Fan D) Fuel Intake System

46. Disadvantages of non inverting amplifier is -------------?


A)Limited speed B)Noise (Distortion) C)Error D)Unpredictability

47. Voltage is a Difference between -------------- Pressure?


A)Magnetic B)Electric C)Ohamic D)Lorentz

48. For zero surface charge density, normal component of -------------- is continuous?
A)EMF B)MMF C)EF Intensity D) MF Intensity

49. Number of state variables are ------------ the order of the Differential equation?
A)Greater Than B)Equal To C)Smaller Than D)None

50. Resistivity of a material depends on----------?


A)Length B)Area C)Material D)None

51. When a resistor is removed from star connection, total power ------------?
A)Reduce by Under root 3 B)Increase by Under root 3 C)Remain the same D)None

52. Holding current is--------------latching current?


A)3 Times B)1/3 times C)2 Times D)1/2 Times

53. Stepper motor is a ------------- Motor?


A)DC B)AC C)Synchronous D)None

54. O/P voltage in voltage dividing rule is---------------?


A)R1/R2 B)(R1+R2)Vin/R1 C)R1 Vin/(R1+R2) D)None

55. Cu oxide ------------- is used for passing currents through meter in one direction?
A)Transistor B)Diode C)Voltmeter C)Rectifier E)Diac

56. Match Filter is used to improve ----------?


A)Impedance Matching B)SNR C)BER D)Design

57. Ipv4 is a -------------bits?


A)8 B)16 C)32 D)24
58. Diff Amp is basically used as -------------?
A)Current amp B)BW amp C)Push Pull amp D)Voltage amp

59. Coupling used in Diff Amp is-------------- coupling?


A)RC B)Direct C)RL D)Transformer

60. In closed loop transient function, different variables are represented as ---------?
A)Scalar B)Vector C)Arrow diagram D) None

61. Impedance is given by -----------?


A)R/L B)R/C C)Phasor V/ Phasor I

62. In OSI Model Link layer is also called ----- Layer?


A)Network B)Transport C)Physical D)None (Data link layer)

63. Natural Uranium contains ---------------% U235?


A)Zero B)0.2 C)0.5 C)0.7

64. Green function is used to solve ----------- order differential equation?


A)1st B)2nd C)3rd D) to solve PDE

65. Emission of photo electrons depends on -------------- of light?


A)Wavelength B)Frequency C)Intensity D)None

66. Voltages above 230 kV are considered as -------------voltages?


A)High B)Low C)Extra High D)None

67. Lactometer is used to find specific gravity of milk and ----------- in Milk?
A)Impurity B)Water C)proteins D)None (Density is best suitable if given)

68. Null detector used in Wheat Stone bridge is a/an


A) Ammeter B) Voltmeter C) Galvanometer D) Wattmeter

69. A signal can be reconstructed from its samples if the sampling period is........... the signal period
A) Equal B) Twice C) Thrice D) Half

70. There are 02 types of over current protections, Instantaneous over current and .................... over
current?
A)Variable Time B)Constant (Definite) Time C)Delay feedback D)None

71. Which of the following is not a purpose of disturbance monitor?


A) Model Validation B) Disturbance Investigation C)Increase Protection Settings D)Assessment
Of performance

72. ............ voltage is a small voltage (less than 10) that can be measured between two points?
A)Dim B)Tame C)Stray D)Ground

73. .............. is used to sense fault and initiate a trip?


A)Circuit Breaker B) Alternator C)Protection Relay D)Cut Outs

74. The Principal of ............ can be used to analyze faults in power systems?
A)Thevenin B)Norton C)Superposition D)Jordon

75. The ripple frequency for bridge rectifier is.....................?


A)Same as I/P B)Twice of I/P C)Half of I/P D)None

76. For conversion high impedance to low impedance .................. amplifier is used?
A)Inverting B)Non Inverting C)Summation D)Voltage Follower

77. It is desirable to avoid differentiator because,................?


A)It is costly B)It High Impedance C)It creates Noise/Distortion D)None

78. Speed of rotation of stepper motor can be determined from..........?


A. Frequency of the waveform
B. Input Current
C. Voltage applied to the motor
D. All of these

79. ............... is based on heating effect of current? (Check Hot Wire Instrument On Net)
A)Hot wire Instrument B)Megger C)Watt meter D)Voltmeter

80. The motor in which Primary windings is stationary and secondary rotates, also called
transformer motor is .................. Motor?
A)Magnetically coupled B)DC Motor C) Asynchronous D)Induction

81. Types of generators are..................?


A)01 B)05 C)03 D)02

82. In synchronous motor rotor current is provided by ................ ?


A)Rotor B)DC Current source C)AC I Source D)None

83. Circuit current is ........................ at series resonance?


A) Minimum B)Maximum C)Zero D)Infinite

84. At parallel resonance the Impedance is ........................? (Check parallel resonance On Web)
A)Min B)Max C)Zero D)Unity

85. If all the conductors in a power system are grounded to the same location, then the risk of
electric shock will be..................?
A)Max B)Min C)Zero D)Neglected

86. For charging batteries we have................Generators?


A)Shunt B)Series C)Compound D)None

87. Transmission lines mostly use High Voltage.....................Phase AC?


A)Single B)Two C)Three D)Neutral

88. In submarine power systems, power is transmitted through ................... cables?


A)HV DC B)LV DC C)Under Ground D)Over Head

89. The electric force on a test charge in an electric field is proportional to...................?
Or
The electric field intensity at a point in space is
A. Force on electron would experience
B. Potential Difference
C. Electric Charge
D. The force, charge of one coulomb would experience

A circuit whose output is proportional to the difference between the input signals is considered to
be which type of amplifier?
A. common-mode
B. Darlington
C. differential
D. operational

When a diode is destroyed it has infinite impedance. When damaged by heat it will probably:
A. short
B. conduct more
C. conduct less
D. open

Optical power depends on _____ associated with the optical fiber receiver
A. Quantum
B. Dark Current
C. Thermal Current
D. All of the above

The element with valence electrons in higher energy level as compared to silicon
A. Germanium
B. Arsenic
C. Copper
D. Carbon

Which among the following happens in a low power factor?


a. Large kVA rating of the equipment.
b. Greater conductor size.
c. Reduced handling capacity of the system.
d. All of the above.

The speed of circuit interruption in forced blast circuit breaker is force


(i) slow
(ii) medium
(iii) fast
(iv) none of above

Forced-blast circuit breakers have--------------speed of circuit interruption.


(A): High
(B): Low
(C): Medium
(D): Very high
The most suitable circuit breaker for interrupting short line fault without resistance switching is:
a) Minimum oil circuit breaker
b) SF6 circuit breaker
c) Bulk oil circuit breaker
d) Air blast circuit breaker

In a transformer frictional loss is


A. 5% of total loss
B. 10% of total loss
C. 20% of total loss
D. nil

A fetch cycle is
A. 1st part
B. 2nd part
C. intermediate
D. auxiliary

Like electric charge, there are no magnetic charges in a magnetic field. This statement refers to?
A. Gausses Law
B. Faraday’s law
C. Newton law
D. All of the above

If the emitter-base junction is forward biased and the collector-base junction is reverse biased, what
will be the region of operation for a transistor?
a)cut off region
b)saturated region
c)inverted region
d)active region

A three-phase synchronous motor will have


(a) no slip-rings
(b) one slip-ring
(c) two slip-rings
(d) three slip-rings

Power generation cost reduces as


A. diversity factor increases and load factor decreases
B. diversity factor decreases and load factor increases
C. both diversity factor as well as load factor decrease
D. both diversity factor as well as load factor increase

Which of the following TV system is adopted in PAK


A) SECAM
B) NTSC
C) PAL
D) ADALAH

For pre amplification, which Power amplifiers are used for linearity purpose?
Class A,
Class B,
Class C,
Class A-B.

State model representation is possible using _________


a) Physical variables
b) Phase variables
c) Canonical state variables
d) All of the mentioned

In radio receiver, squelch circuit is used to


A. reduce RF interference
B. catch weak signals
C. reduce noise
D. cut off and to amplify between stations

Which of the following acts like a chalkboard that is constantly being written on then erase, then
written on again?
A-PROM
B-EPROM
C-RAM
D-ROM

Language used in house wiring automatic virtual relay contact control is


a) Assembly language
b) Machine language
c) Ladder logic
d) Basic
e) C++

The most common protection for zig-zag transformers is ______ over current relays that are
connected to current transformers located on the primary phase bushing.
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
https://onlineaavedan.com/study_material/1546506377.pdf

For the same rating, the power factor of a single-phase capacitor run induction motor is
___________ that of the corresponding 3-phase induction motor.
A. the same as
B. less than
C. more than
D. 3 times

An isolator built into a panel is used for


a. Normal load switching
b. Fault load switching
c. short circuit protection
d. No load switching
The usual method of insulating core laminations is
a. Cellulose paper
b. High frequency air cores
c. Surface oxidization
d. Paper insulation

Once a low-pressure mercury vapor lamp has lit, the purpose of the choke/ballast unit is to
a. discharge voltage
b. correct power factor
c. suppresses radio interference
d. limit lamp current.

All the laws of DC circuits also apply to AC circuits without modifications, in case the circuit
contains
A. Resistance only
B. Capacitance only
C. Inductance only
D. All the passive Elements

In order to understand the operating procedure for a particular item of the equipment, the best
source of information would be the
a. Company sales representative
b. Manufacturer's manual
c. Circuit diagram
d. Base map

Low-pressure mercury- vapor lamps should be disposed of by


(A) Throwing in a skip
(B) Putting in a glass recycle point (clear glass only)
(C) Using a suitable lamp crusher
(D) Putting in the refuse bins, which are collected weekly

When an ammeter is connected in a circuit it is essential that it


(A) Has a very low resistance
(B) Has a very high resistance
(C) Is connected across the supply
(D) Is connected across the load

In order to prevent danger during maintenance operations, a voltage warning notice is required on
all electrical accessories where
(A) Voltage is present
(B) The voltage exceeds 230V and such voltage would not be expected
(C) The voltage exceeds 400V
(D) The voltage is below 230V

Balancing loads over three phases will reduce


(A) Phase currents
(B) Earth faults
(C) Neutral currents
(D) Overloads
A device suitable for 220V a.c. can be put on safe d.c. voltage of
(a) 157 V (b) 189 V (c) 440 V (d) 220 V

Under No load condition which of the loss is negligible?


(A) Hysteresis loss
(B) Eddy current loss
(C) Copper loss
(D) All losses have the same magnitude

The core in distribution and power transformer is built of


a) Cast iron
b) Mild steel
c) Silicon steel

At absolute zero temperature a semiconductor behaves like


A. an insulator
B. a super conductor
C. a good conductor
D. a variable resistor

Melting point of copper is


a. 1033 °C - 1085
b. 1500 °C
c. 235 °C
d. 550 °C

When a relay operates, we say the relay has picked up

As an insulator material, toughened glass insulators have greater puncture strength


a. True b. False

The limit of distance of transmission line may be increased by the use of


A. series resistances
B. shunt capacitors and series reactors
C. series capacitors and shunt reactors
D. synchronous condensers
E. none of the above

Which of the following bar schemes is the most expensive?


A. Double bus-bar double breaker
B. Ring bus-bar scheme
C. Single bus-bar scheme
D. Main and transfer scheme

Which of the following parameters is not associated with isolator?


a. Current b. Voltage c. Rupturing capacity d. BIL
https://books.google.com.pk/books?id=wNmoeqkMHvAC&pg=PA24&lpg=PA24&dq=%22bil%22+%22isolator%22&source=bl&ots=KQCFIRsqSa&sig=ACfU3U2nHi
39_Kn-c_VXofWwsx824hEPTg&hl=en&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwismYX4zpf1AhUy5uAKHeX-
DEYQ6AF6BAgUEAM#v=onepage&q=%22bil%22%20%22isolator%22&f=false

Which of the following does not change in an ordinary transformer?


A. Frequency
B. Voltage
C. Current
D. Any of the above

Power house and transmission line are connected through


a. Step up transformer
b. Step down transformer
c. Autotransformer
d. Current transformer

Which of the following circuit breakers has high reliability and minimum maintenance?
A. Air blast circuit breakers
B. Circuit breaker with SF6 gas
C. Vacuum circuit breakers
D. Oil circuit breakers

which of the following is minimized by laminating the core of transformer?


(A) Hysteresis Loss
(B) Heat loss
(C) eddy current loss
(D) All of the above

The conductor carries more current on the surface in comparison to its core the phenomenon is
called
a. Corona
b. Skin effect
c. Ferranti effect
d. Lenz's effect

Rate of rise of restriking voltage depend on_____________?


a. Type of circuit breaker.
b. Capacitance of the system.
c. Inductance of the system.
d. Both capacitance and inductance of the system.

The transportation delay in a distributed system causes reduced stability because it produces
A. transients
B. attenuation
C. phase lag
D. both attenuation and phase lag

The string efficiency of an insulator can be increased by:


A) Correct grading of insulators of various capacitances
B) Reducing the number of strings
C) Increasing the number of string in the insulator
D) None of the above

The convergence characteristics of newton Raphson method for solving a load flow problem is:
A) Quadratic
B) Linear
C) Geometric
D) Cubic

For stability and economic reason, we operate the transmission line with power angle in the range
of:
A) 10° to 25°
B) 30° to 45°
C) 60° to 75°
D) 65° to 80°

Alternating voltages and currents are expressed in RMS values because


A. they can be easily determined
B. calculations become very simple
C. they give comparison with DC
D. none of the above

Vector in free space have how many dimensions:


A) Two
B) Three
C) Four
D) All of the above

The conductance and susceptance components of admittance are


A. series elements
B. parallel elements
C. series parallel elements
D. none of the above

Brushes for commutators for 220 V dc generator are generally made of


a) Copper
b) Carbon copper
c) Electrographite
d) Graphite copper

Venturi meter is used to


A. Measure the velocity of a flowing liquid
B. Measure the pressure of a flowing liquid
C. Measure the discharge of liquid flowing in a pipe
D. Measure the pressure difference of liquid flowing between two points in a pipe line

During rheostatic braking of D.C. series motors


A. Motor is run as a generator
B. Motor is reversed in direction
C. Motor is run at reduced speed
D. None of these

Simplest way to shift load from one generator to another when two shunt generators are running in
parallel
a) adjust their field rheostats.
b) use equalizer connection.
c) add resistance in their armature circuit
d) none of these.

NTDCL Junior Engineer (BPS-17), Test on 22 August, 2021


1. Common mode rejection ratio (CMRR) is defined as:
A. Common mode gain to differential mode gain
B. Differential mode gain to common mode gain
C. Common mode gain at input to differential mode gain at input
D. Common mode gain at output to differential mode gain at output

2. The convergence characteristics of the Newton-Raphson method of solving a load flow problem is:
A. Cubic
B. Linear
C. Geometric
D. Quadratic
On some websites, its correct answer is “Linear”.
Reference: https://www.sanfoundry.com/numerical-analysis-questions.../
https://mathsgee.com/.../rate-convergence-newton-raphson...
https://itseassyy.blogspot.com/2021/04/newton-raphson.html

3. The sum of all potential differences in a complete loop through the circuit should be:
A. Equal to zero
B. Equal to individual currents
C. Equal to individual voltages
D. Equal to individual resistances

4. Transient state stability is generally improved by:


A. Using high speed governors on machines
B. Using low inertia machines
C. Dispensing with neutral grounding
D. Any of the above

5. The number of cycles in which a high-speed circuit breaker can complete its operation is:
A. 3 to 8
B. 10 to 18
C. 20 to 30
D. 40 to 50

6. If the firing angle in an SCR rectifier is decreased, output will be?


A. Maximum
B. Increased
C. Decreased
D. Unaffected

7. Fourier series are infinite series of elementary trigonometric functions i.e. Sine and?
A. Cosine
B. Sec
C. Cosec
D. Tan

8. A copper oxide _______________ allows current to flow through a meter in only one direction?
A. DIAC
B. Transistor
C. Rectifier
D. Voltmeter

9. Stepper motor is a/an _______________ which divides full rotation into large number of steps?
A. Direct Current
B. Alternating current
C. Powerless
D. Small

10. Which instrument has same calibrations for both AC and DC values?
A. Induction type
B. Hot wire type
C. Moving coil type
D. Moving iron type

11. As compared to oscillators, inverters provide?


A. Low voltage output
B. Low frequency output
C. Distortion less output
D. Noise less output

12. A ________ can be used to make automated potentiometer in comparison measurements?


A. Analog to digital converter
B. Digital to analog converter
C. Electrometer
D. Electrostatic Voltmeter

13. The potential difference between the two similar charges?


A. Opposite
B. Same
C. Nill
D. Infinite

14. In a power plant, coal is carried from storage place to boiler generally by means of?
A. Buckets
B. V-Belts
C. Trolleys
D. Manually

15. Noise in resistance depends upon?


A. Sampling rate
B. Operating temperature
C. Material
D. All of these

16. In a parallel resonance circuit, at resonance?


A. Impedance is zero
B. Current is maximum
C. Voltage is maximum
D. Impedance is minimum
17. The radius of curvature of the path of a charged particle in a uniform magnetic field is directly proportional
to?
A. Flux density of the field
B. Particules Energy
C. Particules Momentum
D. Particle’s charge

18. The elements which absorb the energy are called “Passive Elements” like Resistance, inductance and?
A. Voltage
B. Current
C. Capacitance
D. Power

19. A bridge which is used for the measurement of capacitance of an insulator?


A. Maxwell bridge
B. Wheatstone bridge
C. Wein’s bridge
D. Shearing bridge

20. If the oscillations per minute of a rotor are 120 with a stator frequency of 50 Hz. Its slip will be?
A. 10%
B. 12%
C. 4%
D. 8%

21. A large size alternator is protected against overloads by providing?


A. Over current relays
B. Over voltage relays
C. Thermal relays
D. Temperature sensitive relays

22. The ratio error of a current transformer is due to the presence of?
A. Stray magnetism
B. Corona effects
C. Exciting currents
D. Lagging power factor

23. In a radio receiver


A. All stages contribute equally to noise
B. RF stage has no effect on S/N ratio
C. Mixer stage contributes most of the noise generated
D. RF stage has effect on S/N ratio

24. Hot wire anemometers are used to measure?


A. Velocity of air stream
B. Pressure of fluids
C. Variable voltage
D. Leakage reactance

25. The letter DPDT is for?


A. Switch
B. Thick wire
C. Conductor
D. Fuse

26. In transmission lines, the curve between discharge in m3/sec and time is called?
A. Discharge duration curve
B. Load curve
C. Hectograph
D. Hydrograph

27. Power plants using coal work closely which of the following cycle?
A. Otto cycle
B. Binary vapor cycle
C. Brayton cycle
D. Rankine cycle

28. The air standard efficiency of a diesel engine depends upon?


A. Compression ratio
B. Speed
C. Torque
D. All of these

29. Coking is
A. Formation of lumps or masses of coke in boiler surface at high temperatures
B. Heating of coal in absence of air, driving out CO2 and leaving behind the residue and carbon
C. Burning of coal in furnace
D. Producing lumps of coal from fine powders with the help of blinder

30. Deuterium oxide is used in nuclear reactors as?


A. Fuel
B. Moderator
C. Shield
D. Regulator

31. The output of a solar cell is of the order of?


A. 1 W
B. 0.5 W
C. 0.5 W
D. 1.5 W

32. The surge resistance of transmission lines is about?


A. 50 ohm
B. 100 ohm
C. 400 ohm
D. 800 ohm

33. In high voltage transmission lines, the top most conductor is?
A. R-phase conductor
B. B-phase conductor
C. Y-phase conductor
D. Earth conductor

34. Skin effect in transmission line is proportional to?


A. Diameter of conductor
B. (Diameter of conductor)2
C. (Diameter of conductor)1/4
D. (Diameter of conductor)4
35. Shunt capacitance is usually neglected in the analysis of?
A. Short transmission lines
B. Medium transmission lines
C. Long transmission lines
D. Medium and Long Transmission lines

36. In order to reduce the skin effect at UHF?


A. Conductors are painted
B. Conductors are anodized
C. Copper tubes with silver plating are used
D. Copper rods with silver plating are used

37. Transmission lines link


A. Service mains to consumer premises
B. Distribution transformer to consumer premises
C. Receiving end station to generating end station
D. Generating station to receiving end station

38. The square law of photo detector gives current. This current is proportional to_______ of combined
optical field?
A. Square
B. Square root
C. Cube
D. None of these

39. The _________ is an electromagnetic carrier wave which is modulated to carry information?
A. Air
B. Sound
C. Light
D. Electricity

40. Out of the following which one is not the unconventional source of energy?
A. Geothermal energy
B. Tidal power
C. Nuclear energy
D. Wind power

41. In case the height of transmission tower is increased


A. The line capacitance and inductance will not change
B. The line capacitance will decrease and line inductance will increase
C. The line capacitance and inductance both are increased
D. The line capacitance will decrease but line inductance will remain unaltered
42. The instrument which used for DC measurement alone is?
A. Moving Iron type
B. Induction type
C. Electrodynamic type
D. Permanent magnet type

43. Conductors have an excess of?


A. Free electrons
B. Protons
C. Electrons
D. Neutrons

44. Super-heated steam is always?


A. At a temperature higher than the saturation temperature corresponding to a steam pressure
B. At a pressure more than the boiler steam pressure
C. Separated from water particles before being supplied to turbine
D. At a pressure less than the maximum cycle pressure

45. ___________ is the source which gives constant voltage (V=E) no matter how much current is drawn
from it?
A. Real voltage source
B. Ideal current source
C. Ideal resistance store
D. Real voltage and current source
Kindly make a correction here.
As per NTS data bank its correct answer is "Real current and voltage source" which NTS has corrected in first key,
now its option has changed. The other suitable answer of this question is Ideal Voltage Source (this option was not
given, so correct answers should be real current and voltage source as per book or this question should be awarded
marks to everyone.) Reference: Screenshot of book is attached.

46. A tunnel diode is


A. A heavily doped PN junction device
B. A lightly doped PN junction device
C. Has a small tunnel in its junction
D. Is a gallium arsenide device

47. Potential has unit?


A. Farad
B. Watt
C. Volt
D. Ampere

48. The turn on voltage of germanium diode is?


A. 0.7 V
B. 0.3 V
C. 0.1 V
D. 1.0 V

49. Steam engine used in locomotive is?


A. Single acting, condensing type
B. Single acting, non-condensing type
C. Double acting, condensing type
D. Double acting, non-condensing type

50. Pressure of steam in condenser is?


A. Atmospheric pressure
B. More than pressure
C. Slightly less than pressure
D. Much less than pressure

51. Which comparison is correct between fluorescent lamp and filament bulb?
A. Average life of fluorescent lamp is five to seven times higher
B. Fluorescent lamp produces more brightness
C. Fluorescent lamp produces more sharp shadows
D. Fluorescent lamp has higher dazzle

52. To carry a current of 100 RMS area of Aluminum bus bar must be at least?
A. 25 mm2
B. 1 mm2
C. 10 mm2
D. 50 mm2

53. A short transmission line has equivalent circuit consisting of?


A. Series inductance L and shunt capacitance G
B. Series resistance R and shunt capacitance G
C. Series resistance R and shunt capacitance C
D. Series resistance R and series inductance L

54. The characteristics impedance of a transmission line depends upon which of the following?
A. Geometrical configuration of conductors
B. Conductivity of the material
C. Surface treatment of conductors
D. Shape of the conductors

55. The peak value of power angle curve of a transmission line is 50 MVA. If two such identical lines are
added in parallel, the resulting peak value is?
A. 100 MVA
B. 25 MVA
C. 50 MVA
D. 200 MVA

56. Phase modifier is normally installed in case of?


A. Short transmission lines
B. Medium transmission lines
C. Long transmission lines
D. All length lines

57. For stability and economic reason, we operate the transmission line with power angle in the range of?
A. 10 to 20
B. 30 to 45
C. 60 to 75
D. 65 to 80

58. How many roots a quadratic equation have?


A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

59. Which operation is not performed on independent variables?


A. Time shifting
B. Time reversal
C. Time scaling
D. Amplitude scaling

60. How many interrupts 8085 microprocessor have?


A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5
NTS not clearly mentioned which interrupts either Hardware or Software. (Hardware has 5
interrupts while software has 8)

61. The ratio of collector current to the reverse saturation current is known as?
A. Efficiency of transistor
B. Transistor stability factor
C. Operating point of transistor
D. Amplification factor of transistor

62. Conductivity of the wire depends upon?


A. Resistance
B. Free Electron density
C. Area of conductor
D. All of these

63. For what purpose a moderator is used in nuclear power plants?


A. Stop the chain reaction
B. Accelerate the speed of neutrons
C. Reduce the speed of neutrons
D. To absorb neutrons

64. Silicon has its atomic number 14, its valency is?
A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
D. 5

65. Memory locations which are used temporarily during program execution from R/W memory?
A. Register
B. Program pointer
C. Stack pointer
D. None of these

66. Semiconductors belong to which group of periodic-table?


A. Group III
B. Group IV A
C. Group IV B
D. Group V A

67. Which of the following does not use the effect of current for measurement purpose?
A. Electrostatic ammeter
B. Moving coil ammeter
C. Hot wire ammeter
D. Rectifier ammeter

68. DC equivalent circuit of an amplifier can be obtained by considering the capacitance?


A. Open circuited
B. Short circuited
C. Partially short circuited
D. None of these

69. AC motors are of two types, induction motor and?


A. Asynchronous motor
B. Synchronous motor
C. Shunt motor
D. Both A and B

70. A system which can recover its input from its output signal is known as?
A. Invertible system
B. Discrete system
C. Transient system
D. None of these

71. If a dice is rolled 20 times, what is the probability of getting 15 or more heads?
A. 0.024
B. 0.046
C. 0.241
D. 0.427
72. As steam expands in turbine
A. Its pressure increases
B. Its specific volume increases
C. Its boiling point increases
D. Its temperature increases

73. Step-up substations are associated with?


A. Distributors
B. Consumer location
C. Concentrated load
D. Generating stations

74. Which of the following is not installed in a substation?


A. Shunt reactors
B. Exciters
C. Voltage transformers
D. Series capacitors

75. DC generators have ________ on rotating shafts that convert AC into DC?
A. Diodes
B. Commutators
C. Brushes
D. Rotor

76. Which of the following is stationary part of electrical machines?


A. Stator
B. Rotor
C. Commutator
D. None of these

77. Schmitt trigger produce ___________ at output when input applies is sine wave?
A. Triangular wave
B. Square wave
C. Sawtooth wave
D. Non-sinusoidal wave

78. If a network is satisfied homogeneity condition as well as superposition condition, then it is said to be?
A. Linear system
B. Non-linear system
C. Both A & B
D. None of these

79. Piezo-electric crystal is used to measure?


E. Temperature
F. Velocity
G. Acceleration
H. Flow of charge

80. Precision measurement of resistance is measured is generally carried out by?


A. Voltmeter method
B. CRO method
C. Potentiometer method
D. AC bridge method

81. How many basic types of generators?


A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4

82. Which of the following transducer does not convert velocity to pressure?
A. Orifice
B. Venturi
C. Pilot tube
D. Vanes

83. In synchronous motor rotor current is provided by ................?


A. Rotor
B. DC Current source
C. AC Current Source
D. None

Paper for Junior Engineer (Electrical BPS-17)


1) Non salient pole type rotor construction is usually provided in the alternators used in
1. Hydro Power Station
2. Thermal Power Station
3. Either of the above
4. None of the above

2) In an alternator the voltage generated per phase is proportional to


1. Flux per pole
2. Number of turns in coil
3. Frequency of waveform
4. All of the above

3) Modern 3 phase alternator of a central power station will have a generated voltage of
1. 132 kV
2. 400V
3. 11 kV
4. 230 v

4) Rechargeable batteries are Which one


1. Primary
2. Secondary
3. Both, primary and secondary
4. None of the above

5) DC has
1. Constant Magnitude
2. Variable Magnitude
3. Fixed Polarities
4. Both A & C

6) The frequency of voltage generated by an alternator having 8 poles and rotating at 250 rpm is
1. 50 Hz
2. 60 Hz
3. 25 Hz
4. 16.67 Hz

7) What is handoff?
1. Call activation
2. Call termination
3. Shifting call from one cell to another
4. All of above

8) A Yagi antenna has a driven antenna


1. Only
2. With a reflector
3. With one or more directors
4. With a reflector and one or more directors

9.) Maxwell's loop current method of solving electrical networks uses


1. Uses branch currents
2. Kirchhoff Voltage law
3. Is confined to single- loop circuits
4. Is a network reduction method

10) Capacitor of 1000p is equal to capacitor of


1. 0.01n
2. 0.0001n
3. 0.1n
4. 1n

11) A 10-k resistor is parallel with 10k resistor produces


1. 10 k
2. 5 k
3. 20 k
4. 15k

12) Which of the following is not a bilateral


1. Resistor
2. Diode
3. Capacitor
4. Inductor

SUPARCO Electrical Power


1) As a matter of economy, voltage for power transmission should be
1. low
2. medium
3. high
4. none of above

2. The greatest eddy current loss occurs in the ______ of a dc machine


1. field poles
2. commutating process
3. yoke
4. armature

3. The watt hour meter is ______ instrument.


1. A transfer
2. A recording
3. An indicating
4. An integrating

4. The power transformer is usually rated in


1. kVAR
2. kW
3. kVA
4. kWh

5 The relative permittivity has the following units


1. Wb/m
2. no units
3. m/F
4. F/m

6 An example of a data storage device is


(a) the logic gate
(b) the flip-flop
(c) the comparator
(d) the register
(e) both answers (b) and (d)

7 Which of these sets of logic gates are designated as universal gates?


1. NOR, NAND
2. XNOR. OR, NOT
3. AND. XOR, NOR
4. NAND. NOR, NAND

8 A five variable Karnaugh map needs


A. 32 squares
B. 33 squares
C. 34 squares
D. 35 squares

9 Which diode is used in oscillator circuit?


A. tunnel diode

10 The output of XOR is high when


A. both the inputs are different
B. both the inputs are same

11 Output of ADC
A. binary

12. 1’s Complement of 1010


A. 0101

13) Passive antennas are antennas that have no amplification stages, like the CP Beam. An active
antenna is a passive antenna that simply includes an onboard amplifier. Active antennas can be used
for both receiving and transmitting applications, but they are most often seen as receiving antennas

14) Superposition theorem applicable on


a) linear networks
b) non linear
c) linear and bilateral
d) linear and unilateral

15) Capacitance of transmission line is a


a) series component
b) Shunt component

16 The Ohm’s law is valid for _____ circuit/s.


A. linear
B. non-linear and linear
C. non-linear
D. semiconductor

17 Greatest Resistance offered by


a) Galvanometer
b) 1mA Ammeter
c) 10V Rang Voltmeter

18 Fuse used for


a) Protection
b) Current limiting
c) Current Controlling
d) all

19 Best connection for 3phase 4 wire system


a) Y-Y
b) Delta-Y

20 Weight of DC machine is ______ than AC Machine


a) Greater
b) Smaller

21 Conditions for parallel operation of Transformers:


a) The line voltage ratio of two transformers must be equal
b) The per-unit impedance of each transformer should be equal and they should have the same
ratio (X/R) of equivalent leakage reactance to the equal resistance (X/R)
c) The transformers must have the same polarity.
d) The Transformers should have same phase sequence (Three-phase transformer)
e) The phase displacement between primary and secondary must be the same for all
transformers connected in parallel
f) all

22 Battery Capacity is measured in


a) Ah
b) Wh
c) J

23 Armature reaction decrease


a) Total flux

24 If the load on a synchronous motor increase, then its


1. Current drawn by motor increases and load angle also increases but decrease p.f.

25 FM requires ___________ channel bandwidth over AM signal


1. much wider

26 torque of induction motor is proportional to voltage by relation


1. V2

27 Usually shape of tv antenna is


1. Rhombic
2. Yagi
3. Horn

28 Best method to find transient and stability response


1. Root locus

29 Skin effect increases when frequency increases

30 Q factor increases bandwidth decreases

31 Bundled conductor advantages


Mechanical stability
Current carrying capability increase
Decreases reactance

32 Red, green, black, brown and silver resistance (BBROYGBVGW G(5)S(10))


1. 1500 +_ 10%

33 Addition function in binary is


1. And
2. Or

34 Graphite is used in nuclear reactor as


1. Moderator
2. Absorber

Which of the following effects dominate in long transmission lines?


(skin, Ferranti, Compton)

Disruptive critical voltage for air is?


(10kv/cm, 20kv/cm, 30kv/cm, 40kv/cm)

At 11kv which of the following insulators used?


(pin type, suspension, string, none of above)

surge impedance of HV transmission line has a value of ?


(20, 100, 300, 400, 500)

The characteristic impedance of a transmission line is


A. directly proportional to its length
B. inversely proportional to its length
C. independent of its length
D. none of the above

shielding angle for overhead transmission lines?


(15, 30, 45, 60)

If the normal system frequency is 50 Hz and if it is operating at 53 Hz, the equipment on the
system most adversely affected is
(a) Power transformer
(b) Alternator
(c) Turbine
(d) all the above are equally

Find the number of insulator discs required in string insulator, if operating voltage is 220 kV and
maximum voltage of each disc is 11 kV?
1. 20
2. 10
3. 13
4. 21

HVDC used for?


(Long distances, short distances, medium)

Which of the following is an effect of non-uniform current distribution in a conductor?


1. Ferranti effect
2. Skin effect
3. Proximity effect
4. Skin effect or Proximity effect

Thermal efficiency of a closed cycle gas turbine plant increases by........


A. Reheating
B. Intercooling
C. Regenerator
D. All of the above

Which of the following is more stable?


cylindrical
salient pole gen

If the excitation of the synchronous generator fails, it acts as a/an


1. Synchronous generator
2. Synchronous motor
3. Induction motor
4. Induction generator

Insulation resistance of a straight cable is:


1. Zero
2. Directly proportional to the length of cable
3. Inversely proportional to the length of cable
4. One

Which tests are conducted to locate the fault location in the UG cables?
a. Murray loop test
b. Varley loop test
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of these

When X/R=1, zero voltage regulation occur at p.f?


(unity, leading 0.707, lagging 0.707, zero)

real power transfer depends upon?


(V diff, Angle diff, Vs, Vr, delta s)

reactive power transfer depends upon?


(V diff, angle diff, Vs, Vr, etc)

power transfer angle practical value?


(20, 30*, 45, 90)

Which type is common for overhead lines?


All Al, all Cu, ACSR

A system which has some roots with real parts equal to zero, but none with positive real parts, is
1. Marginally stable
2. Relatively stable
3. Absolutely stable
4. Absolutely unstable
As frequency increases the flux inside the conductor
(a) Increases
(b) Decreases
(c) Constant
(d) Vanishes

Tunnel diode exhibits a special characteristic known as


A. positive resistance
B. positive reactance
C. negative resistance
D. negative reactance

What is the value of steady state error in closed loop control systems?
A. Zero
B. Unity
C. Infinity
D. Unpredictable

Reactors are used at various locations in the power system to


(i) increase short-circuit current
(ii) avoid short-circuit current
(iii) limit short-circuits current
(iv) none of above

Motor used for a domestic refrigerator is


A. Series motor
B. Shunt motor
C. Universal motor
D. Single phase induction motor

Generally which type of cooling method is recommended for transformers that are rated below 5
kVA:
Water cooling
Oil cooling
Forced water cooling
Air cooling

The fact as to how closely the instrument reading follows the measured variables is called the____.
a. Sensitivity
b. Fidelity
c. Precision
d. Accuracy

Which of the following is a desirable characteristic of an instrument?


A. High drift
B. High fidelity
C. High measuring lag
D. Poor reproducibility

Earth wire in overhead transmission lines:


Increases line inductance
Decreases line inductance
Increases line capacitance
Decreases line capacitance

The best suited motor to drive 3/4 H.P air compressor would be ............... motor.
(i) capacitor starts
(ii) single-phase series
(iii) shaded-pole
(iv) resistance split-phase

Sheaths are used in underground cables to


1. Provide proper insulation
2. Provide mechanical strength
3. Protect the cable from moisture
4. None of the above

Primary current in a current transformer is determined by


A. The load on the system
B. The load on its own secondary
C. The load on its own primary
D. All of these

The current in the electrical system is analogous to


a. the temperature in the heat transfer system
b. the heat flow in the heat transfer system
c. the thermal conductance in the heat transfer system
d. the thermal resistance in the heat transfer system

As load factor of power plant increases, the electric power generation cost per kWh:
1. Increases
2. Decreases
3. Remains the same
4. Any of above

The rating of the circuit breaker is usually determined on the basis of ____________ fault.
A. Symmetrical
B. Line to line
C. Single line to ground
D. Double line to ground

If rated dc voltage is applied instead of ac to the primary of a transformer


A. secondary of transformer will burn.
B. primary of transformer will burn.
C. secondary voltage will be excessively high.
D. there will be no secondary voltage.

The terminal voltage of dc shunt generator drops on load because of


a) Armature reaction
b) Armature resistance
c) Weakening of the field due to armature reaction
d) All of these

54. If the load on an over-compounded dc generator is reduced, the terminal voltage


a) Increases
b) Decreases
c) Remains unchanged
d) May increase or decrease

Copper losses of an alternator can be measured by employing:


Auto-transformer
DC Motor
Induction Generator
Hydro-turbine

The starting torque of a three-phase induction motor can be increased by


A. Increasing slip
B. Increasing current
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. None of the above

The starting torque of a 3-phase induction motor can be increased:


1. by increasing the rotor resistance
2. by increasing the stator resistance
3. by increasing the air-gap between the stator and the rotor
4. none of these

IESCO test 2019


18-If in the transfer function of a system, there is present a zero in mirror image
position for every pole in LHS half plane, and then the system is called
A. Minimum phase system
B. Non-minimum phase system
C. All pass system
D. All stop system
19-Zeros are complex frequencies of a transfer function where the response
becomes:
A. Infinite
B. Zero
C. Oscillatory
D. Exponentially decaying
20-When a control system is required to have a power level higher than the
capability of the linear electronic amplifiers, which of the following is preferred?
A. Amplidyne
B. AC servomotor
C. AC tachometer
D. Metadyne
21-Transfer function of the control system depends upon
A. System parameters alone
B. Nature of the input
C. Initial condition of input and output
D. Nature of the output
22-For a transfer function H(s)= P(s)/Q(s), where P(s) and Q(s) are polynomials in s
then:
A. The degree of P(s) is always greater than the degree of Q(s)
B. The degree of P(s) and Q(s) are same
C. Degree of P(s) is independent of degree of Q(s)
D. Maximum degree of P(s) and Q(s) differ at most by one
23-Slope of asymptote in Bode plot of 2nd order system is …………………. per
octave.
A. 18 dB
B. 12dB
C. 06 dB
D. 03 dB
23-Which of the following control systems provides good performance if Offset is to
be avoided?
A. Proportional action
B. Proportional plus Integral action
C. Proportional plus differential action
D. Proportional plus integral action plus differential action
24-For a type 1 system, the position error arises at steady state when there is a:
A. Constant acceleration input
B. Step displacement input
C. Ramp or velocity input
D. Unit parabolic input
25-The device that can act as a complete electronic circuit is:
A. Zener diode
B. Junction diode
C. Integrated Circuit
D. Junction transistor
26-A Common emitter amplifier has a voltage gain of 50, an input impedance of 100
Ohm and an output impedance of 200 Ohms. The power gain of the amplifier is:
A. 1250
B. 500
C. 100
D. 50
E. 2000
27-The characteristics of a thyristor closely resemble to the characteristics of:
A. PN-junction
B. Constant Voltage Source
C. Constant current source
D. Thyratron gas tube
28-What is the advantage of class A operation of an amplifier
A. High gain
B. Less distortion
C. High efficiency
D. High Adeptness

29-Which of the following is an active device?


A. Electric Bulb
B. Transformer
C. SCR
D. Loudspeaker
30-A tangent galvanometer is:
A. An absolute instrument
B. A secondary instrument
C. A recording instruments
D. An integrating instrument
31-An N-type crystal is:
A. Neutral
B. Negatively charged
C. Positively charged
D. Insufficient information
32-A device which converts mechanical energy into electrical energy is called:
A. Electric generator
B. Transformer
C. Mechanical device
D. Amplifier
33-The Internal voltage drop in case of Silicon diode is around:
A. 2 to 5 volts
B. 0.6 to 0.7 volts
C. 5 to 10 volts
D. 10 to 20 volts
34-The rotating part of a DC generator is known as:
A. Pole
B. Stator
C. Commutator
D. Armature
35-Every chemical element has its own unique type of particle, called its:
A. Molecule
B. Electron
C. Proton
D. Atom
36-Which of the following can be measured by using Hall’s effect?
A. Magnetic field intensity
B. Electric energy
C. Electrostatic field intensity
D. Average number of holes
37-The Potential barrier in germanium p-n junction is:
A. 0.3 volt
B. 0.7 volt
C. 1 volt
D. 0.5 volt
38-A solid state detector mainly consists of a
A. Silicon diode
B. Silicon crystal
C. Transistor
D. Germanium Crystal
39-The series parallel combination of solar cells is known as:
A. Photo-combination cell
B. Photoelectric cell
C. Photovoltaic array
D. Combination diode
40-A binary digital system deals with quantities or variables which have ……….
discrete values or states.
A. 04
B. 03
C. 02
D. 05
E. 06
41-The ripple factor is ………...for a half wave rectified sine wave.
A. 1.65
B. 1.45
C. 1.21
D. 1.00
42-Who discovered the thermionic emission?
A. Gamow
B. Lee de forest
C. Edison
D. Rutherford
43-In the FET, current flows along a semiconductor path called:
A. Channel
B. Drain
C. Source
D. Junction
44-Lenz’s law is a statement of law of conservation of ………………that can be
conveniently applied to the circuits involving induced currents.
A. Energy
B. Mass
C. Charge
D. Momentum
45-If the speed of shunt motor to be controlled between zero and normal running
speed N, the most practical way to achieve this would be to insert a resistance of
suitable value in:
A. Parallel with the field
B. Series with the field
C. Parallel with the armature
D. Series with the armature
46-A Charged body moving along a circle in magnetic field B=10^-2 T, a mass
m=10^5 Kg, velocity =1 m/s, and charge q= 10^7 coulomb. What is the radius of its
circular track?
A. 0.1 m
B. 10 m
C. 100 m
D. 1.0 m
47-The current generated when a conductor moves across a magnetic field is called:
A. Active emf
B. Effective emf
C. Optimum emf
D. Induced emf
48-Two coils having equal resistances, but different inductances are connected in
series. The time constant of the series combination is the:
A. Sum of the time constants of the individual
B. Average of the time constants of individual coils
C. Product of the time constants of individual coils
D. Geometric mean of the time constants of the individual coils

49-Permeance is the reciprocal of


A. Flux density
B. Resistance
C. Ampere-turns
D. Reluctance
50-A DC shunt motor is running at rated load and speed with rated supply voltage. If
the supply voltage is halved, then the speed of the motor becomes:
A. Slightly more than the rated speed
B. Slightly less than the rated speed
C. Half of the rated speed
D. Double of the rated speed
51-Which of the following is not an integrating instrument?
A. Ampere-hour meter
B. Watt-hour meter
C. Voltmeter
D. Both A & B
52-The main reason for connecting of a pulse transformer at the output stage of the
thyristor triggering circuit is to:
A. Amplify the power of the triggering pulse
B. Provide electrical isolation
C. Reduce the turn on time of the thyristor
D. Avoid spurious triggering of the thyristor due to noise
53-One electron is moving in the electric and magnetic field. It will gain energy
from:
A. Magnetic field
B. Electric field
C. Both A and B
D. Insufficient information
54-The function of the starter of the DC motor is:
A. To limit the starting current
B. To limit the starting voltage
C. To increase the field resistance
D. To reduce armature resistance
55-A battery consists of 44 2-volt cells, each with an internal resistance of 0.12 ohm.
The voltage of each cell has fallen to 1.8 volt. It is a requirement to charge the
battery at a constant current of 4 A from a charger with an internal resistance of 2
ohm. The Applied voltage at the commencement of charge is:
A. 135.15 V
B. 163.43 V
C. 108.32 V
D. 120.67 V
E. 130.33 V
56-The ratio of starting torque to full load torque is minimum in:
A. Shunt motor
B. Series motor
C. Differential compound motor
D. Cumulative compound motor
57-Photon always propagate with speed c, but light comes into view to travel at a
speed diverse from c in an opaque medium. We can explain this fact by
……………in medium by introducing a phase change upon re-radiation.
A. Electron oscillators
B. Discharge Tube
C. Cathode rays
D. Electro-magnetic rays
58-Frog-leg winding is:
A. Same as simplex winding
B. Same as duplex winding
C. Combined lap and wave winding on a single rotor
D. Duplex wave winding on a single rotor
59-In periodic table, semiconductors belong to:
A. Third group
B. Fourth group
C. Fifth group
D. First group
60-In a DC machine without interpoles, to get improved commutation, the brush
shift angle must be:
A. Varied with change in load
B. Kept constant
C. Zero degree
D. 100 degrees
61-If the step response of an initially relaxed system is known, then the ramp
response can be obtained by:
A. Integrating the step response
B. Differentiating the step response twice
C. Integrating the step response twice
D. Differentiating the step response
62-Eddy current losses in a DC machine are given by B*f*t*V where V stands for:
A. Voltage generated
B. Peripheral velocity
C. Linear velocity of conductors
D. Volume of iron part
63-Second Cauer’s form of reactive network synthesis is the successful removal of
A. Poles at infinity
B. Zeros at Infinity
C. Poles at origin
D. Zeros at origin
64-If residual magnetism of a shunt generator is destroyed accidently, it may be
restored by connecting its shunt field:
A. To earth
B. To an alternator
C. To a battery
D. In reverse
65-The lines of force are circular and their direction depends upon the:
A. Voltage
B. Capacitance
C. Current
D. Resistance
66-Commutators of 220 V DC generator have brushes which are generally made of:
A. Copper
B. Electro graphite
C. Graphite copper
D. Carbon copper
67-When a number of two port networks are connected in cascade, the individual:
A. H-matrices are multiplied
B. Ysc matrices are added
C. Zoc matrices are added
D. Chain matrices are multiplied
68-In hot wire instruments, the sensing wire is made of:
A. Copper
B. Silver
C. Platinum-iridium
D. Copper-Nickle
69-The direction of induced EMF during electromagnetic induction can be
determined by making use:
A. Lenz’s law
B. Faraday’s law
C. Ampere’s law
D. Laplace law
70-In an inductance AC circuit, the current:
A. Lags the voltage
B. Leads the voltage
C. Is in phase with the voltage
D. Both A and B
71-Capacitive susceptance is expressed in terms of:
A. Farads
B. Siemens
C. Micro-farads
D. Ohms
72-The impedance value of generator is 0.2 pu on a base value of 11Kv, 50 MVA.
The impedance value for a base value of 22KV, 100 MVA is:
A. 0.2 pu
B. 2.4 pu
C. 0.4 pu
D. 0.15 pu
73-A lightning arrester connected in the line and earth in a power system:
A. Reflects back travelling waves approaching it
B. Suppress high frequency oscillations in the line
C. Protects transmission line against direct lightning strokes
D. Protects terminal equipment against travelling surge
74-In frequency modulation, noise components which affect the amplitude can be
eliminated by using:
A. A differentiator
B. An oscillator
C. An FM limiter circuit
D. A mixer
E. A RF amplifier
75-Cost of operation of which of the following plants is least?
A. Gas turbine plant
B. Thermal power plant
C. Nuclear power plant
D. Hydroelectric plant
76-The effect of ice deposition on conductor is
(A) increased skin effect
(B) reduced corona losses
(C) increased weight
(D) reduced sag

77-The protection against direct lightening strokes and high voltage steep waves is
provided by
(A) earthing of neutral
(B) lightening arresters
(C) ground wires
(D) lightening arresters and ground wires

78-The dc compound motors are generally


A. level compound.
B. cumulative compound.
C. differential compound.
D. none of these.
79-Air standard efficiency of a diesel engine depends on
(A) compression ratio
(B) speed
(C) fuel
(D) torque.

80-In power plants cooling towers are used to


(A) cool exhaust steam
(B) cool repeated steam
(C) cool feed water
(D) cool condenser outlet water

81-Skin effect is proportional to


(A) diameter of conductor
(B) (diameter of conductor)1/2
(C) (diameter of conductor )2
(D) (diameter of conductor )2

82-The capacitor switching is easily done with


A) Air blast circuit breaker
B) Oil circuit breaker
C) Vacuum circuit breaker
D) Any one of these

83-The characteristic impedance of a transmission line depends upon


(A) shape of the conductor
(B) surface treatment of the conductors
(C) conductivity of the material
(D) geometrical configuration of the conductors

84-A Short transmission line has equivalent circuit consisting of:


A. Series inductance L and shunt capacitance G
B. Series resistance R and shunt capacitance G
C. Series resistance R and shunt capacitance C
D. Series resistance R and series inductance L
85-Shunt capacitance is usually neglected in the analysis of
(A) Short transmission lines
(B) Medium transmission lines
(C) Long transmission lines
(D) Medium as well as long transmission lines.

86-Super heated steam is always


(A) at a temperature higher than the saturation temperature corresponding to a
steam pressure
(B) at a pressure more than the boiler steam pressure
(C) separated from water particles before being supplied to turbine
(D) at a pressure less than the maximum cycle pressure.

87-Transmission lines link


(A) service points to consumer premises
(B) distribution transformer to consumer premises
(C) receiving end station to distribution transformer
(D) generating station to receiving end station.

88-A load curve is a plot of


(A) Load versus generation capacity
(B) Load versus current
(C) Load versus time
(D) Load versus cost of power.

89-As compared to steam at entry to the turbine, which of the following will be
larger at exit?
(A) Pressure
(B) Flow rate
(C) Specific volume
(D) Specific enthalpy.

90-Total load transmitted through a 3-phase transmission line is 10,000 kW at 0.8


power factor lagging. The I2R losses are 900 kW. The efficiency of transmission line
is
(A) 60% (B) 90% (C) 95% (D) 99%.

91-In high voltage transmission lines the top most conductor is


(A) R-phase conductor (B) Y- phase conductor
(C) B-phase conductor (D) Earth conductor

QESCO JR Engineer TEST 2019


Q: 18 what will happen if D’ arsonval galvanometer is connected to an AC input instead of DC input for
measurement?
 It will burn out
 It will try to move the pointer to and fro at zero point on the scale
 It will show zero reading
 It will measure ac input accurately

Q: 19 you can completely ignore transmission line (TL) effect if


 The length of TL >> signal wavelength
 The length of TL = signal wavelength
 The TL is made of copper
 The length of TL << signal wavelength

Q: 20 In a 4 pole 12 slot simplex lap connected progressive winding DC generator with commutator having12
segments, the back pith will be
 06
 08
 07
 12

Q: 21 A 0-1A meter movement with an internal resistance of 100ohm is to be converted to a 0-5A ammeter.
Calculate the value of the shunt resistance required.
 25 Ohm
 5O Ohm
 50 Ohm
 1 Ohm

Q: 22 The displacement current is the type of current


 That flows in conducting liquids
 That flows in conductors
 That flows between plates of capacitor
 That flows in resistors

Q: 23 Two parallel conductors are carrying the current in the same direction they will
 Attract each other
 Repel each other
 Have no force acting between them
 Sometime attract and sometime repel depending upon the magnitude of the currents

Q: 24 The measurement current transformers (CT) are


 Step Up transformer
 Step down transformer
 One to One transformer
 Auto transformer

Q: 25 If a solid sphere having a positive charge of 10C is enclosed inside another conducting sphere. Then the
charge on the outer surface of the outer sphere will be
 10C
 0C
 Depends on the spacing between the two
 Can’t Determined

Q: 26 What will be the value of the reflection coefficient if a load ZL of 300 Ohm is connected to a
transmission line having characteristics impedance Zo of 100Ohms?
 -0.5
 +1.0
 -1.0
 +0.5

Q: 27 Lock in Amplifiers are commonly used to


 Extract High Frequency measurement signals from noise
 Single out the component of the signal at specific frequency and phase
 Introduce noise in the signal
 Achieve high gain

Q: 28 In the transformer the no load current


 Always remain in phase with voltage
 Lags the voltage approximately by 75 degrees
 Leads the voltage by 90 degrees
 Leads the voltage by approximately 15 degrees

Q: 29 According to the Bubble theory, once a bubble is formed, it will elongate in the direction of electric field
under the influence of electrostatic forces. During elongation the volume of bubbles
 Increase
 Decrease
 First increase then return to original volume
 Remains unchanged

Q: 30 In air gapped iron core inductor if the air gap in the magnetic path is increased, it will result
 No change in inductance
 Zero inductance
 Increased inductance
 Reduced inductance

Q: 31 The output of DC power Supply drops from 33 V at no load to 30Vat full load. Its load regulation is
 9%
 20%
 15%
 10%

Q: 32 In the MARX generators the capacitor bank is charged in


 Series and then discharged also in series
 Parallel and then discharged also in Parallel
 Series and then discharged also in parallel
 Parallel and then discharged also in Series
Q: 33 What will happen if power transformers is designed at higher flux density
 Iron losses will be reduced
 Copper losses will be reduced
 Part load efficiency will be increased
 Weight per KVA will be reduced

Q: 34 In electrostatic voltmeter of the attracted disc type, the force of attraction is proportional to
 Applied Voltage
 Square of applied voltage
 Square of applied current
 Applied power

Q: 35 what will happen to an FET if the temperature is increased


 Tends to increase the mobility of charge carriers in the channel
 Tends to decrease the mobility of charge carriers in the channel
 No change in the mobility of charge carriers in the channel
 The channel polarity will be reversed

Q: 36 The value of the 𝐼𝑐 𝑎𝑡 𝑉𝐶𝐸=0 on DC load line of transistor switch represents


 Cutoff point of the transistor
 Operating point of the transistor
 Breakdown point of the transistor
 Saturation point of the transistor

Q: 37 If current carrying conductor is placed in steady magnetic field in such a way that the direction of the
current is perpendicular to the magnetic field direction, it will experience a force and the direction of the force
will be
 Perpendicular to the direction of the current
 Parallel to the direction of the current
 Perpendicular to the direction of the magnetic field
 Perpendicular to both the direction of the current and the magnetic field

Q: 38 Electrodynamometer type instrument can be used to measure AC as well as DC voltage or current


because
 The torque produced is proportional to the current
 The torque produced is proportional to the square of the current
 The torque produced is independent of the current
 AC is first converted into DC inside the instrument

Q: 39 Determine the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) if the reflection coefficient is -0.5
 -3.0
 1.0
 3.0
 0.33

Q: 40 If the speed of the DC shunt generator is doubled without changing any other parameter, the EMF
generated will be
 4 Times
 ½ Times
 2 Times
 Constant

Q: 41 If the magnet is moved in the direction of V shown then the direction of the magnetic field in the coil
due to induced voltage will results in

 N pole on the right side of the coil


 S pole on the right side of the coil
 No induced flux
 Alternating flux

Q: 42 why are coaxial cables used for antennas and instrumentation?


 Because they are unaffected by temperature
 Because they are unaffected by external fields
 They are inexpensive
 They are lighter

Q: 43 Two wattmeter method can only be used


 Power in balanced as well as unbalanced 3 phase loads
 Reactive power in balanced 3 phase loads
 Power in balanced 3 phase loads
 Apparent power in balanced 3 phase loads

Q: 44 The ratings of power transformers are generally expressed in


 KA
 KV
 KVA
 KW

Q: 45 In Dc machines the iron losses are independent of changes in


 Load
 Voltage
 Speed
 Speed And voltage

Q: 46 A 64-bit microprocessor has


 64-bit data bus
 32-bit data bus 64-bit address bus
 32-bit address bus 32-bit data bus
 32-bit data bus 64-bit control bus

Q: 47 Tesla coil is used to generate


 High Frequency AC at high Voltage
 DC high voltage
 Low Frequency AC high Voltage
 High Frequency AC low Voltage

Q: 48 In the below circuit the voltmeter has 100microA PMMC meter for 0-100V range. It measures the
voltage less than actual applied voltage due to loading effect. The measurement voltage value against the
applied 90V is

 30V
 60V
 45V
 50

Q: 49 Voltmeter-Ammeter method for measuring DC resistance. The better arrangement is

 (a) for relatively high RL & (b) for relatively low RL


 In Both (a) & (b) RL > 100ohm & values are close to each other
 In Both (a) & (b) RL < 50ohm & values are close to each other
 (a) for relatively low RL & (b) for relatively high RL

Q: 50 Frequency counters are test instruments used in many applications to measure the frequency of the signals
very accurately. Which of the following isn’t a prerequisite to be able to measure the frequency of an RF signal?
 Signal has varying frequency i.e., not steady
 Signals should not be so large that they overload the input
 The signal should not have modulation applied
 Signal must have sufficient amplitude

Q: 51 In the below shown Wheatstone bridge unknown 𝑅𝑋 is calculated using


Q: 52 A damping Force is one which acts on the moving system of the instrument and
always …………………. its motion.
 Increases
 Opposes
 Supports
 Nullifies

Q: 53 Identify which of the following statement isn’t correct?


 0 error is a systematic error
 Loading error is a systematic error
 Backlash error is a systematic error
 Scaling error is a systematic error

Q: 54 A spectrum analyzer measures the magnitude of an input signal vs frequency within its full frequency
range of the instrument which of the following isn’t feature of a spectrum analyzer
 Measures a device frequency response
 Convert higher frequencies into lower frequencies
 Measure the transmitted power of microwave tower
 Detects signals that are too weak or weaker than the noise in the background

Q: 55 The percentage error of the ammeter reading that results from ammeter loading as shown in the figure

 10.2%
 10.0%
 1.0%
 11.0%
Q: 56 Which of the following isn’t a valid configuration of bipolar junction transistor
 Common Base
 Common Emitter
 Common Source
 Common Collector

Q: 57 Frequency of the signal is 2Hz and the average value of the signal is

 20V
 -10V
 10V
 5V

Q: 58 A sample & hold circuit is an analog device that samples the voltage of a continuously varying analog
signal and holds its value at a constant level for a specified minimum period of time. A sample and hold circuit
is not composed of
 Inductor
 Switching device
 Capacitor
 Operational Amplifier

Q: 59 Schmitt Trigger is a bistable circuit in which the output increases to a steady maximum when the input
rises above a certain threshold, and decreases to some value when the input value falls below another
threshold. Which isn’t a true statement
 Schmitt trigger is a positive feedback circuit
 Schmitt trigger output isn’t linear
 Schmitt trigger is a negative feedback circuit
 Schmitt triggers circuit has two triggering levels

Q: 60 The silicon-controlled rectifier SCR consist of …………………………. Layers of semiconductors.


 2
 5
 7
 4

Q: 61 The slew rate of an op-amp or any amplifier circuit is the rate of change in the output voltage caused by
a step change on the input. The applied input voltage 𝑉𝑖𝑛=0.01sin106𝑡 and gain of the amplifier is 10 then the
required minimum slew rates
 105 𝑉/𝑆𝑒𝑐
 106 𝑉/𝑆𝑒𝑐
 105 𝑉/μ𝑆𝑒𝑐
 106 𝑉/μ𝑆𝑒𝑐

Q: 62 Frequency of the signal is 100Hz and the root mean square value of the signal is

 50 𝑉
 25 𝑉
 50∗√2 𝑉
 25∗√2 𝑉

Q: 63 The Frequency of the applied voltage is 100 Red/sec, 𝐿=10−2𝐻 and 𝐶=10−2𝐹. Then active power P
is………………and apparent power S is……………………………

 20𝑊,20 𝑉𝐴
 20𝑊,15 𝑉𝐴
 15𝑊,20 𝑉𝐴
 15𝑊,25 𝑉𝐴
Q: 64 The 555 timer IC isn’t composed of
 Voltage comparator
 Timing capacitor
 Timing resistor
 D flip-flop

Q: 65 In R-2R ladder D/A converter, 𝑉𝑅 is reference voltage and its value is 8V. N is the no of bits and its
value is 5. If Digital No is (11001)2 then analog converted value 𝑉𝑜is
 4.75V
 6.25V
 3.25V
 7V

Q: 66 The 555 timer IC works both in monostable and A stable mode if supplied voltage is 9 volts then the
voltage across timing capacitor changes form ……………….in monostable mode and
from ………………….in A stable mode during normal operation
 0V to 6V, 3V to 6V
 0V to 4.5V, 2.5V to 4.5V
 1V to 6V, 3V to 6V
 3V to 6V, 0V to 6V

***Monostable: 0 to 2/3 VCC. Astable: 1/3Vcc to 2/3Vcc

Q: 67 Internal networks for multi range digital meter is show above ADC can be connected with Points A, B,
C, D to change ranges. The network shown below is used for
 Current measurement
 Voltage measurement
 Resistance measurement
 Capacitance measurement

Q: 68 When switch S is connected with point A at t=0, current through the capacitor is ……………. and
voltage across the capacitor is ……………….

 0A, 0V
 1A, 0V
 1A, 10V
 0A, 10V

Q: 69 which of the following isn’t a mode of operation of Phase lock loop (PLL)?
 Free Running mode
 Capture mode
 Unlock mode
 Tracking

Q: 70 if an analog AC voltmeter of averaging type calibrated for sine waves, reads 5V RMS when measuring
the voltage of square wave. Using the multiplying factor (𝐹𝑜𝑟𝑚 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 /1.11), the correct RMS value of the
wave
 5∗1.11/1.11
 5∗1.154/1.11
 5∗1.1571/1.11
 5∗1/1.11

Q: 71 Biasing is the application of DC voltage in a circuit to establish a fixed level of voltage or current.
Which one isn’t valid biasing of FET TRANSISTOR?
 Feed Back biasing
 Potential divider Biasing
 Self-biasing
 Fixed Biasing

Q: 72 The Electrodes in MOSFET are called source ……. and Gate.


 Path
 Drain
 Emitter
 Collector

Q: 73 An active load in the circuit that functions as a current stable nonlinear resistor. Identify which of the
following statement isn’t correct
 Used instead of RC to increase the AC gain of a common emitter amplifier
 A circuit in which output transistors remains in saturation mode.
 Used for automatic testing of power supplies
 Commonly the output part of a current mirror

Q: 74 Bipolar transistors are …………… devices while field effect transistors are ……………. Devices
 Bipolar and voltage controlled, Unipolar and current controlled
 Bipolar and current controlled, Unipolar and voltage controlled
 Unipolar and current controlled, Bipolar and voltage controlled
 Unipolar and voltage controlled, Bipolar and current controlled

Q: 75 The Lissajous pattern of phase shifted of two signals having same frequency is shown below. The phase
shift Φ is calculated as

 𝛷=sin−1(𝑌/𝑌1)
 𝛷=tan−1(𝑌1/𝑌)
 𝛷=Cos−1(𝑌1/𝑌)
 𝛷=Sin−1(𝑌1/𝑌)

Q: 76 In the transmission line faults the voltage at the reallocation during fault is
 Higher in magnitude then that during the pre-fault condition and also lags its pre-fault value
 Less in magnitude then that during the pre-fault condition and also leads its pre-fault value
 Less in magnitude then that during the pre-fault condition and also lags its pre-fault value
 Higher in magnitude then that during the pre-fault condition and also leads its pre-fault value

Q: 77 In 3 phase system symmetrical faults are more severe than the unsymmetrical faults because
 System voltages are unequal
 System currents are unequal
 They involve all the phases
 They involve 2 phases and the ground

Q: 78 Distance relay operates at faults when impedance seen is


 100Ω
 Infinite
 Less than set value
 Larger than the set value
Q: 79 If the plug setting (PS) is 150% for a 5A relay type at what value of CT secondary current the relay will
operate.
 7.5A
 3.33A
 10A
 1.5A

Q: 80 If line voltage of delta connected generator is 400V then the phase voltage is
 400V
 230V
 440V
 220V

Q: 81 The P.F of AC loads is always tried to bring to


 Closer to 0
 Closer to 1
 Infinite
 0.5

Q: 82 The Rated KVA of a 3-phase generator is 500 its %X at rated base KVA is 10%. Determine its %X at a
new base of 1000KVA
 50%
 20%
 30%
 40%

Q: 83 Reactors to control short circuit currents are


 Never connected in series with Generator
 Never connected in series with Bus Bars
 Connected in series with either of Generators, feeders, Bus Bars
 Never connected in series with Feeders

Q: 84 The surge tanks are used in power plants to provide protection against ……in closed conduit leading
water to turbine
 Pressure Swings
 Earthquakes
 Input Flooding
 Low water Levels
Q: 85 The Most widely used 3 phase power distribution system is the 3 phase 4 wire system & it commonly
supplies
 208/120
 120/208
 477/240
 240/480

Q: 86 The phenomenon of violet glow, hissing noise & production of ozone gas in an overhead transmission
line is known as
 Arcing
 Lightening
 Breakdown
 Corona

Q: 87 The Distribution transformers are used at


 Generators
 Load ends
 Grid stations
 Transmission lines

Q: 88 The 3 phase Ac system is used for which type of load


 Unbalanced loads
 Only lighting Unbalanced loads
 All type of balanced loads
 Neutral is always required for any type of load

Q: 89 If the plug setting (PS) is 50% for 5A relay type. Determine the plug setting multiplier (PSM). When
CT secondary current is 100A.
 20
 40
 50
 5

Q: 90 The purpose of using …………. on power lines is to cause the conduction to ground of excessively
high voltage that are caused by lightning strikes.
 High voltage disconnect switch
 High Voltage Circuit breaker
 Electrical Substations
 Lightening arresters

Q: 91 In AC system calculations of currents and voltages are done


 Algebraically
 Arithmetically
 Both Algebraically & Arithmetically
 Vectorially

Q: 92 Worn insulation allowing bare wires to touch grounded metal objects such as water pipes cause
 Current Breakage
 Power Loss
 Circuit Compensation
 Short Circuit

Q: 93 For 3 phase 6600KVA, 66KV generator what is the value of full load current per phase
 100A
 √3∗100𝐴
 10A
 100√3∕𝐴

Q: 94 The magnitude of power constant in wind will depends on


 Sun Light
 Gravitational force
 Material of Blades
 Wind velocity

Q: 95 Steel core aluminum conductor are used instead of aluminum conductors in transmission line to
 Increase the conductivity of line
 Increase the tensile strength of the cable
 Reduce capacitance of the
 Increase the voltage handling capacity

Q: 96 Find the exact value of 40586496 when divided by 384


 105609
 105692
 125723
 105694

Q: 97 What is the average value of these values 18, 16, 24, 16, 16, 24
 16
 17
 18
 19
Q: 98 Price of the mobile phone is Rs. 8000. A man has enough money to purchase 3 mobiles. How many
mobiles can be purchased it the price is reduced by Rs. 2000
 5
 3
 2
 4

Q: 99 If the ratio of new born girls to boys a particular hospital is 5:3, which of the following could be the no
of children in the hospital?
 244
 150
 96
 60

Q: 100 Which of these line segments are parallel?


 Two adjacent sides of triangle
 Two adjacent sides of Pentagon
 Two radii of a circle
 Two opposite sides of rectangle

LESCO (Junior Engineer)


Test 2019 By NTS 
Q No. 18: The average value of sine wave with 100V peak over half cycle is.
A. 90V
B. 50V
C. 63.7V
D. 70.7V

Q No. 19: To calculate the current in a circuit element using superposition theorem, the
number of circuits required to solve is equal to the number of:
A. Meshes
B. Nodes
C. Nodes, meshes and sources
D. Sources

Q No. 20: A 40V battery is connected to a series combination of 1200 ohms and a resistance R
as shown. If a voltmeter having internal resistance of 1.2kΩ is connected across 1200-ohm
resistor it reads 10V. The resistance R is:

A. 1.8 k ohms
B. 1.2 k ohms
C. 1.0 k ohms
D. 2.0 k ohms
Q No. 21: What is the net resistance between points A and B?

A. 12.0 ohms
B. 8.0 ohms
C. 6.0 ohms
D. 4.0 ohms

Q No. 22: The form factor in reference to alternating current wave form represents the ratio
of:
A. The Average value to the RMS value.
B. The Peak value to the RMS value.
C. The RMS value to the Average Value.
D. The RMS value to the Peak Value.

Q No. 23: The current in the 100-ohm resistance is zero amperes. What is the value of R?

A. 1.0 ohm
B. 5.0 ohms
C. 20.0 ohms
D. 100 ohms

Q No. 24: The hysteresis loss in the transformer occurs in:


A. Both Primary and Secondary Winding
B. The core of the transformer
C. Secondary Copper Winding
D. Primary Copper Winding.

Q No. 25: The instantaneous value of sinusoidal AC current at 45 degree is called:


A. Peak to Peak Value
B. RMS Value
C. Peak Value
D. Average Value

Q No. 26: An inductor supplies with 50V AC with a frequency of 10 kHz passes a current of
7.69 mA. The value of inductor is:
A. 1 mH.
B. 10 mH.
C. 100 mH.
D. 1 H.

Q No. 27: Power in AC circuit is found by:


A. VI sinθ.
B. VI tanθ.
C. VI cosθ.
D. VI.

Q No. 28: The process of conversion of AC into DC is called:


A. Magnification
B. Amplification.
C. Rectification
D. Purification

Q No. 29: To carbon brushes in a DC generator when placed at neutral magnetic axis will
cause:
A. Demagnetization only
B. Cross magnetization only
C. Demagnetization with extra flux leakage
D. Cross Magnetization as well as Demagnetization.

Q No. 30: A damped sinusoid will be resulted if a sinusoid signal is:


A. Multiplied by a decaying exponential.
B. Multiplied by a growing exponential
C. Dividing by a decaying exponential
D. Adding with a growing exponential

Q No. 31: A system is said to be shift invariant only if______


A. a shifting at input does not affect the output
B. a shift in the input signal does not exhibit the corresponding shift in the output
C. a shifting level does not vary in an input as well as output
D. a shift in the input signal also results in the corresponding shift in the output

Q No. 32: The minimum sampling frequency needed to retain all information for the
following signal is:
𝒙(𝒕)=𝟑𝒄𝒐𝒔(𝟓𝟎𝝅𝒕)+𝟏𝟎𝒔𝒊𝒏(𝟒𝟎𝟎𝝅𝒕)−𝒄𝒐𝒔(𝟐𝟎𝟎𝝅𝒕)
A. 50 Hz
B. 400 Hz.
C. 100 Hz
D. 200 Hz

Q No. 33: The Linear Time Invariant (LTI) System is said to be initially relaxed when:
A. Zero input produces a non-zero output.
B. Zero input produces an output equal to infinity.
C. Zero input produces zero output.
D. Zero input produces an output equal to unity.

Q No. 34: What is the period of the signal 𝒙(𝒕)=𝟏𝟎𝟎𝒔𝒊𝒏(𝟏𝟐𝝅𝒕)


A. 1∕ 𝜋
B. 1∕ 12
C. 𝟏∕ 𝟔
D. 1∕ 12𝜋

Q No. 35: Determine how many significant figures the given measure has: V= 27050.0 volts
A. 3
B. 4
C. 5
D. 6

Q No. 36: The entire cross section of the line conductor is utilized in DC transmission system
because there is:
A. No Environment Effect
B. No Skin Effect
C. No hysteresis losses in the conductor
D. No copper losses

Q No. 37: The negative maximum of cosine wave occurs at


A. 270°
B. 𝟏𝟖𝟎°
C. 90°
D. 0°

Q No. 38: In AC circuit the power is consumed in:


A. Inductor
B. Capacitor
C. Resistor
D. All of the above

Q No. 39: The output voltage of a DC power supply drops from 33V at no load to 30V at full
load. Its load regulation is:
A. 9 %
B. 20 %
C. 15 %
D. 10 %

Q No. 40: In transformer the short circuit test is performed to determine:


A. Only hysteresis losses
B. Only eddy current losses
C. Complete core losses
D. Copper losses

Q No. 41: The rating of the transformer is generally expressed in:


A. KA
B. KV
C. KVA
D. KW

Q No. 42: A circuit breaker is:


A. Power factor correcting device
B. A device to neutralize the effect of transients
C. A current interrupting device
D. A waveform correcting device

Q No. 43: valance electrons that leave the outer most shell is called:
A. Free electron
B. Shell electron
C. Orbit electron
D. Neutral electron

Q No. 44: _________________ is applicable only for linear systems.


A. Principle of superposition
B. Thevenin’s theorem
C. Ohm’s law
D. Faraday’s Principle
Q No. 45: Thevenin’s theorem is based on:
A. Circuit Resistance
B. Current in Parallel
C. Circuit Equivalence
D. Series Current

Q No. 46: Which one of the following is NOT a type of capacitor?


A. Ceramic capacitor
B. Film capacitor
C. Polar capacitor
D. Electrolytic capacitor

Q No. 47: Capacitor types are distinguished by the:


A. Capacity of the storage
B. Flow of the current
C. Heating effect
D. Material used as an insulator

Q No. 48: The property of measuring instrument, whereby it gives different indications of the
same quantity value depending on the wither that the value is approached by continuously
increasing or decreasing change is termed as:
A. Hysteresis
B. Sensitivity
C. Drift
D. Accuracy

Q No. 49: Repeated measurement of a quantity were taken by an instrument and are plotted
against time; the actual value of a quantity was 𝑿𝒄. The plot shows that the instrument has:

A. Good precision and good accuracy


B. Bad precision and bad accuracy
C. Bad precision but good accuracy
D. Good precision but bad accuracy

Q No. 50: A set four independent measurements were taken by four observers and average of
their measurement is 117.06 volts, the maximum and minimum values observed ware 117.11
& 117.02 volts respectively. The range of error is:
A. ±𝟎.𝟎𝟒𝟓 𝑽
B. ±0.055 𝑉
C. ±0.030 𝑉
D. ±0.025 𝑉

Q No. 51: Measurement techniques depending on subtraction of experimental results are


avoided because:
A. It is difficult and time consuming
B. The instrument may be damaged
C. The instrument may need recalibration
D. The range of doubt in the final result may be greatly increased

Q No. 52: If we have voltage and current measurements 𝟏𝟎±𝟎.𝟓% 𝑽 and 𝟐±𝟎.𝟐% 𝑨
respectively. Calculate the power along with its percentage error?
A. 𝟐𝟎±𝟎.𝟕% 𝑾
B. 20±0.3% 𝑊
C. 20±1.0% 𝑊
D. 20±0.025% 𝑊

Q No. 53: The synchronous generator in the power plant is also used as a motor to:
A. Balance the extra power generation
B. Improve power factor
C. Cool the generator
D. Test the generator efficiency

Q No. 54: In AC generator the output frequency is controlled by:


A. The exciter voltage
B. The system voltage
C. The speed of prime mover
D. Increasing the number of turns of the stator

Q No. 55: In a 4-pole DC generator the electrical degrees will be:


A. Half of the mechanical degrees
B. Equal to mechanical degrees
C. Double the mechanical degrees
D. Four times that of mechanical degrees

Elect. Degrees = (N0. of Poles / 2) * Mech. Degrees

Q No. 56: In the following magnetic circuits the reluctance of the core and the air gape is 200
and 200 A.T/Wb respectively and N is 100 turns. How much will be the magnetic flux in the
core if current (i) is 4 amperes.

A. 4.0 Wb
B. 1.0 Wb
C. 3.0 Wb
D. 2.0 Wb

Q No. 57: If the air gap length in a magnetic path is 0.02m and its cross-sectional area is
0.02m2 then the reluctance of the air gap will be:
A. 4𝜋∕ 107𝐴𝑇/𝑊𝑏
B. 107∕ 2𝜋𝐴𝑇/𝑊𝑏
C. 𝟏𝟎𝟕∕ 𝟒𝝅𝑨𝑻/𝑾𝒃
D. 2𝜋∕ 10−7𝐴𝑇/𝑊𝑏

r = l/μ*A µ0 = 4pi × 10-7 H/m

Q No. 58: A two wattmeter method was used to measure the power of 3 phase load, the two
meters read 500W and 1000W respectively. What is the total power being consumed by 3-
phase loads?
A. 1.5 kW
B. 1 kW
C. 0.75 kW
D. 2.2 kW

Q No. 59: A 𝟑−𝝓 4-wire distributor is supplying power to a star connected load and the
three-line currents are 𝟏𝟎𝟎∠𝟗𝟎° 𝑨,𝟎 𝑨 & 𝟏𝟎∠𝟗𝟎° 𝑨 respectively. Determine the current
from neutral wire.
A. 0 A
B. 55 A
C. 110j A
D. 90j A

Q No. 60: If the load voltage is 𝟐𝟑𝟎∠𝟏𝟎° 𝑽 and load impedance is 𝟐𝟑∠𝟐𝟎° 𝒐𝒉𝒎𝒔. Determine
the current in the load.
A.10∠10° 𝐴
B.10∠0° 𝐴
C.10∠−30° 𝐴
D.𝟏𝟎∠−𝟏𝟎° 𝑨

Q No. 61: The purpose of protection of power system is to:


A. Protect power system equipment and restore normal operation only.
B. Protect people only.
C. Separate faulty section only
D. Protect equipment, people & property, isolate faulty sections and restore normal
operations.

Q No. 62: Unsymmetrical faults in the three phase power systems are those which have:
A. Equal fault current in the line but unequal phase displacements.
B. Equal fault current in the line and equal phase displacements.
C. Equal fault current in the line and zero phase displacements.
D. Unequal fault currents in the lines and unequal phase displacements.

Q No. 63: If a three-phase current “I” having zero phase angle multiplied by operator a2 will
result:
A. I (cos 120° + j sin 120°)
B. I (cos 240° + j sin 120°)
C. 𝐈 (𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟐𝟒𝟎°+𝐣 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐𝟒𝟎°)
D. I (cos 120° + j sin 240°)

Q No. 64: To measure power of RYB three phase system using two wattmeter W1 and W2, if
current coil of W1 is connected in series with R phase and current coil of W2 is connected in
series with Y phase then potential coil of W1 is connected between __________ potential coil
of W2 is connected between ___________ .
A. Phases R and B, Phases Y and B
B. Phases R and Y, Phases Y and B
C. Phases R and B, Phases Y and R
D. Phases R and Y, Phases Y and R

Q No. 65: Unsymmetrical faults that may occur in the three-phase system are _____.
A.L-G, L-L and L-L-G
B.L-G, L-L-G and L-L-L-G
C.L-L, L-G and L-L-L
D.L-G, L-L-G and L-L-L
Q No. 66: In DC generator, the brushes on commutator are shifted from geometrical neutral
position to.
A. Obtain highest generator voltage
B. Avoid Sparking
C. Obtain highest generator efficiency
D. Produce spark

Q No. 67: In D.C. generators the pole shoes are fastened to the pole core by:
A. Welding
B. Soldering
C. Steel clamps
D. Counter sunk screws.

Q No. 68: Which of the following loss of DC motor decreases with increase in load?
A. Friction and Windage loss
B. Core loss
C. Brush contact loss
D. None of these

Q No. 69: Transformer oil must be free from:


A. Odor
B. Gases
C. Sulphur
D. Moisture

Q No. 70: A constant current transformer should NOT have:


A. High value of resistance
B. A movable secondary winding
C. A high value of resistance
D. Primary and secondary winding surrounding the core

Q No. 71: Which winding of the transformer have less cross-sectional area?
A. High voltage winding
B. Low voltage winding
C. Secondary winding
D. Primary winding

Q No. 72: An ideal transformer is one which:


A. Has a common core its primary and secondary windings.
B. Has no losses and magnetic leakage.
C. Has a core of stainless steel and winding of pure copper metal.
D. Has interleaved primary and secondary winding.

Q No. 73: Dual slop ADC is very accurate due to:


A. Capacitor used is very accurate and its value is stable.
B. Dual Slop.
C. Resistor used is very accurate and its value is stable
D. Clock used is very accurate and its value is stable.

Q No. 74: The Huntron features variable range parameters resulting in hundreds of voltages,
source resistance and frequency combination. Which of the following is NOT true for its
features?
A. It matches the circuit impedance of the board
B. Can display both signatures at the same time.
C. Can perform power on PCB Diagnostic and Troubleshooting
D. Used to make good vs bad combination.

Q No. 75: An op-amp circuit is connected to a single source to amplify the signal. If noise
contribution for the signal source and the input of the amplifier is 20μ volts and 10μ volts
respectively. Then the total noise input voltage is
A. 20μ+10μ
B. 20μ−10μ
C. √(𝟐𝟎μ)𝟐+(𝟏𝟎μ)𝟐
D. √(20μ)2−(10μ)2

Q No. 76: Subtract 𝟕𝟓±𝟓 from 𝟐𝟕𝟓±𝟕 the answer is:


A. 𝟐𝟎𝟎±𝟏𝟐
B. 200±2
C. 350±12
D. 350±2

Q No. 77: A 5-digit ohm-meter has an accuracy of 3% of the reading, plus one count. The
meter reads 500.00 Ω. Then the maximum error in the reading is:
A. 5.1 Ω
B. 15.01 Ω.
C. 15.1 Ω
D. 5.01 Ω

Q No. 78: To calculate the load Current and Voltage using Thevenin’s Theorem, the points
across the load resistor RL are marked (as A & B) and the load RL is removed. Then which of
the following is not valid step for solving Thevenin’s Theorem?
A. If sources are ideal, then short circuit the current source and open the voltage source
B. Replace all non-ideal sources by their internal resistance
C. If sources are ideal, then short circuit the voltage source and open the current source
D. The Thevenin Resistance RTH is calculated cross the points A and B.

Q No. 79: Differential equation of an RLC circuit is second order with two roots and its
response is called:
A. Over-damped if both roots are equal
B. Under-damped if both roots are equal
C. Critically damped if both roots are equal
D. Critically damped is both roots are not equal

Q No. 80: Voltage source V is connected to an RLC series circuit and its differential equation
is given below. It is clear from the equation that

A. Steady state current through the source will 10 A.


B. Initial voltage across the resistor is 10 V.
C. Initial current passing through the inductor is 10 A.
D. Initial voltage across the capacitor is 10 V.

Q No. 81: Circuit shown below is a +𝐯𝐞 feedback circuit. Vo is either +𝟏𝟐 𝑽 or −𝟏𝟐 𝑽. Then
its upper triggering level is ______ and lower triggering level is ______.

A. +𝟐 𝐕, −𝟐 𝐕
B. +2 𝑉,0 𝑉
C. 0 𝑉, −2 𝑉
D. +10 𝑉, −10 𝑉

Q No. 82: Class B push-pull transformer amplifier uses two transistors biased in such one
conducts for positive cycle and other conducts for negative cycle of input waveform. Q point
of the class B amplifier are, VCEQ = ______ and ICQ= ______.

D. 𝑽𝑪𝑪, 𝟎

Q No. 83: DC Analysis is used to get required ______ and AC analysis is used to find out ____
of the amplifier.
A. Operating points, Impedances & Voltage gain
B. Operating points & Voltage gain, Impedances
C. Operating points & Impedances, Voltage gain
D. Impedances & Voltage gain, Operating points.

Q No. 84: Input Signal Vin and output signal from the VCO are fed to detector of phase
locked loop (PLL) circuit. If frequency of Vin is equal to the free running frequency of the
VCO then phase shift between both signals fed to detector is:
A. 𝟗𝟎°
B. 0°
C. 45°
D. 180°

Q No. 85: The circuit of Variable Voltage Regulator is shown below, the voltage across RL
varies from:

A. 0.7 V to 10.7 V
B. 0 V to 10 V.
C. 0.7 V to 10 V
D. 0 V to 10.7 V

Q No. 86: A sample and hold circuit is an analog device that samples the voltage of a
continuously varying analog signal and holds its value at a constant level for a specified
minimum period of time. A sample and hold circuit is not composed of:
A. Inductor
B. Switching device
C. Capacitors
D. Operational Amplifier

Q No. 87: In a positive feedback oscillator circuit, the closed loop gain is 𝑨𝜷. If 𝑨𝜷>𝟏 then
oscillation starts and output _______ and if 𝑨𝜷<𝟏 then oscillation starts and output ______.
A. Converts to square wave, Remains sinusoidal wave.
B. Converts to square wave, reduces to 0.
C. Converts to sinusoidal wave, reduces to 0.
D. Remains sinusoidal wave Converts to square wave.

Q No. 88: In common-base amplifier circuit, the output is taken from the:
A. Collector
B. Emitter
C. Base
D. Both A and C

Q No. 89: A semiconductor device is connected in a series circuit with a battery and a
resistor. If the polarity of the battery is reversed the current drops almost to zero. The device
may be:
A. A p-type semiconductor
B. An n-type semiconductor
C. A PN junction
D. An intrinsic semiconductor

Q No. 90: The greatest possible amplification is obtained in:


A. A common-emitter circuit
B. A common-collector circuit
C. A common-base circuit
D. None of the above

Q No. 91: If the firing angle in an SCR rectifier is decreased, then output will be ______.
A. Maximum
B. Increased
C. Decreased
D. Unaffected

Q No. 92 : A tunnel diode :


A. Is a highly doped P-N junction device.
B. Is a gallium-arsenide device.
C. Is a point contact diode with a high reverse resistance
D. Has a small tunnel in its junction.

Q No. 93: The _____________ is the maximum available vertical fall in the water, from the
upstream level to the downstream level.
A. Vertical head
B. Net head
C. Flow head
D. Gross head

Q No. 94: Which are radial flow reaction turbines, with fixed runner blades and adjustable
guide vanes, used for medium heads?
A. Pelton turbines
B. Francis turbines
C. Cross-flow turbine
D. Turbo turbine

Q No. 95: Which system involves sizing and drying of the feedstock, followed by
thermomechanical gasification to produce a combustible gas, cooling and cleaning of the gas,
and combustion in a gas turbine?
A. Feedstock drying and sizing cycle
B. Thermochemical combined cycle
C. A gasification combined cycle
D. Cooling and cleaning combined cycle

Q No. 96: Which region are usually on tectonic plate boundaries?


A. Semi thermal
B. Normal
C. Geothermal
D. Repo thermal

Q No. 97: Which one of the following is NOT a form of energy?


A. Heat
B. Biological
C. Electromagnetic
D. Chemical

LESCO 2020 NTS 
Diode is
1. Passive
2. Active
3. None

The device used for voltage regulator is


1. Schottky diode
2. Zener diode
3. varactor diode
4. tunnel diode

Which circuit element(s) will oppose the change in circuit current?


A. resistance only
B. inductance only
C. capacitance only
D. inductance and capacitance

A capacitor opposes change in


A. Voltage
B. Current
C. Voltage and current
D. Neither voltage nor current
Inductor stores energy in …… form of current?
1. square of current
2. square of voltage

Capacitor stores energy in …. form of voltage?


1. square of voltage
2. square of current

Which of the following represents an SI unit of luminous intensity?


A. lumen
B. candela
C. dioptre
D. none of the mentioned

Ampere - hour is the unit of:


A.) Power
B.) Energy
C.) Quantity of electricity/charge
D.) Strength of current

kWh is the unit of:


A.) Power
B.) Energy
C.) Quantity of electricity/charge
D.) Strength of current

The phase sequence of a three-phase system is RYB. The other potential phase sequence
can be
(i) BRY
(ii) YRB
(iii) RBY
(iv) none of the above

Induced emf in a coil is related to ……


1. rate of change of magnetic flux
2. rate of change of square of magnetic flux
3. rate of change of cube of magnetic flux

What type of a device is MOSFET?


1. Current-controlled
2. Voltage-controlled
3. Voltage-controlled Current source
4. Voltage-controlled Voltage source

A BJT is in the saturation region if:


a. Base–emitter junction is reverse-biased and base–collector junction is forward-biased
b. Both the junctions are reverse-biased
c. Both the junctions are forward-biased
d. Base–emitter junction is forward-biased and base-collector junction is reverse-biased

In a thermal power plant, pressure in the working fluid cycle is developed by


1. condenser.
2. turbine.
3. superheater.
4. feed water pump.

The rated voltage of a 3-phase power system is given as _________.


1. rms phase voltage
2. peak phase voltage
3. rms line to line voltage
4. peak line to line voltage

Ns 230rpm, f=50 P=?


Answer: Ns=120f/P =24

According to Kirchhoff’s voltage law,


a. The algebraic sum of all the EMF in the circuit is zero
b. Algebraic sum of all the voltage drops in the circuit is non zero / Algebraic sum of EMF
plus algebraic sum of voltage drops is equal to zero
d. All of these

In order to improve the power factor of equipment operating at lagging power factor, a capacitor is
connected
a. In series with the equipment
b. In parallel with the equipment
c. In series-parallel with the equipment
d. Either (a) or (b)

A transmission line has 50 km operating at frequency of 500 Hz. Find the type of the line?
1. short transmission line
2. long transmission line
3. medium transmission line
4. any of the above

Impedance can be found by


A) Dividing voltage and current
B) Phase current divided by phase voltage
C) Dividing current and voltage
D) Phase voltages divided by phasor currents

The fuse rating is expressed in terms of


A. Current
B. Voltage
C. VAR
D. KVA

Resistor can be indirectly used to measure?


Answer: Temperature

dc current always follows?


Answer: least resistance path

Precision of an instrument is defined as


A. Closeness of output to the true value
B. Change in output for every change in input
C. Degree of freedom from random errors/ closeness to fixed value
D. Both (a) and (b)

Accuracy of an instrument is defined as


A. Closeness of output to the true value
B. Change in output for every change in input
C. Degree of freedom from random errors
D. Both (a) and (b)

The capacitance of capacitor can be increased by


A) Decreasing separation between plates
B) Increasing the area of plates
C) both expanding the electrode areas and by reducing the gap between the electrodes.
D) None of the above

A capacitor stores electric energy


Answer: in the form of an electric field.

Which doesn’t store energy?


Answer: Transformer & resistor

SCADA does not include


A) Data
B) Control
C) Acquisition
D) Generation

The corona effect can be minimized by increasing:


1. The length of conduct
2. Spacing between conductors
3. Diameter of conductors
4. Both spacing between conductors and diameter of the conductors

Shunt reactors are connected in transmission lines to


(A) Limit the fault current
(B) Improve stability limit
(C) Absorb the excess reactive power

Temperature coefficient is positive in case of


A. Extrinsic semiconductor
b. intrinsic

Free space
Answer: Act as insulator because it cannot have free electrons

An advantage of a PMMC instrument is that it is


(a) free from friction error.
(b) has high (torque/weight of the moving parts) ratio.
(c) has low (torque/weight of the moving parts) ratio.
(d) can be used on both ac and dc.

In open circuit the current is


A) Infinite
B) Zero
C) Maximum
D) Both A&B

Ebers-Moll model is applicable to


A. Bipolar Junction transistor
B. N MOS transistor
C. unipolar junction transistor
D. field effect transistor

Which of the following is not related to the BJT?


A) PN Junction
B) Current controlled
C) Low input impedance
D) Channel

Resistance of wire can be decrease by increasing


A) Area of correction
B) Length
C) Voltage
D) Resistivity

In P-type martial majority carriers are


A) Electrons
B) Holes
C) Both of these
D) None of the above

The emf induced in conductor due to the rate of change of


A) Current
B) Voltage
C) Flux
D) None of the above

Bundled conductors are in transmission lines to


A) Reduce mechanical strength
B) Reduce the corona
C) Reduce the line inductance
D) Increase resistance

Ideal current source can provide


A) Constant voltage
B) Constant current
C) Both A&B
D) Constant capacitance

The capacitance of PN Junction increase as the


A) Reverse biased is increase
B) Reversed biased decreases
The junction capacitance is inversely proportional to the width of the depletion region of PN
Diode. With the increase in reverse voltage, the width of the depletion region increases. Hence the
capacitance, C decreases. Similarly, when reverse voltage decreases, the junction capacitance
increases.

By inserting iron core inside the coil, the strength of magnetic field
A) Increase
B) Decrease
C) Both A&B
D) Constant

To convert Thevenin’s circuit to equivalent Norton circuit which of the following remains same
A) Current
B) Voltage
C) Power
D) Resistance

In a hydro-electric plant, spillways are used.......


A. To discharge all surplus water
B. To discharge surplus water on the downstream side of dam
C. Water is not available in sufficient quantity
D. None of the above

Digital circuits consist of …………. Characteristics states?


A) One state
B) Two states
C) Three states
D) Four States

Semi-conductors have ………. Bond?


A) Covalent bond
B) Ionic bond
C) Both A & B
D) Hydrogen bond

There is capacitor in feed-back path of OP-Amp, then it called as?


A) Summing amplifier
B) OP-Amp Differentiator
C) OP-Amp Integrator
D) Field effect transistor

The voltage that appears across the contacts at the instant of arc extinction in a circuit breaker is
known as?
A) Arcing time
B) Recovery voltage
C) Re-striking voltage
D) Peak voltage

The voltage that appears across the contacts during arcing period
A) Arcing voltage
B) Recovery voltage
C) Re-striking voltage
D) Peak voltage

A two-fold increase in the voltage level increases the surge impedance loading of a transmission
line by a factor of
1. one time
2. 2 times
3. 3 times
4. 4 times

The electrical energy transferred from a source to a load in a circuit is carried by the:
A. Free electrons moving in the (connecting) wires
B. Electric field between the connecting wires
C. Magnetic field around the connecting wires
D. Electromagnetic fields between and around the wires

An ideal voltage source provides:


A. A fixed voltage and zero current
B. A fixed current and zero voltage
C. A fixed voltage and a fixed current
D. A load-dependent current and a voltage independent of the load

An electric charge is placed in a dielectric medium. Which of the following quantities are
independent of the dielectric constant of the medium?
A. Electric potential and displacement density
B. Electric field intensity and displacement density
C. Displacement density and electric displacement
D. All of the above

When the length of Arc increase in circuit breaker the resistance will?
A) Increase
B) Decrease
C) Remain same
D) None of the above

Electrical conductors are metals mainly because metals possess electrons in the outermost orbit
where they are most loosely held and can move around easily it conducts due to?
A) Free Ions
B) Free electrons
C) Minority Carriers
D) High inductance

Triangular wave with 4 units peak has the rms of


A) 4/sqrt (3)
B) 4× sqrt (3)
C) 4+sqrt (3)

Triangular wave with 4 units peak has the average of


A) 4/sqrt (3)
B) 4× sqrt (3)
C) 4+sqrt (3)
D) 2

Isolators are used to disconnect a circuit when


(A) line is on full load
(B) line is energized
(C) circuit breaker is not open
(D) there is no current in the line.

If MVA is doubled KV is halved the, Pu impedance is?


A) 2 times
B) 6 times
C) 8 times
D) 4 times

The highest possible speed of 60 Hz alternator is


(A) 3600 rpm
(B) 1500 rpm
(C) 3000 rpm
(D) Insufficient data

PN junction diode behave as?


A) Constant resistance
B) Variable resistance
C) Constant current source
D) Constant voltage source

Supercapacitors store electrical energy at an


Answer: electrode–electrolyte interface

Electric field intensity is the?


A) Curl of potential
B) Gradient of potential
C) Both A & B
D) Sum of potential

In RLC circuit at resonance


ANS: (𝑿𝑳=𝑿𝑪)

Synchronous motor is?


A) Self-starting
B) Non-self-starting
C) Both self and non-self-starting
D) None of the above

Ideal voltage source has?


A) Constant voltage and variable current
B) Constant current and variable voltage
C) Constant voltage and constant current
D) None of the above

The current sensitive instruments are


a. PMMC
b. Hot wire instruments
c. Electrostatic instruments
d. Both (a) and (b)

which is this law “the net flux of an electric field in a closed surface is directly proportional to the
enclosed electric charge”:
A) Ohm’s law
B) Ampere’s law
C) Gauss’s law
D) Stoke’s law

What is a load factor?


A) The ratio of average to maximum demand.
B) The ratio of maximum demand to average load
C) The product of maximum demand and average load.
D) The ratio of average load to the plant capacity.

Which of the following is an impulse turbine?


A) Pelton wheel
B) Kaplan turbine
C) Both A & B
D) None of the above

Solar cell produces which type of energy


A) AC
B) DC
C) Both A & B
D) None of the above

Which of the following does not stores energy in chemical form?


Answer: (Solar energy)

Which Chinese electric company has proposed 4th time to buy 66.40% shares of K- electric?
A) China Electric Company
B) North China Electric Company
C) China Electrical and Power Company
D) Shanghai Electric Power Company Limited
Ideal current source can provide
A) Constant voltage
B) Constant current
C) Both A&B
D) Constant capacitance

Series RLC Circuit relation is for


ANSWER: [Band pass Filter]

The efficiency of a thermal power plant cannot be increased because of:


A. Turbine
B. Super heater
C. Alternator
D. Condenser

As the frequency of excitation is increased, the reactance of an inductor:


A. Does not change
B. Decreases to zero
C. Decreases to a fixed value
D. Increases

Width of resonance curve in a R-L-C network is determined by:


A. R and L only
B. L and Conly
C. R.L.C.
D. Name of the above

A 230 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, single phase, induction motor draws 3A and gives 500 watts. What is the
efficiency of motor at 0.8 PF?
A. 85.42%
B. 88.96%
C. 90.57%
D. 95.42%
Eff=500 / (0.8*230*3)

FFC test 2017 
Drop out to cutoff ratio for most relays is of the order of
a) 0.2 to 0.3
b) 0.3 to 0.4
c) 0.4 to 0.6
d) 0.6 to 1.0

The efficiency of a thermal power plant improves with


A. increased quantity of coal burnt
B. larger quantity of water used
C. lower load in the plant
D. use of high steam pressures

Why regenerator use in gas turbine power plant?


1. To produce extra heat
2. To produce high pressure in the chamber
3. To produce a high temperature
4. To recover heat from exhaust gases

For diesel locomotives the range of horsepower is


A. 50 to 200
B. 500 to 1000
C. 1500 to 2500
D. 3000 to 5000

For cooling of large size generators hydrogen is used because


A. it is light
B. it offers reduced fire risk
C. it has high thermal conductivity
D. all of the above

Which device automatically interrupts the supply in the event of surges?


1. Earthing switch
2. Series reactor
3. Isolator
4. Circuit breaker

Which of the following type tests are conducted on isolators?


(A) Temperature rise test
(B) Impulse stage with stand test
(C) Short time current test
(D) All of the above.

The surge impedance loading of a long transmission line can be increased without adversely
affecting its stability by connecting
A. lumped inductances in series with the line
B. lumped inductances in shunt with the line
C. lumped capacitances in shunt with the line
D. lumped capacitances in series with the line

Compared to Gauss-Seidel method, Newton-Raphson method takes


A. Less number of iterations and more time per iteration
B. Less number of iterations and less time per iteration
C. More number of iterations and more time per iteration
D. More number of iterations and less time per iteration

If a load on secondary side of a transformer increases, the current on the primary side
1) Increases
2) Remains constant
3) None of these
4) Decreases

Which among the following methods are generally used for the calculation of symmetrical faults?
a. Norton theorem
b. Thevenin’s theorem
c. Kirchhoff’s laws
d. Only (b) and (c)
e. All of these

Which of the following loss of D.C. motor decreases with increase in load?
A. Friction and windage loss
B. Core loss
C. Brush contact loss
D. none of the above

Which of the following motors has highest starting torque?


A. Repulsion motor
B. Shaped pole motor
C. Capacitor-start motor
D. Split-phase motor

Tech and Research  
Which loss in a transformer varies significantly with load?
(A) Hysteresis loss
(B) eddy current loss
(C) copper loss
(D) core loss

In a power distribution system, the integrated demand is:


1. average demand over a specific period
2. joint demand of several consumers
3. supplementary of various consumers
4. none of above

If more than 100 logic gates are fabricated into a single chip, we get a
a. LSI Chip
b. MSI Chip
c. VLSI Chip
d. None

The Ratio √ (L/C) has the dimensions of


a. Resistance
b. Voltage
c. Current
d. Frequency

Wave winding dc generator gives higher


A. emf
B. current
C. both a and b
D. none

Among the series and shunt generators, which generator have the better regulation
A) series generator
B) shunt generator
C)same for a and b
Back-to-Back test is used in two identical shunt Machines for:
a. Full Load Losses
b. Stray Losses
c. No Load losses
d. None

The disadvantage of constant voltage transmission is


(A) short circuit current of the system is increased
(B) load power factor in heavy loads
(C) large conductor area is required for same power transmission
(D) air of the above.

To get Thevenin Resistor, you have to


a. Short the load resistor
b. opens the load resistor
c. Short the source voltage
d. opens the voltage source

With the same secondary voltage and capacitor filter, which rectifier has the most ripple?
a. Bridge Rectifier
b. Half wave Rectifier
c. Full wave Rectifier
d. None

A crack in the magnetic path of an inductor will result in


A. Unchanged inductance
B. Increased inductance
C. Zero inductance
D. Reduced inductance

Which of the following are ill suited for energy efficient motors application?
a. Pumps
b. Fans
c. Punch Presses
d. All of above

Reduction in supply voltage by 10% will change the torque of the motor by ___.
a) 38%
b) 19%
c) 9.5%
d) no change

Which of the following needs to be measured after rewinding of the motor?


a. No load current
b. Winding Resistance
c. Air Gap
d. All the above

A 2- Hp 220 V- RMS Single Phase Induction Motor operates at full load with 80% efficiency and 0.75
Lagging Power factor. The magnitude of the RMS motor current is most nearly
a. 4.07 A
b. 11.3
c. 6.35
d. 8.78

A 30-Ohm resistor, a pure capacitance having a reactance magnitude of 80 Ohm and a pure
inductance having a reactance magnitude of 40 Ohm are in series. The impedance magnitude of the
series combination is most nearly:
a. 150 Ohm
b. 50 Ohm
c. 14.1 Ohm
d. 17.1 Ohm

A 50hp, 250V dc shunt motor is connected to a 230 V supply and delivers power to a load drawing
an armature current of 200A at 1200 rpm. If the armature resistance 0.2Ω, evaluate the load torque
if the rotational losses are 500W
1. 298.4
2. 258.4
3. 238.4

___________ relays are used for phase faults on long line.


a) Impedance
b) Reactance
c) Either of the above
d) None of the above

An induction motor has synchronous speed of 1500 rpm. What will be the slip when it is running at
a speed of 1450 rpm?

a) +3.33%
b) -3.33%
c) +3%
d) -3%

A single 6 V pulse with a width of 600 s is applied to an integrator consisting of a 150 kilo ohm
resistor and a 0.002 F capacitor. To what voltage will the capacitor charge?

a) 8.18 V
b) 6.18 V
c) 5.18 V
d) 7.18 V

The power factor of an induction motor operating at no load


a) 0.2 lag
b) 0.2 lead
c) 0.9 lag
d) 0.9 lead

A certain appliance uses 350 W. If it is allowed to run continuously for 24 days, how many
kilowatt-hours of energy does it consume?
a) 20.16 kWh
b) 201.6 kWh
c) 2.01 kWh
d) 8.4 kWh

The depletion mode MOSFET can operate


a) can operate with only positive gate voltages
b) can operate with only negative gate voltages
c) cannot operate in the ohmic region
d) can operate with positive as well as negative gate voltages
In an analog switch the aperture time is the time it takes for the switch to,
a) Fully open after the control switches from hold to sample
b) Fully close after the control switches from sample to hold
c) Fully open after the control switches from sample to hold
d) Fully close after the control switches from hold to sample

Which of the following are true?


(i) the quadrature voltage compensator would control active power flow in the system
(ii) an in-phase voltage booster would control the reactive power flow in the system
(iii) the natural loading limit is the lowest limit for power transfer
(iv) thermal limit is the highest limit for power transfer

a) (i) and (ii) are correct only


b) only (ii) is correct
c) (ii) and (iii) are correct
d) all are correct

For a perfectly matched transmission line, the voltage standing wave ratio is,
a) Unity
b) Zero
c) Maximum
d) minimum

Many types of pressure transducers are made with


(a) thermistors
(b) RTDs
(c) strain gauges
(d) none of these

Often a common-collector will be the last stage before the load; the main function(s) of this stage is
to:
a) provide voltage gain
b) provide phase inversion
c) provide a high-frequency path to improve the frequency response
d) buffer the voltage amplifiers from the low-resistance load and provide impedance
matching for maximum power transfer

In Var compensators using thyristors


(a) filters are not necessary
(b) the dominant harmonic is second
(c) filters are needed for 5th and 7th harmonic
(d) capacitors are switched on the h.v. side only

A 15 V source is connected across a 15 ohm resistor. How much energy is used in three minutes?
a) 75 Wh
b) 0.75 Wh
c) 95 Wh
d) 0.95 Wh
A 120-V rms voltage at 60.0 Hz is applied across an inductor, a capacitor, and a resistor in series. If
the RMS value of the current in this circuit is 0.6 A, what is the impedance of this circuit?
a) 100 Ω
b) 120 Ω
c) 140 Ω
d) 200 Ω

A PLL maintains lock by comparing


a) the phase of two signal
b) the frequency of two signals
c) the amplitude of two signals

The synchronous reactance per phase of a 3-phase star connected 6,600 V synchronous motor is 10
Ω. For a certain load the input is 900 kW and the induced line emf is 8900 V. What is the line
current? Neglect resistance
a) 150.5 A
b) 149.4 A
c) 138.6 A
d) 120.8 A

A 1−φ, synchronous motor has a back e.m.f. of 250 V, leading by 150 electrical degrees over the
applied voltage of 200 volts. The synchronous reactance of the armature is 2.5 times its
resistance. Find the power factor at which the motor is operating.
a) 0.562
b) 0.9285
c) 0.8726
d) 0.9621

1 dB corresponds to ___________ change in voltage or current level.


a) 40%
b) 25%
c) 20%
d) 80%

A Hold circuit when used in conjunction with high sampling rate provides satisfactory
performance. Which one?
a) First order hold
b) Zero order hold (ZOH)
c) RLC circuit
d) All of the above

____________ is the steady state error for closed loop system for step input
𝟏
a.
𝟏 𝑮 𝟎
b.
c. None

A power amplifier has a gain of 20dB and an input level of 2volts. Assuming that the input and
impedance are the same, what is the voltage level at amplifier output?
(A) 200V
(B) 20V
(C) 10V
(D) 50V

A Buchholz relay is used for


A. protection of a transformer against all internal faults
B. protection of a transformer against all external faults
C. both 1 and 2
D. nether 1 nor 2

What is the main purpose of oil in oil circuit breakers?


a. Provide insulation
b. Quenching arc.
c. Provide cooling of contacts.
d. None of the above

In an induction motor, no-load the slip is generally


A. less than 1%
B. around 5%
C. less than 5%
D. More than 5%

What operation is performed in 2nd quadrant of the 4 quadrant Operation


A. Forward Braking,
B. Forward motoring,
C. Reverse motoring
D. Reverse braking

Which of the following are integrating instruments?


A. Ammeters
B. Voltmeters
C. Wattmeter
D. Ampere-hour and watt-hour meters

In a synchronous modem, the digital to Analog converter transmits the signal to the
A-Lan Card
B-Data Cable
C-Demodulator
D-Equalizer

Which of the following system need input information about customers’ orders, programmed
inventory control level, bank reconciliation, and cash receipts/payments?
A- Operational Level System
B- Knowledge Level
C-Management/Tactical Level
D-Strategic Level

Which among the following methods are used to improve steady state stability?
a. Reducing the reactance between the transmission and receiving points.
b. By using bundled conductors.
c. By increasing the excitation of generator or motor or both.
d. All of these
e. None of these

Steady-state stability of a power system is improved by


A. Reducing fault clearing time
B. Using double circuit line instead of single circuit line
C. Single pole switching
D. Decreasing generator inertia

Methods of improving transient stability


1. Fast acting governing system
2. Reducing system reactance
3. Fast acting excitation control
4. Dynamic breaking
5. Single pole switching
6. Shunt compensation
7. all of these

What is the main purpose of oil in oil circuit breakers?


a. Provide insulation
b. Quenching arc.
c. Provide cooling of contacts.
d. None of the above

Which property of the oil helps to break the current in an oil circuit breaker?
1. Induction
2. Radiation
3. Insulation
4. Conduction

What operation is performed in 2nd quadrant of the 4 quadrant DC motor control system Operation?
A. Forward Braking,
B. Forward motoring,
C. Reverse motoring
D. Reverse braking

If the flux density in the core of a transformer is increased


(a) frequency of secondary winding will change
(b) wave shape on secondary side will be distorted
(c) size of transformer can be reduced
(d) eddy current loss will reduce.
What will happen if power transformers is designed at higher flux density?
Iron losses will be reduced
Copper losses will be reduced
Part load efficiency will be increased
Weight per KVA will be reduced

Given that Z1= 200 − 40j Ω and Z2= 60 + 130j Ω are connected in parallel what will be the
equivalent impedance?
87.18+60.64j
83.18+40.64j
67.18+80.64j
27.18+70.64j

Which of the following does not change in a transformer?


Current
Voltage
Frequency
All of the above

Which of the following are integrating instruments?


A. Ammeters
B. Voltmeters
C. Wattmeter
D. Ampere-hour and watt-hour meters

Ampere hour meter is a/an:


a. recording instrument
b. compound instrument
c. indicating instrument
d. integrating instrument

Which type of structure is preferred in modern stations?


a. Aluminum alloy structure
b. Galvanized steel structure
c. Fabricated structure
d. All of these

If induction motor rotor’s reactance increases then torque


Decreases
Increases
none

Which winding in a transformer has a greater number of turns?


Constant voltage winding
Low voltage winding
Secondary winding
High voltage winding

Cycloconverter converts
a. fixed DC to variable voltage and variable frequency AC
b. fixed DC to variable DC
c. fixed AC to variable DC
d. Fixed AC to variable frequency AC

A cycloconverter is a device which


measures frequency of AC mains
converts AC of one frequency to AC of other frequency
converts AC to DC
converts DC to AC

A cycloconverter can be
A. step down
B. step up
C. step down or step up
D. none of the above

Operating torques in analogue instruments are


A. deflecting and control
B. deflecting and damping
C. deflecting, control and damping
D. vibration and balancing

An RC differentiator acts as a
A. Low-pass filter
B. High-pass filter
C. Band-pass filter
D. Band-stop filter

2’s complement of 11001011 is ____________


a) 01010111
b) 11010100
c) 00110101
d) 11100010

If a copper wire is stretched to make it 0.1% longer, what is the percentage change in its resistance?
A) 0.2%
B) 0.5%
C) 0.1%
D) 0.05%

A resistor R1 dissipates the power P when connected to a certain generator. If resistance R2 is put
in series with R1 the power dissipated by R1
(i) decreases
(ii) increases
(iii) remains the same
(iv) any of the above depending upon the values of R1 and R2

In an open loop system


a) Output controls the input signal
b) Output has no control over input signal
c) Some other variable control the input signal
d) Neither output nor any other variable has any effect on input
Ans: (d)

In open loop control system


A. Output is independent of control input
B. Output is dependent of control input
C. Only system parameters have effect on the control of output
D. none

In an open loop control system


1. output signal has no control on the input signal
2. None of the variables have any effect on the input signal
3. System variables effect the output signal
4. All of these

An ideal AMP gives __________ output when two inputs having zero volts.
a. Zero
b. Maximum
c. Negative
d. Positive

The induction motor has lagging power factor during


(i) starting only
(ii) operation only
(iii) both starting and operation
(iv) none of above

Open circuit test on transformer is used to find


A. Core losses
B. Copper losses
C. Hysteresis loss
D. Eddy current loss
E. Sum of Eddy current loss and hysteresis loss

An over-excited synchronous motor running in parallel with induction motors can be used in
improve the power factor of
A. supply line
B. transformer
C. generators
D. all of the above

An SCR can exercise control over ___________ of a.c. supply


A. Positive half-cycles only
B. Negative half-cycles only
C. Both positive and negative half-cycles
D. Positive or negative half-cycles

Which of the following motors is preferred when smooth and precise speed control over a wide
range is desired?
A. D.C. motor
B. Squirrel cage induction motor
C. Wound rotor induction motor
D. Synchronous motor

For a high-speed circuit breaker, the total clearing time is nearly


A. 1 to 2 cycles
B. 5 to 10 cycles
C. 10 to 15 cycles
D. Less than 50 cycles
Ans. A

A relay used on long transmission lines is


A. Mho's relay
B. Reactance relay
C. Impedance relay
D. No relay is used
Ans. A

In transformer the short circuit test is performed to determine:


A. Only hysteresis losses
B. Only eddy current losses
C. Complete core losses
D. Copper losses

Turn on time of an SCR can be reduced by using a:


1. Rectangular pulse of high amplitude and narrow width
2. Rectangular pulse of low amplitude and wide width
3. Triangular pulse
4. Trapezoidal pulse

Which of the following statement about corona is incorrect?


(A) Corona gives rise to radio interference
(B) Corona results in loss of power in transmission
(C) Corona discharge can be observed as red luminescence
(D) Corona is always accompanied by a hissing noise.

The crawling in the induction motor is caused by


A. Low voltage supply
B. High loads
C. Harmonics developed in the motor
D. Improper design of the machine

An induction motor when started on load, it does not accelerate up to full speed but runs at 1/7th of
the rated speed. The motor is said to be
A. locking
B. pluming
C. crawling
D. cogging

If a synchronous motor drops too far behind, the power it takes from the supply also increases too
much, and the armature tries to get accelerated, until it is in correct position. Sometimes, some
motor overshoots the marks and then the process of acceleration-retardation continues. This
phenomenon is known as
(A) synchronization
(B) hunting
(C) pulling out
(D) swinging

Hunting in a synchronous motor takes place


A. when supply voltage fluctuates
B. when load varies
C. when power factor is unity
D. motor is under loaded

In a synchronous motor, the damping winding is generally used to


A. prevent hunting and provide the starting torque
B. reduce the eddy currents
C. provide starting torque only
D. reduce noise level

Which of the following will not happen if one of the phases to the induction motor is not available?
a) Motor will start but operate at lower speed
b) It will hum but not start
c) It will continue to operate below 57.7% of rated load
d) External means are needed to make it run at rated speed

If a 3-phase induction motor is started when one of the phases is not available, then the motor
A. will hum but not start.
B. will continue to operate satisfactorily on load below 57.7% of rated load if brought up to speed
by some external means.
C. will operate under reduced load but usually with considerable vibrations in case of wound rotor
motor is brought up to speed by some external means.
D. start and operate at a lower speed.
E. all of the above except (d).

How is the voltage and frequency controlled in automatic generation control?


A. By controlling the excitation
B. By controlling the turbine action
C. Turbine speed control for voltage and excitation control for frequency
D. Excitation control for voltage and turbine speed control for voltage.

Which of the following is used for providing protection against incoming surges?
(a) Silicon oxide varistor
(b) Germanium oxide varistor
(c) Metal oxide varistor
(d) All of above

Which among these is a type of surge arrestor?


A. Conventional gapped arrestors
B. Metal oxide arrestors
C. Both (A) and (B)
D. None of these
The inductance of an iron-core coil decreases if ___.
The number of turns is decreased
The iron core is removed
The length of the coil decreases
None of the above

A long transmission line has a large capacitance. If such a line is open-circuited or connected to the
very light load at the receiving end, the magnitude of the voltage at the receiving end becomes
higher than the voltage at the sending end. Such a phenomenon is called:
1. Skin effect
2. Corona loss
3. Ferranti effect
4. Sag in transmission lines

A wire of resistance 12 ohm is bent in the form of a circular ring. The effective resistance between
the two points on any diameter of the circle is:
Medium
A 24 ohm
B 12 ohm
C 6 ohm
D 3 ohm

High dielectric constant materials is must for _____ .


A. generators
B. motors
C. switch gears
D. capacitors

Which kind of polarization is provided by helical antennas?


a. Plane
b. Elliptical
c. Circular
d. All of the above

Which of the following antennas gives circular polarization?


1. Yagi-Uda
2. Parabolic
3. Helical
4. Dipole

Self-induced EMF is sometimes also known as


A. induced EMF
B deduce EMF
C back EMF
D both a and b

The wavelength of microwaves at 100 GHz will be


A. 3 cm
B. 0.3 cm
C. 0.03 cm
D. 0.3 cm
Function of transducer is to convert
A. Electrical signal into non electrical quantity
B. Non electrical quantity into electrical signal
C. Electrical signal into mechanical quantity
D. All of these

The similarity between the Fourier transform and the z transform is that
A. Both convert frequency spectrum domain to discrete time domain
B. Both convert discrete time domain to frequency spectrum domain
C. Both convert analog signal to digital signal
D. Both convert digital signal to analog signal

Which one is most suitable power device for high frequency (>100 KHz) switching application?
1. Power MOSFET
2. BJT
3. Schottky diode
4. None of These

RTDs are typically connected with other fixed resistors


A. in a pi configuration
B. in a bridge configuration
C. and variable resistors
D. and capacitors in a filter-type circuit

A (75 – j50)-ohm is connected to a coaxial transmission line of Zo = 75 ohms, at 10 GHz. The best
method of matching consists of connecting
A. A short-circuited stub at the load
B. An inductive at the load
C. A capacitance at some specific distance from the load
D. A short-circuited stub at some specific distance from the load

The impedance at the center of the antenna is known as?


a) Characteristic impedance
b) Radiation resistance
c) Transmission impedance
d) Recovery resistance

The resolution of an n bit DAC with a maximum input of 5 V is 5 mV. The value of n is
1. 8
2. 9
3. 10
4. 11
The secondary winding of which of the following transformers is always kept closed?
A. Step-up transformer
B. Step-down transformer
C. Potential transformer
D. Current transformer

What is the biasing condition of junctions in bipolar junction transistor to work as an amplifier?
1. Reverse biased base to emitter junction and reverse biased base to collector junction
2. Forward biased base to emitter junction and reverse biased base to collector junction
3. Forward biased base to emitter junction and forward biased base to collector junction
4. Reverse biased base to emitter junction and forward biased base to collector junction

IP Security operates in which layer of the OSI model?


A. network
B. transport
C. application
D. physical

In which rectifier the transformer is not required?


1. Half-wave
2. Full-wave
3. Bridge
4. All of the above

Before data can be transmitted, they must be transformed to ________.


a. periodic signals
b. electromagnetic signals
c. aperiodic signals
d. low-frequency sine waves

When bandwidth is the major consideration a narrow and wide band FM can be approximated to?
A) DSB-SC
B) SSB
C) VSB
D) AM

The dielectric loss tangent can be measured by using __________.


A. Schering bridge
B. Anderson’s bridge
C. Maxwell’s bridge
D. none of these

In which system does the output not affect the process in any way?
a. Open loop system
b. Closed loop system
c. Both a. and b.
d. None of the above

In an optical fiber communication system, which among the following is not a typical transmitter
function?
a. Coding for error protection
b. Decoding of input data
c. Electrical to optical conversion
d. Recoding to match output standard

Which of the following oscillators uses a capacitive voltage divider to provide feedback?
1. Colpitts
2. Multivibrator
3. Hartley
4. RC phase shift

A system is said to be unstable if


A. None of the poles of its transfer function is shifted to the right half of s-plane
B. At least one zero of its transfer functions is shifted to the right half of s-plane
C. At least one pole of its transfer function is shifted to the right half of s-plane
D. At least one pole of its transfer function is shifted to the left half of s-plane

Current transformers and potential transformers are used to increase the ranges of
A. Ac ammeter and ac voltmeter respectively
B. Ac ammeter and dc voltmeter respectively
C. Dc ammeter and dc voltmeter respectively
D. Dc ammeter and ac voltmeter respectively

Why is AC preferred over DC for transmission of electrical power


A. AC to DC conversion and vice versa is very easy
B. Transmission losses in AC are lower
C. AC transmission is unaffected by random phase change
D. Frequency of AC do not change

In a DC motor back emf is directly proportional to:


1. No. of armature conductors
2. No. of poles
3. Speed
4. Flux

The speed of a dc motor is


A. directly proportional to back emf and flux.
B. directly proportional to its back emf and inversely proportional to flux.
C. inversely proportional to both hack emf and flux.
D. directly proportional to flux and inversely proportional to back emf.

Which of following is relationship of capacitance of a capacitor to relative permittivity?


1. Capacitance is directly proportional relative permittivity
2. Capacitance is inversely proportional
3. Capacitance is directly proportional to cube of
4. Capacitance is directly proportional to square of
A megger is a device used for measuring:
1. Extremely high voltages
2. Extremely high currents
3. Extremely high resistances
4. All of the above

Proximity effect depends on


1. frequency
2. distance between the conductors
3. relative permeability
4. all of the above

Ferranti effect occurs under


1. full load
2. no load
3. half load
4. any of the above

Trickle charging of a storage battery helps to


(a) maintain proper electrolyte level
(b) increase its reserve capacity
(c) prevent sulphation
(d) keep it fresh and fully charged

When the temperature of a ferromagnetic material is increased above curie temperature then
1. The ferromagnetic material changes into paramagnetic material and lose magnetic
field.
2. The ferromagnetic material changes into diamagnetic material.
3. The ferromagnetic material changes into state from solid to liquid.
4. The ferromagnetic material changes into superconducting material.

The synchronous motor as a synchronous condenser is used to


a. Improve power factor
b. Reduce hunting
c. Both (a) and (b)
d. None of these

Apart from the skin effect the non-uniformity of the current distribution is also caused by
1. bundled conductors
2. Ferranti effect
3. proximity effect
4. all of the above

To save energy during braking-----------------braking is used?


1. dynamic
2. plugging
3. regenerative
4. all of the above

The relay operating speed depends upon_________________?


1. the spring tensions
2. the rate of flux built up
3. armature core air gap
4. all of the above

The concept of V/f control of inverters driving induction motors results in


1. constant torque operation
2. speed reversal
3. reduced magnetic loss
4. hormonic elimination

Double integration of a unit step function would lead to


1. an impulse
2. a parabola
3. a ramp
4. a hypercube

All single phase motors have


a) Large starting torque
b) Zero starting torque
c) Medium starting torque
d) Very small starting torque

The factor considered vital while measuring dielectric insulation resistance?


(A) Crest factor
(B) Form factor
(C) Power factor
https://www.yourelectricalguide.com/2017/04/ac-
fundamentals.html#:~:text=The%20peak%20factor%20has%20very,the%20value%20of%20maxi
mum%20flux.

The current flowing through an unloaded voltage divider is called the:


A. resistor current
B. load current
C. bleeder current
D. voltage current

If sag on a transmission is increase, the tension will:


1. Decrease
2. Increase
3. not be affected at all
4. sometimes increase and sometimes decrease

Which motor does not run-on ac?


1. DC shunt motor
2. DC series Motor
3. AC synchronous motor
4. AC Induction Motor

The switching function of semiconductor devices can be characterized with___________?


A. Duty ratio only
B. Frequency only
C. Duty ratio and frequency
D. Duty ratio, frequency and time delay

Stub-matching eliminates standing waves on


A. load side of stub
B. transmitter side of stub
C. both sides of stub
D. None of the above

The temperature at which magnetic field strength becomes is called curie point
A. Zero
B. Maximum
C. Minimum

When the excitation of an unloaded salient pole synchronous motor suddenly gets disconnected
A. It stops
B. It runs as a reluctance motor at the same speed
C. It runs as a reluctance motor at a lower speed
D. None of the above

An increase in rotor circuit reactance of a 3-phase induction motor will


A. reduce starting torque as well as maximum torque.
B. increase starting torque as well as maximum torque.
C. increase starting torque and reduce maximum torque.
D. increase maximum torque and reduce starting torque.

In a Y-Y source/load configuration, the


A. Phase current, the line current, and the load current are all equal in each phase
B. Phase current, the line current, and the load current are 120° out of phase
C. Phase current and the line current are in phase, and both are 120° out of phase with the load
current
D. Line current and the load current are in phase, and both are out of phase with the phase current

Hunting occurs in a/an __________ motor.


1. DC shunt
2. Synchronous
3. DC series
4. Induction

A 3 phase, 420 V, 60 Hz induction motor is to be run on 50 Hz supply, which of the following will
be the satisfactory supply voltage for the machine.
A. 440
B. 420
C. 375
D. 350
In AC circuits, AC meters measure
A. Mean values
B. Rms values
C. Peak values
D. Mean square values

The OP-amp can amplify


1. a.c. signals only
2. d.c. signals only
3. both a.c. and d.c. signals
4. neither d.c. nor a.c. signals.

A 400 W carrier is modulated to a depth of 75 percent. Calculate the total power in the modulated
wave
1. 256 W
2. 512 W
3. 768 W
4. 128 W

Total power Pt = Pc(1+m^2/2)


=400(1+0.75^2/2)
=400(1+0.5625/2)
=400(1+0.28125)
=400(1.2815)
=512.5W

The condition occurring when two or more devices try to write data to a bus simultaneously is
called ________.
A. address decoding
B. bus contention
C. bus collisions
D. address multiplexing

An audio signal given by 15 sin 2π (2000 t) amplitude modulates a sinusoidal carrier wave 60 sin
2π (100,000) t. The modulation index is
(1) 1
(2) 0.25
(3) 0.5
(4) 0.33

The electric field intensity on the surface of a charged conductor is


A. Zero
B. Directed normally to the surface
C. Directed tangentially to the surface.
D. directed along 45 to the surface.
By increasing the number of turns 3 times in a toroidal solenoid, the magnetic field
A will become three times
B will remain unchanged
C will reduce to one-third
D none of these

Technology used in inverters


1. PWM
2. PSM

The power factor of incandescent bulb is


A. 0.8 lagging
B. 0.8 leading
C. Unity
D. Zero

Which method is opted to achieve speed control above the rated RPM for a DC motor?
1. Flux control method
2. Armature circuit resistance
3. Ward Leonard
4. Voltage control method

If an alternator is operating at leading power factor, then it can be concluded that


A. the alternator is under-excited
B. the alternator is over-excited
C. the torque angle of the alternator has negative value
D. the residual magnetism of the poles is zero

Voltage regulation for an alternator operating at leading power factor is


1. Negative
2. Positive
3. None

The three terminals of the IGBT are


a) base, emitter & collector
b) gate, source & drain
c) gate, emitter & collector
d) base, source & drain

An RC differentiator acts as a
a) Low-pass filter
b) High-pass filter
c) Band-pass filter
d) Band-stop filter

A heat sink is generally used with a transistor to ___________


a) increase the forward current
b) decrease the forward current
c) compensate for excessive doping
d) prevent excessive temperature rise

Megger is used to measure


a) Breakdown voltage of insulation
b) Earth resistance
c) Insulation resistance
d) None of the above

Which type of insulator is used on 132 kV transmission lines?


a) Pin type
b) Disc type
c) Shackle type
d) Pin and shackle type

The hysteresis cycle for the material of a transformer core is


a) short and wide
b) tall and narrow
c) tall and wide
d) short and narrow

At high frequency Transformer core is


a) Ferrite
b) soft iron
c) silicon iron
d) air core

An RC series circuit is connected to 300-volt DC source. The voltage across the capacitor after one
time constant is 189.6

Digital signals transmitted on a single conductor (and a ground) must be transmitted in:
a) slow speed
b) parallel
c) serial
d) analog

2's complement of binary number 0101 is 1011.

Explanation: 1's complement of 0101 is 1010 and 2's complement is 1010+1 = 1011

How a triangular wave generator is derived from square wave generator?


a) Connect oscillator at the output
b) Connect Voltage follower at the output
c) Connect differential at the output
d) Connect integrator at the output

A silicon semiconductor diode when subjected to ohmmeter testing gives low resistance in both the
directions. Which of the following is the correct inference to be drawn?
a) Diode is faulty
b) Power failure to the Ohmmeter
c) Diode is short-circuited
d) Diode is open circuited
Explanation: A proper diode gives a low resistance reading along one direction and high resistance
reading along the other. Hence, if diode gives low resistance readings in both the directions, then
the diode must be short-circuited. It’s noteworthy that a faulty diode gives a high resistance reading
along both the paths.

In the flux control method for controlling the speed of D.C. shunt motor, the speed control is not
possible
a) Below normal rated speed
b) Above normal rated speed
c) Both (a) and (b)
d) None of these

A relay is ……….. switch


a) A mechanical
b) An electronic
c) An electromechanical
d) None of the above

An integrating circuit is a simple RC series circuit with output taken across ………
a) Both R and C
b) R
c) C
d) None of the above

The inputs of a NAND gate are connected together. The resulting circuit is ………….
a) OR gate
b) AND gate
c) NOT gate
d) None of the above

An SCR can exercise control over ………. of a.c. supply


a) Positive half-cycles only
b) Negative half-cycles only
c) Both positive and negative half-cycles
d) Positive or negative half-cycles

With zero volts on both inputs, an OP-amp ideally should have an output ………..
a) equal to the positive supply voltage
b) equal to the negative supply voltage
c) equal to zero
d) equal to CMRR

………….. multivibrator is a square wave oscillator.


a) Monostable
b) Astable
c) Bistable
d) none of the above

The deflection sensitivity of a CRT depends inversely on the


a) distance between screen and defecting plates
b) length of the vertical deflecting plates
c) separation between Y- plates
d) defecting voltage

Number of magnetic circuits in a four pole DC machine is


a) One
b) Two
c) Four
d) eight

If a copper wire is stretched to make it 0.1% longer. What is the percentage change in its
resistance?
a) 0.2
b) 0.4
c) 1
d) 2

A resistance R1 is connected with a DC generator and dissipates power if R2 is inserted in Series


with it, power dissipated across R1
a) Remain same
b) Increases
c) decreases

Power factor of induction motor is lagging during


a) Starting
b) Operation
c) Operation and starting

In open loop control system


a) Output is independent of control input
b) input is independent of system parameters
c) system parameters have effect on the control output
d) all of the above

When bandwidth is the major consideration a narrow and wide band FM can be approximated to?
a) DSB-SC
b) SSB
c) VSB
d) AM
Explanation: For narrow and wide bands frequency modulation, modulation index is respectively
smaller and greater than 1. When bandwidth is considered, it can be approximated to AM

A current flow in a conductor from east to west. The direction of the magnetic field at a point
above the conductor is:
towards north

Power factor of a transformer


a) Leading
b) Lagging
c) Depends on load
d) None
The steady state stability of the power system can be improved by:
a) Increasing the number of parallel lines between the transmission points
b) Connecting capacitors in series with the line
c) Reducing the excitation of the machines
d) Both a and b

Which component of Hartley oscillator is used in feedback system?


a) Inductor
b) Resistor
c) Capacitor
d) Transistor
Explanation: The feedback used in Hartley oscillator is Voltage series feedback. Center tapped
inductors are used in Hartley oscillator to ensure feedback. These are often in parallel to a variable
capacitor, and feedback is sent into the base of the transistor.

The voltage regulation of an alternator with a power factor of 0.8 lagging is _____ at unity power
factor
a) greater than
b) the same as
c) smaller than
d) 100%

An over-excited synchronous motor running in parallel with induction motors can be used in
improve the power factor of
a) supply line
b) Transformer
c) Generators
d) all of the above

The position and velocity errors of a type-2 system are


a) constant, constant
b) constant, infinity
c) zero, constant
d) zero, zero

Spring constant in force-voltage analogy is analogous to


a) capacitance
b) reciprocal of capacitance
c) current
d) resistance

In a control system, usually a differentiator is not a part it because


a) It reduces gain margin
b) It increases input noise
c) It reduces damping
d) It increases error

35. Which motor has the best speed regulation?


a) Series (poor speed regulation)
b) Shunt
c) Commutatively compounded
d) Differentially compounded (negative speed regulation)

Output of SCR in Cutoff Region


a) 0
b) Vcc, Ic=0A
c) Vcc/2
d) Vcc/3

In an alternator, the voltage drop occurs in


(A) armature resistance only
(B) armature resistance and leakage reactance only
(C) armature resistance, leakage reactance and armature reactance
(D) armature resistance, leakage reactance, armature reactance and earth connection

An alternator has full load regulation of 4% when the power factor of the load is 0.8 lagging, and
the alternator runs at 1500 rpm. If the same alternator is connected to a prime mover of 1400 rpm,
what will be its full load regulation?
(A) 4% (B) 15/14 * 4% (C) 14/15 * 4% (D) (14/15)2 * 4%

In a synchronous motor, which of the following losses does not vary with load?
(A) Copper loss (B) Hysteresis loss
(C) Windage loss (D) All of these change with load

A three phase 440 V, 50 Hz induction motor has a speed of 950 rpm. If the machine has 6 poles,
the percent slip would be
(A) 20% (B) 10% (C) 5% (D) (14/15)2 * 4%

A squirrel cage induction motor designed to run at 60 Hz is connected 400V, 50 Hz, 3-phase
supply. The rotor will
(A) burn out (B) not start
(C) run at 5/6 of the rated speed (D) run at 6/5 of the rated speed

A sinusoidal voltage with equation Vm=sin 314 t is applied across a load and the current lags
behind the voltage by 30 degrees. Which of the following is NOT correct?
(A) The load is inductive in nature
(B) No power will be consumed in the circuit
(C) The frequency of the current will be the same as that of the voltage
(D) Power factor of the circuit will have a value less than 1.0

Which of the following is not the function of transformer oil?


(A) Cooling the primary coil (B) Cooling the secondary coil
(C) Providing additional insulation (D) Providing inductive coupling

Over voltage transient may occur in a transmission line due to


(A) Lightening (B) Switching
(C) Arcing ground (D) Any of the above

Which of the following statements is not correct for a pure inductive circuit?
(A) The power factor of the circuit is zero
(B) The power consumed in the circuit is zero
(C) The instantaneous power in the circuit can have any value positive, negative or zero
(D) All of the above statements are true for a pure inductive circuit

A transmitting aerial is radiating un-modulated carrier, the radiated power being 1200 W. If the
carrier is now modulated simultaneously by two pure notes to depth of 20% and 40% respectively,
the total power radiated will now be
(A) 1320 W (B) 1200 W (C) 1180 W (D) 920 W

“Current in rotor of an induction machine has the same frequency as the supply”. Which of the
following comments is most valid?
(A) The statement is wrong because there is DC in the rotor of an induction machine
(B) The statement is wrong because frequency in rotor is more than supply frequency
(C) The statement is wrong because frequency in rotor is slip times the stator field frequency;
normally very smaller compared to supply frequency
(D) The statement is true

Machine with a negative slip is


(A) Induction Motor (B) Brake
(C) Induction Generator (D) Synchronous machine

An Induction motor is analogous to


(A) DC motor (B) Transformer
(C) Synchronous motor (D) DC Generator

Blocked rotor test is analogous to


(A) SC test (B) OC test (C) Swinburne (D) Load test

If stator field is rotating in clockwise direction rotor rotates in


(A) any direction (B) cannot predict (C) anticlockwise (D) clockwise

A resistor has a value of 680 , and you expect it will have to draw 1 mA maximum continuous
current. What power rating is best for this application?
(A) ¼ W (B) ½ W (C) 1 W (D) 2 W

Three 3Ω resistors are connected to form a triangle. What is the resistance between any two of the
corners?
(A) ¾ Ω (B) 3Ω (C) 2 Ω (D) 4/3 Ω

A total current of 352 A is flowing through a circuit having two loads in parallel with resistances of
132 Ohms and 44 ohms respectively. The current in 44 Ohms resistance will be:
(A) 88 A (B) 264 A (C) 352 A (D) 44 A

A standard 60 W bulb is in series with a room heater and connected across the mains. If the 60 W
bulb is replaced by 100 W bulb
(A) The heater output will increase
(B) The heater output will remain unaltered
(C) The heater output will decrease
(D) None of the above is correct

The hot resistance of a tungsten lamp is about 10 times the cold resistance. Accordingly, cold
resistance of a 100 W, 200 V lamp will be
(A) 4000 Ω (B) 400 Ω (C) 40 Ω (D) 4Ω
Which of the following material can be used as fuse material?
(A) Silver (B) Copper
(C) Aluminum (D) Any of the above

Which of the following relations for the power factor is incorrect?


(A) Power factor = Real power / Apparent power
(B) Power factor = Resistance / Impedance
(C) Power factor = kW / kVA
(D) None of the above

Voltmeters should generally have:


(A) Large internal resistance.
(B) Low internal resistance.
(C) Maximum possible sensitivity.
(D) Ability to withstand large currents.

The value of inductance necessary to produce resonance at 100 kHz with a capacitance of 0.001 µF
is
(A) 25 mH (B) 2.5 mH (C) 0.25 mH (D) 0.025 mH

The function of a breather in a transformer is


(A) To provide oxygen to the cooling oil
(B) To provide cooling air
(C) To arrest flow of moisture when outside air enters the transformer
(D) To filter the transformer oil

If excitation current of alternator is decreased then stability of alternator in a Transmission system


will
(A) Increase
(B) Decrease
(C) Remain constant
(D) Excitation is not used in an alternator

A short circuit test on a transformer gives


(A) Copper losses at full load
(B) Copper losses at half load
(C) Iron losses at any load
(D) Sum of iron losses and copper losses

If the frequency of the supply voltage is doubled, which of the following losses will increase in a
transformer?
(A) Eddy current loss
(B) Hysteresis loss
(C) Copper loss
(D) None of the above

If the e.m.f. in the rotor of a three pole induction motor has a frequency of 1.5 Hz and that in the
stator is 50 Hz. What is the speed at which the motor is running?
(A) 750 rpm
(B) 744 rpm
(C) 727.5 rpm
(D) 713.5 rpm

A 3-phase slip ring induction motor has


(A) Short circuited rotor
(B) Double cage rotor
(C) Wound rotor
(D) All of the above

Which method of starting an induction motor is expected to take largest starting current.
(A) Direct on-line starting
(B) Stator rotor starting
(C) Star-delta starting
(D) Auto-transformer starting

The back e.m.f. set up in the stator of a synchronous motor will depend upon
(A) Rotor speed only
(B) Rotor excitation only
(C) Rotor excitation and rotor speed
(D) Coupling angle, rotor speed and excitation

An alternator is generating power at 210 V per phase while running at 1500 rpm. If the speed of an
alternator drops to 1000 rpm the generated voltage per phase will be
(A) 180 V
(B) 150 V
(C) 140 V
(D) 105 V

The driving power from the prime-mover driving the alternator is lost but the alternator remains
connected to the supply network and the field supply also remains on. The alternator will
(A) Get itself burnt
(B) Behave as an induction motor but will rotate in opposite direction
(C) Behave as a synchronous motor and will rotate in the same direction
(D) Behave as a synchronous motor but will rotate in a reverse direction to that corresponding
to generator action

The transient voltage that appears across the contacts of a circuit breaker at the instant extinction is
called
(A) Recovery voltage
(B) Re-striking voltage
(C) Supply voltage
(D) Peak voltage

As compared to oscillators, an inverter provides


(A) Low voltage output
(B) Low frequency output
(C) Distortion loss output
(D) Noiseless output

One’s complement of a binary number can be found out by


(A) Change all one’s to zero’s
(B) Change all zero’s to one’s
(C) Changing all one’s to zero’s and all zero’s to one’s
(D) (A) in case of even numbers and (B) in case of odd numbers.

Which cell has the reversible chemical reaction?


(A) Lead acid
(B) Mercury oxide
(C) Carbon zinc
(D) Silver oxide

The internal resistance of a dry cell is of the order of


(A) 0.2 to 0.4 ohm
(B) 1 to 1.5 ohm
(C) 2 to 5 ohm
(D) 1 to 15 ohm

The skin effect of a conductor will reduce as the


(A) Diameter increases
(B) Frequency increase
(C) Permeability of conductor material increases
(D) Resistivity of conductor material increases

In overhead transmission lines the effect of capacitance can be neglected when the length of line is:
(A) More than 300 km
(B) More than 200 km
(C) Between 150 and 200 km
(D) Less than 80 km

Corona usually occurs when the electrostatic stress in the air around the conductor exceeds
(A) 30 kV (maximum value)/ cm
(B) 22 kV (maximum value)/ cm
(C) 11 kV (maximum value)/ cm
(D) 6.6 kV (maximum value)/ cm

The bundling of conductors is done primarily to


(A) Reduce reactance
(B) Increase reactance
(C) Increase ratio interference
(D) Reduce ratio interference

Under no load conditions the current in a transmission line is due to


(A) Corona effects
(B) Capacitance of the line
(C) Back flow from the earth
(D) Spinning reserve.

Assistant Executive Engineer Electrical FPSC Test 
Which is having higher breakdown strength?
a. Solid dielectrics
b. Liquid dielectrics
c. Gases dielectrics
d. Equal in all

A heater is rated as 230 V, 10 kW, A.C. The value 230 V refers to__________?
A. average voltage
B. RMS voltage
C. peak voltage
D. none of the above

The device without gate is,


1. SCR
2. TRIAC
3. DIAC

SCR is.......device
1. Two terminal three layer
2. three terminal three layer
3. three terminal four layer

Semi-conductor junction diode has… junction.


1. 1 PN
2. two PN
3. three PN
4. None of these

UJT has
1. two terminal three layer
2. three terminal three layer
3. three terminal two layer

Zener diode has…… junctions.


1. 1 PN
2. two PN
3. three PN
4. None of these

Which one is lightly doped in BJT,


1. Base
2. Emitter
3. Collector
4. none of these

Ideal op-AMP
1. Infinite input impedance
2. zero output impedance
3. infinite voltage gain
4. all of these

OP-amp can be used as,


1. Summer
2. Differentiator
3. Integrator
4. all of these

Op-amp is used as integrator


A) Capacitor in series with inverter,
B) Capacitor connected in parallel from output to inverting input
C) Inductor in series
D) none of these

Capacitance is measured in,


1. Ohms
2. Siemens
3. Farad
4. none of these

Mutual inductance is measured in


1. Ohms,
2. Siemens
3. Henry
4. None of these

Inductive reactance increases with increase in


1. Voltage
2. Current
3. Frequency
4. none of these

Full wave rectifier with 50 Hz input frequency has output frequency,


1. 50 Hz
2. 100 Hz
3. 75 Hz
4. none of these

For the source of 500 ohms resistance to match with load of 50 ohms, we can use
1. Step up transformer
2. Step down transformer
3. auto transformer
4. none of these

To increase resonance frequency in series RLC circuit


1. Increase the inductance
2. decrease the capacitance
3. none of these

Circuit breaker characteristics is the same as;


1. Transformer
2. CT
3. PT
4. none of these

Over voltage occurs due to


1. Resonance,
2. fault
3. opening of circuit breaker
4. all of these

Distance protection is used for


1. Generator
2. Transformer
3. transmission line
4. none of these

If a transformer frequency is charged from 50HZ to 60HZ, what is the ratio of eddy current losses
by keeping the voltage constant?
A) 1
B) 2
c) 25/16
d) None of these

The apparent power drawn by an A.C. circuit is 10 kVA and active power is 8 kW. The reactive
power in the circuit is
A. 4 kVAR
B. 6 kVAR
C. 8 kVAR
D. 16 kVAR

Insulators for high voltage applications are tested for


(A) power frequency tests
(B) impulse tests
(C) Both (A) and (B) above
(D) none of the above.

Surge diverters are


(A) non-linear resistors in series with spark gaps which act as fast switches
(B) arc quenching devices
(C) shunt reactors to limit the voltage rise due to Ferranti effect
(D) over-voltages of power frequency harmonics.

Paschen's law is associated with


(A) breakdown voltage
(B) ionization
(C) thermal radiations
(D) none of the above.

The breakdown voltage in gases depends on


(A) distance between the electrodes
(B) relative air density
(C) humidity
(D) all of the above.

Large capacity generators are manufactured to generate power at


(A) 440 V
(B) 6.3 to 10.5 kV
(C) 132 kV to 220 kV
(D) 400 kV.

The sag of a transmission line with 50 M span is 1 M. What will be the sag if the height of the
transmission line is increased by 20%?
a) 1.2 M
b) 2 M
c) 1.25 M
d) 1 M

Transmission voltage in Pakistan,


1. 220kv,
2. 132kv,
3. 500kv,
4. All of these

Electrostatic force is,


1. (Directly proportional to distance,
2. directly proportional to distance square,
3. inversely proportional to distance square,
4. none of these)

Electric field Intensity is


1. (Directly proportional to distance,
2. directly proportional to distance square,
3. inversely proportional to distance,
4. none of these)

Unit of Electric field


1. Joules/sec
2. V/m (Also Newton/Coulomb)
3. ampere/volt
4. none of these

By rubbing two neutral bodies with each other, we can produce


1. Electric charge
2. force
3. none of these

150 km transmission line is


1. Long
2. Medium
3. Short
4. none of these

For the protection of stator winding of an alternate against internal fault involving ground the relay
used is a
A. Biased differential relay
B. Directional over-current relay
C. Plain impedance relay
D. Buchholz relay

If the base current is 100 mA and the current gain is 30, the emitter current is
1. 3.33mA
2. 3A.
3. 3.1A
4. 10A

Synchronous motor give leading power factor is due to


1. Normal excitation
2. under excitation,
3. over excitation
4. none of these

In synchronous generator when excitation is increased, it will


1. Absorb reactive power
2. supply reactive power
3. Both A & B
4. none of these

Which of the following absorbs reactive power in transmission line


1. Capacitance of the line
2. capacitance of the load
3. Transformer
4. none of these

Reference bus is
1. Generator bus
2. Slack bus,
3. none of these

Zener diode is always connected in


1. Forward biased
2. reversed biased
3. either forward biased or reversed biased
4. none of these

SCR is used for the control of


1. DC current only
2. AC current only
3. Both AC & DC currents
4. none of these

Inverter does
1. Ac to dc,
2. dc to dc,
3. DC to AC conversion
4. none of these

In Half Wave Rectifier,


1. Load current flow for half cycle
2. load current flows for greater than the half cycle
3. load current flows for less than the half cycle
4. none of these

Phase angle between the two alternating waves of equal frequency when one wave attains the
maximum value and other is zero is
1. 90 degrees
2. 45 degrees
3. 180 degrees
4. None of these

In Household single phase induction type wattmeter, a meter can be reversed by


1. Reversing the supply terminals,
2. Reversing the load terminals,
3. Open the watt meter and change either the potential coil terminals or current coil
terminals,
4. None of these

Op-Amp is ___ device


1. Linear
2. non-linear
3. none of these

Oscillator uses
1. Positive feedback
2. negative feedback
3. none of these

Connection of distribution transformer


1. Delta-star,
2. star-delta,
3. star-star,
4. none of these

Phase to phase and line to line voltage are same in which connection,
1. Delta
2. Star
3. Both
4. none of these

In 3 phase balanced system, voltages and currents are


1. 0 degree apart
2. 120 degrees apart
3. 180 degrees apart
4. none of these

Which type of insulator use in transmission line?


1. Cap or pin insulator
2. Suspension
3. Disc
4. all of these
Most reliable distribution system is
1. Radial distribution system
2. Ring distribution system
3. dc distribution system
4. none of these

Light flash current capacity


1. 1-100 ampere
2. 1kA-200kA
3. 500kA-5000kA
4. none of these

Advantage of underground cables over overhead transmission lines is


1. Low cost
2. no cooling needed
3. immune to hazards
4. none of these)

A null type instrument as compared to a deflected type instrument has


A) a lower sensitivity
B) a higher accuracy
C) a faster response
D) all of the above

Ability of capacitor to store charge depends upon


A) area of plates
B) distance between plates
C) type of dielectric used
D) all of above

Linear Coupler is
A) Relay
B) Air Core CT
C) PT
D) None of these

Circuit breaker works similar to,


A) CT
B) PT
C) Transformer
D) None of these

The range of electrostatic voltmeter can be extended by using


1. a capacitor in series with the voltmeter whose capacitance is greater than the capacitance of
the voltmeter
2. a capacitor in series with the voltmeter whose capacitance is smaller than the
capacitance of the voltmeter
3. a resistor in series with the voltmeter
4. an inductor in series with the voltmeter
Which meter has the highest accuracy within prescribed limits of frequency range,
A) PMMC
B) Moving Iron
C) Electrodynamometer
D) Rectifier

Tachometer is used for the measurement of


A. Displacement
B. Angular Velocity
C. Force
D. None of these

LEDs are built up of semiconductor


1. Silicon
2. Germanium
3. GaAs
4. None of these

Region around a charged particle where charges experience electric force is,
A) Electric Field
B) Electric Shock
C) Both of them
D) None of these

Electric Potential is a
1. Vector
2. Scalar
3. Both
4. None of these

When positive charge is moved inside a closed electrostatic path, work done is
A) Zero
B) Positive
C) Negative
D) None of these

When electric charge is moved from lower to higher potential,


1. Energy is supplied
2. energy is released
3. Both A&B
4. None of these)

Bus-bar should be
1. Reliable
2. Secure
3. Fast
4. All of these

Corona effect can be identified by


(A) bushy sparks
(B) faint violet glow
(C) red light
(D) arcing between conductors and earth.

Which instrument can measure the temperature of static and moving charge,
A) Thermocouple
B) Thermistor
C) Total radiation pyrometer
D) None of these

Ratio of Real power to the Apparent power is called……. factor.


A) Load
B) Power
C) Demand
D) None of these

The disadvantages of strain gauge pressure transducer are


A) They have a poor frequency response
B) They do not have a continuous resolution
C) They cannot be powered by a.c. sources
D) They have a low output

Which device is used for the source of emission of electrons in a CRT?


A) Accelerating anodes
B) barium oxide coated cathode
C) Both A&B
D) None of these

Time bases are generated by,


A) Sweep Generators
B) Vertical Amplifiers
C) Horizontal Amplifiers
D) None of the above

When reverse bias is applied to a crystal diode, it


A. Raises the potential barrier
B. Lower the potential barrier
C. Increase the majority carrier current greatly
D. None of these

Inductance affects DC in
A) At the time of Ton
B) At the time of Toff
C) Both at the time of Ton and Toff
D) None of these

In a p type semiconductor, the majority carriers are


A. Holes
B. Electrons
C. Positive ions
D. Negative ions
In an unbalance circuit, power entering the node is: 30MW, 60MW and leaving the node is:
20MW, 25MW. The balanced power at the output is;
A) 45 MW entering the node
B) 45 MW leaving the node
C) 30 MW leaving the node
D) None of these

On a power system network, the load is increasing represents the value of impedance
1. decrease.
2. increase.
3. remains constant.
4. none of above.

To improve the efficiency of thermal power plant ________________ is placed between boiler and
turbine.
1. ash handling point.
2. air preheater.
3. economizer.
4. superheater.

The rating of CB is in terms of


1. VAR.
2. volt - ampere.
3. voltage.
4. current.

A 12-k resistor, a 15-k resistor, and a 22-k resistor are in series with two 10 k resistors that are in
parallel. The source voltage is 75 V. Current through the 15-k resistor is approximately
A. 14 mA
B. 1.4 mA
C. 5 mA
D. 50 mA

When a load resistance is removed from the output of a voltage divider circuit, the current drawn
from the source
A. decreases
B. increases
C. remains the same
D. is cut off

Which of the following is not base load power plant?


A. Pump storage.
B. Run water.
C. Diesel.
D. Nuclear.

The common emitter short circuit current gain β of a transistor


A. is a monotonically increasing function of the collector current Ic
B. is a monotonically decreasing function of Ic
C. for low Ic, increase with Ic, reaches a maximum and then decreases with further
increase in Ic
D. is not a function of Ic

An LVDT has
A. One primary coil one secondary coil
B. Two primary coil one secondary coil
C. One primary coil two secondary coil
D. Two primary coil two secondary coil

Which of the prime mover is least efficient?


A. Gas turbine.
B. Petrol engine.
C. Diesel engine.
D. Steam engine.

By increasing frequency, the current in series resonance circuit current


A. decreases
B. increases
C. remains the same
D. is cut off

A steam power generation has an overall efficiency of 20 %. 0.6 Kg of coal is burnt per kWh of
electrical energy generated. Calculated the calorific value of fuel?

Answer: 7166.67 kCal/kg

If a fault occurs on any feeder, the fault current is


1. none of these.
2. much higher than with unsectional bus bar.
3. much lower than with unsectional bus bar.
4. equal to unsectional bus bar.
 
Electrical field intensity on equipotential surface is
Answer: Perpendicular to surface

EHV transmission has which of the following advantages?


A. Reduction in noise.
B. Increase in transmission efficiency.
C. Improves voltage regulation.
D. All of these.

The reactive power demand of the converters in HVDC cannot be provided by


a) AC filters
b) Shunt Capacitors
c) SVC
d) Series Capacitors
OGDCL 
OGDCL 2020 
For Repetitive Signals and Oscillating Systems
A) Fourier Transform
B) Laplace Transform
C) Z-Transform
D) Fourier Series

https://books.google.com.pk/books?id=kBB_AgAAQBAJ&pg=PA46&lpg=PA46&dq=For+non-repetitive+signals--------------
transform+is+used?&source=bl&ots=DJXU5scv_3&sig=ACfU3U3aJf5J390w8igFIbOtNRymWEofmg&hl=en&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwirnuP
_svn0AhVMAWMBHQnKCr4Q6AF6BAghEAM#v=onepage&q=For%20non-repetitive%20signals--------------
transform%20is%20used%3F&f=false

Coherent light wave system is to mix the received signal coherently with an ______ optical field
before it is incident on the photodetector
1. continuous-wave (CW)
2. Discrete wave
3. Analog wave

In electromagnetic waves, polarization __________.


a. is caused by reflection
b. is due to the transverse nature of the waves
c. results from the longitudinal nature of the waves
d. is always vertical in an isotropic medium

Deterministic signal behaves in a _______ way with time.


1. fixed
2. constant
3. variable

A step-recovery diode
A. has an extremely short recovery time
B. is mainly used as a harmonic generator
C. conducts equally well in both directions
D. is an ideal rectifier of high frequency signals

The ratio of conduction to displacement current density is referred to as


(a) Attenuation constant
(b) Propagation constant
(c) Loss tangent
(d) Dielectric constant

In case of semi-conductors, the ratio of conduction current to displacement current is:


A) more than 200 and less than 1000
B) less than 100 but greater than 1/100
C) less than 1/100
D) more than 1000

As a result of negative feedback in amplifiers


A. Harmonic distortion reduces
B. Bandwidth reduces
C. Noise increases
D. All

In Vacuum Triode, the electrode between cathode and anode is?


1. grid
2. tetrode
3. valve

Transient response is due to?


A: sudden release of stored energy.

In capacitor, the energy delivered by source is ____________ by capacitor.


a) returned to source
b) dissipated in the form of heat
c) stored as electric field
d) stored as magnetic field

The coupling used in stoneman transmission bridge is ________


(a) Inductive
(b) Resistive
(c) Capacitive
(d) Combination of inductive and capacitive

Diode in forward bias acts as?


A: low resistance path.

Which of the following are the disadvantages of a closed loop control system?
1. Reduces the overall gain.
2. Complex and costly.
3. Oscillatory response.
4. All of the above.

First multi-chip 16-bit microprocessor was ________.


1. national semiconductor IMP 16,
2. Fairchild,
3. RCA

The efficiency of a transformer will be maximum when


A. copper losses = hysteresis losses
B. hysteresis losses = eddy current losses
C. eddy current losses = copper losses
D. copper losses = iron losses

The memory made up of logic gates


1. disc
2. RAM
3. ROM

Fourier transform F(jω) of an arbitrary signal has the property


a. F(jω) = F (- jω)
b. F(jω) = - F (- jω)
c. F(jω) = F*(- jω)
d. F(jω) = - F*(jω)

There are several careers within data processing operations, including data-entry operator.
A. Computer operator
B. Programmer
C. System Analyst
D. Key-punch operator
E. None of the above

A pulse train has a pulse-repetition frequency of 25,000 pulses per second and pulses have a
duration of 4 ps. The mark-to-phase ratio is
A. 1: 10
B. 1: 25,000
C. 1: 9
D. 1: 1

Electromagnetic relay stabilizer usually has regulation


A. 1%
B. 2%
C. 5%
D. 10%

Servo motor stabilizer have regulation


A. 1%
B. 2%
C. 5%
D. 10%

LVDT is used for


A. Pressure
B. Displacement
C. Temperature
D. None

Permanent-magnet moving-coil ammeter have uniform scales because:


(a) of eddy current damping
(b) they are spring-controlled
(c) their deflecting torque varies directly as current
(d) both (b) and (c)

OGDCL 2021 
A broadcast radio transmitter radiates 12 kW when percentage of modulation is 50%, then the
unmodulated carrier power is
A 5.67 kW
B 7.15 kW
C 10.67 kW
D 12 kW

The carrier frequency of a transmitter is provided by a tank circuit of a coil of inductance 49 µH


and a capacitance of 2.5 nF. It is modulated by an audio signal of 12 kHz. The frequency range
occupied by the side bands is:
Option 1) 13482 kHz − 13494 kHz
Option 2) 442 kHz − 466 kHz
Option 3) 63 kHz − 75 kHz
Option 4) 18 kHz − 30 kHz

For a capacitor to completely charge in an RC integrator, the pulse width must be _____ 5-time
constants.
A. less than
B. greater than
C. equal to
D. greater than or equal to

A direct on-line starter is used for starting motors


A. up to 5 H.P.
B. up to 10 H.P.
C. up to 15 H.P.
D. up to 20 H.P.

What is the name of a device that converts sound waves to electrical waves?
1. an amplifier
2. an antenna
3. a filter
4. a microphone

The rate of energy supplied or converted by appliance or circuit is called


1. Power
2. Energy
3. Work
4. Pressure

The utilities used to generate electricity exclusively


A. Electric Generator
B. Electric Motor

An ammeter is connected in __________ with the circuit element who’s current we wish to
measure?
1. Series
2. Parallel
3. Series or parallel
4. None of the above

The power rating of a resistor is __________ related to __________.


[A]. directly, the type of cooling used
[B]. indirectly, the type of material used
[C]. directly, its surface area
[D]. indirectly, the color coding

In which condition resonance will occur in R-LC series circuit?


1. Inductive reactance (XL) is zero
2. Inductive reactance (XL) is equal to capacitive reactance (XC)
3. Inductive reactance (XL) is greater than capacitive reactance (XC)
4. Inductive reactance (XL) is less than capacitive reactance (XC)

If a proper fuse is inserted in a circuit, it will blow off if


1. voltage exceeds the safe limit
2. current exceeds the safe limit

An oscillator is a circuit which produces?


A. alternating waveform
B. continuous waveform
C. repeated waveform
D. All of the above

A single - phase motor relatively has large ratio of?


A. weight to power
B. power to weight

Which machine has less weight and less vibration for same operation?
A. three phase synchronous machine
B. single phase induction machine
C. single phase synchronous machine
D. three phase induction machine
Which microphone is bilateral?
A Crystal
B Dynamic
C Carbon
D condenser
E. Ribbon

In telephone, if one route is busy then a system which directs the call through some other
alternative route is
A. NWD system
B. TDMF system
C. Gateway system
D. Local system

What is the bandwidth of a television signal?


1. 6 MHz
2. 8 MHz
3. 10 MHz
4. 12 MHz
A typical TV signal or video signal to be transmitted require 4-5 MHz of Bandwidth. But with
added sound into it, the resulting TV signal has 6 MHz of bandwidth.

In ______________ microphones a physical cone acts like a lens to concentrate the incoming
sound waves.
A. Crystal
B. Dynamic
C. Carbon
D. Condenser

Laplace of function f(t) is given by?

In television, for communication which adjustment is made


A. Phase
B. Positive
C. Negative
D. both a and c
TV uses
A. Crystal
B. Ribbon
C. Silicon
D. Carbon

TESCO Junior Engineer / SDO (BPS‐17) Test by NTS on 21‐ Sep‐2019 
A typical solar cell generates ________output voltages.
1. .9v
2. .7v
3. .6v
4. .2v

Due to burning of 1 kg of pure carbon with a minimum quantity of air required, the percentage of
carbon dioxide in the exhaust gas would be
(A) 10%
(B) 19%
(C) 29%
(D) 39%.

In aircraft using gas turbine, the cycle used is


(A) Simple
(B) Regeneration
(C) Reheating
(D) Reheating with regeneration.

Steam engine used in locomotives is


A. Single acting, condensing type
B. Single acting, non-condensing type
C. Double acting, condensing type
D. Double acting, non-condensing type

Graphical representation between discharge m³/s and time is known as


A. Monograph
B. Water Discharge Graph
C. Topography
D. Hydrograph

Ash content of most of the Indian coals is around


A. 1%
B. 5%
C. 10%
D. 20%

Atomic number of germaniums


A. 48
B. 32
C. 34
D. 36
The magnetizing current of a transformer is usually small because it has
A. small air gap
B. large leakage flux
C. laminated silicon steel core
D. fewer rotating parts

Two Resistances 40 ohm and 60 Ohm given in Parallel. The Equivalent Resistance Will be
A. 24 Ohm
B. 25 Ohm
C. 26 Ohm
D. 27 Ohm

Which instrument has same calibrations for both AC and DC values?


A. Induction type
B. Hot wire type
C. Moving coil type
D. Moving iron type

Which of the following does not use the effect of current for measurement purpose?
A. Electrostatic ammeter
B. Moving coil ammeter
C. Hot wire ammeter
D. Rectifier ammeter

Which of the following is used for the measurement of dielectric losses of insulation?
A. Shearing bridge
B. Hay bridge
C. Wein bridge
D. Kelvin bridge

The deflecting torque in an instrument may be produced


A. Magnetically
B. Electrostatically
C. Thermally
D. All of the above

Damping torque in instrument is generally not produced


A. Pneumatically
B. Electro magnetically
C. Electro statically
D. By fluid friction

The function of a field regulator for compound motors is to


A. Control the flux
B. Limit the armature current
C. Demagnetize the field polarity
D. None of the above

Retardation test in case of shunt motors and generators is used to determine


A. Friction losses
B. Eddy current losses
C. Copper losses
D. Stray losses

The dc motor draws high current at the starting instant due to absence of back emf. In order to
prevent this high inrush of current at start, a resistance is connected
(a) across the field.
(b) across the armature.
(c) in series with the armature.
(d) in series with the field.

D.P.D.T is a
A. Switch
B. Relay
C. Transistor
D. None

The function of a starter in a dc machine is to


A. To limit the starting current
B. Avoid armature reaction
C. Control the speed
D. Avoid excessive Heating

Which of the following parts help the commutation process?


A. Interpoles
B. Compensating windings
C. Poles shoes
D. All of these

The Yoke in a Small dc machine is made of


A. Cast iron
B. Cast steel
C. Mild steel
D. Grain oriented Steel

Brushes for commutators for 220 V dc generator are generally made of


A. copper
B. carbon copper
C. electrographite
D. graphited copper

Which of the following forms an energy converter?


a) magnetor-striction effect
b) piezo-electric effect
c) hall effect
d) all of these

D.C. generator generates


A. a.c. voltage in the armature
B. d.c. voltage in the armature
C. a.c. superimposed over d.c.
D. none of the above
A D.C. motor can be easily identified by
A. winding
B. commutator
C. size of conductor
D. yoke

Sparking between contacts can be reduced by


a. Inserting Resistance in a Line
b. Inserting Reactor in a Line
c. inserting a capacitor in series with the contacts
d. Inserting a capacitor in parallel with the contacts

Which type of output voltage is formed in Full wave rectifier?


a. Pulsating DC
b. Pulsating AC
c. Pure DC
d. No ripple voltage

In order to reduce skin effect at UHF


a. Conductors are painted
b. conductors are anodized
c. Copper tubes with silver plating are used
d. Copper rods with silver plating are used

The surge resistance of transmission lines is about


(A) 50 ohms
(B) 100 ohms
(C) 250 ohms
(D) 500 ohms.

The peak value of power angle curve of a transmission line is 50 MVA. If two such identical lines
are added in parallel, the resulting peak value is
A. 25 MVA
B. 50 MVA
C. 100 MVA
D. 200 MVA

S.I Unit of time is


a. Second
b. Hour
c. Minute
d. Week e. Day

A coil is supplied by 200 V and takes a current of 2A at 45° lag. The Q of coil is
(i) 100
(ii) 25
(iii) 10
(iv) 1

If n-type region is sandwiched in between two p-type regions than the device formed is
a) n channel- MOSFET
b) p channel- MOSFET
c) n-p-n Transistor
d) p-n-p Transistor

The _____________ of a resistor is determined mainly by its physical size.


1. Resistance
2. Power
3. Current
4. a & b are correct

The moving system in the indicating instruments is subjected to


A. Deflecting torque
B. Damping torque
C. Controlling torque
D. All of above

For what purpose a moderator is used in nuclear power plants?


A. Stop the chain reaction
B. Accelerate the speed of neutrons
C. Reduce the speed of neutrons
D. To absorb neutrons

Convert 470 μV is equal to how many mV?


a. 0.47mV
b. 0.047 mV
c. 4.7mV
d. None

Which of the following is a Perfect insulator?


A. Porcelain
B. Steel
C. Ebonite
D. Copper

Three amplifiers are cascaded, each have gain 30, Then total Gain is?
A. 30
b. 90
c. 2700
d. 27000

Which of the following is generally not a constituent of Coal?


A) Sulphur
B) Hydrogen
C) Chromium
D) Moisture

Parallel resonance circuit magnifies


a. Current
b. Voltage
c. power
d. All

In ideal diesel cycle the working substance is


(A) Air
(B) Diesel
(C) Mixture of air and diesel
(D) Any combustible gas.

Coking is
(A) formation of lumps or masses of coke in boiler furnaces at high temperatures
(B) heating of coal in absence of air, driving out CO2 and leaving behind the residue and
carbon
(C) burning of coal in furnace
(D) producing lumps of coal from fine powders with the help of a binder.

The output of a solar cell is of the order of


(A) 0.1 W
(B) 0.5 W
(C) 1 W
(D) 5 W.

The direction of rotation of Compound DC motor can be effectively reversed by interchanging


a. Shunt Field Connections
b. Series Field Connections
c. Armature Connections
d. Line Leads

Reciprocal of Network function is


A. Never transfer function
B. Never immittance function
C. Immittance function if original function is omittance
D. Transfer function if original function is transfer function

In a Compound DC motor, the shunt field winding as compared to series field winding will have
A. More turns and smaller cross-section of wire
B. Less turns and large cross-section of wire
C. More turns and large cross-section of wire
D. Less turns and smaller cross-section of wire

Electric field lines emerge from any Charge outside in


a. One dimension
b. Two dimension
c. Three dimension
d. four dimension

In case a compound motor is started with an open series field


1. The fuse will blow off
2. The motor will not start
3. The motor will start with jerk
4. The motor will run with vibrations and noise
When the transistor is switched OFF, then current in which of the following becomes Zero?
a. Collector
b. Emitter
c. Base
d. All

To turn the switch off the __________ is set zero while using transistor as a switch
a) Emitter current
b) Collector current
c) Base current
d) All of above

An Electron is moving parallel to a Magnetic Field. Then the force experienced by it is,
a. Zero
b. e*v*B
c. – e*v*B
d. 1

In a permanent magnet DC motor, which of the following method of Speed control cannot be used?
A. armature voltage variation
B. armature resistance control
C. field current variation
D. all of these

The speed of DC shunt motor supplying a load at its rated speed, its speed can be reduced by:
a. Increasing the applied voltage
b. Connecting an additional resistance in the armature circuit
c. Connecting an additional resistance in the field circuit
d. Decreasing the applied voltage

D.C Potentiometer is an instrument to measure:


a. Unknown E.M.F
b. large voltages
c. Large Power
d. Direct resistance

If the lower value of 5% resistor is 209. Then what will be the Nominal Value of the resistor?
a. 210
b.215
c. 220
d. 225
e. 230
Book: Multiple Choice Questions in Electronics and Electrical Engineering Thomas J Davies

A 120RJ resistor has a value of


a. 1.2 +- 1%
b. 12 +- 10%
c. 120 +- 5%
d. 1200 +- 2%
Book: Multiple Choice Questions in Electronics and Electrical Engineering Thomas J Davies
Second Cauer’s form of reactive network synthesis is the successful removal of
A. Poles at infinity
B. Zeros at Infinity
C. Poles at origin
D. Zeros at origin

https://www.academia.edu/9636383/Chapter_4_Synthesis_of_1-port_Dp_functions

In series parallel control of DC motor, the torque produced in series arrangement will be of that in
parallel arrangement
A. double
B. four times
C. half
D. one-fourth

A transistor is a combination of two p-n junction with their


A. P region connected together
B. N region connected together
C. N region connected to another p region
D. P region connected together or n region connected together

The most widely used semiconductors are


(i) silicon
(ii) germanium
(iii) phosphorus
(iv) arsenic

The armature voltage control is considered as suitable in case the dc machine is driven at constant
a) Speed
b) Power
c) Torque
d) Current

Commutator of DC machine acts as a


a) full wave rectifier
b) half wave rectifier
c) Inverter
d) Controlled Rectifier

The number of cycles in which high speed circuit breaker complete its operation is
a) 3 to 8
b) 10-18
c) 20-30
d) 40-50

For a N-P-N transistor a resistor must be connected between base and ___________.
1. Positive end of the supply
2. Negative end of the supply
3. Collector
4. Emitter

The desirable properties of transformer core material are


(A) low permeability and low hysteresis loss
(B) high permeability and high hysteresis loss
(C) high permeability and low hysteresis loss
(D) low permeability and high hysteresis loss.

The fact that how closely the instrument reading follows the measured variables is termed as
a) Fidelity
b) Precision
c) Accuracy
d) Sensitivity

GEPCO 2019 
Sum of two angles is equal to 180, then angles are,
a. Supplementary angles
b. Complementary angles
c. Acute
d. Right angle

The number of slip rings in a single-phase synchronous converter will be


(A) 1
(B) 2
(C) 3
(D) None.

When an ac voltage is applied to a PMMC voltmeter


A. the meter gets damaged
B. meter reading is zero
C. pointer will oscillate to and fro
D. the pointer will not move at all

An induction wattmeter can be used for


A. both D.C. and A.C.
B. D.C. only
C. A.C. only
D. any of the above

A crystal diode is a __________ device


A. non-linear
B. bilateral
C. linear
D. none of the above

If p is number of poles and N is armature speed, then frequency of magnetic reversals will be
a. NP/120
b. 120N/P
c. 120P/N
d. 120/NP

The most widely used semiconductor in electronic devices is


a. Germanium
b. Silicon
c. Carbon
d. Copper

The speed of DC motor is


a. Directly proportional to flux per pole
b. Inversely proportional to flux per pole
c. Inversely proportional to applied voltage
d. None of the above

The ripple factor of half wave rectifier is


a. 1.21
b. 2
c. 0.48
d. 2.5

When resistances are connected in parallel, the current divides itself in


a. Direct ratio of resistances
b. Inverse ratio of resistances
c. Inverse ratio of potentials
d. None of the above

The greatest percentage of heat loss in a DC machine is due to


a. Copper loss
b. Eddy current loss
c. Friction loss
d. Hysteresis loss

An electric fan and heater rated as 1000W, 220V and 2000W, 220V, the resistance of heater is
a. Greater than that of fan
b. Less than that of fan
c. Equal to that of fan
d. None of the above

The rotor of induction motor


a. Always rotate in the direction of stator flux
b. Always rotate opposite to the direction of stator flux
c. Always rotate in the direction of rotor flux
d. Always rotate opposite to the direction of rotor flux

The value of back emf in DC motor is maximum at


a. No load
b. Full load
c. Half load
d. None of the above

The motor equation is given by


a. V=Eb-IaRa
b. V=Eb+IaRa
c. Eb=V+IaRa
d. None of the above

When cells are arranged in parallel


a. Current capacity increase
b. Voltage capacity increase
c. Both current and voltage capacity increase
d. None of the above

Two bulbs rated at 25W 110V, 100W 110 V are connected to 220V supply then
a. 100W bulb will burn out
b. 25W bulb will burn out
c. Both bulbs will burn out
d. None of the above

Three equal resistors are connected in series across a source of emf together consume 10W. when
same resistors are connected in parallel consume
a. 90W
b. 30W
c. 10W
d. None of the above

In a thyristor dv/dt protection is achieved by


a. RL across thyristor
b. RC across thyristor
c. R across thyristor
d. L across thyristor

In a thyristor di/dt protection is achieved by


a. RL across thyristor
b. RC across thyristor
c. R across thyristor
d. L in series with thyristor

A thyristor is a _________ device


a. PNPN
b. N-P-N
c. P-N-P
d. None of the above

Armature reaction in a DC motor is increased when


a. Armature current is increased
b. Armature current is decreased
c. Filed current is increased
d. None of the above

The highest flux created in the core of a transformer is ………………


(i) directly proportional to supply frequency
(ii) inversely proportional to supply frequency
(iii) inversely proportional to primary voltage
(iv) none of the above

In shunt type ohmmeter full scale deflection current indicator is marked as


a. O
b. Infinity
c. 1
d. None of the above

The current in a coil of resistance 90 ohm is to be reduced by 90%. What value of resistance should
be connected in parallel with it?
a. 9 ohm
b. 100 ohm
c. 90 ohm
d. 10 ohm

A crystal diode is used as a


a. Rectifier
b. Voltage regulator
c. An amplifier
d. An oscillator

If PF in two wattmeter method is 1, then the readings are


a. Same
b. Different
c. None of the above
In two wattmeter method if the power factor is 0.5, then one of the wattmeter will read
1. Zero
2. W/2
3. W/√2
4. W/√3

Which motor has the highest power factor?


A. Capacitor start motor
B. Capacitor run motor
C. Shaded pole motor
D. Repulsion motor

The rotor of a synchronous motor is excited with direct current while the motor
(i) is at standstill (i.e., at starting)
(ii) approaches synchronous speed
(ii) approaches half synchronous speed
(iv) none of the above

A permanent magnet moving coil ammeter is connected in 50 Hz a. c. Circuit in which 5A current


is flowing. The meter will read
1. 0A
2. 2.5A
3. 5A
4. None of the listed here

Two electric bulbs of 100 W, 200 V are put in series and the combination is supplied 100 V. The
power consumption of each bulb will be
A. 100 / 16 W.
B. 50W
C. 66W
D. 33W

Resistances 1ohm, 2 ohm and 3 ohms are connected in the form of a triangle. If a cell of e.m.f. 1.5
V and negligible internal resistance is connected across 3 ohms, the current through this resistor is
(i) 0.25 A
(ii) 0.5 A
iii. 1.5 A
(iv) 2.5 A

A cell supplies a current of 0.9 A through a 2 Ω resistor and a current of 0.3 A through a 7 Ω
resistor. Calculate the internal resistance of the cell.
1. 0.5ohm
2. 1ohm
3. 1.2ohm
4. 5ohm

Which of the following finds application in speed control of DC motor?


A. FET
B. NPN transistor
C. SCR
D. None of above

Diode conduct in positive clipper when


A) Vin = Vref
B. Vin ! = vref
C. Vin > vref
D. Vin < vref
Most common use of diode rectifier as in the
A) ac motor
B. Generator
C. Dc motor
D. Both A& C

Typically for silicon diode applied voltage is equal...... or greater is needed otherwise diode will not
controlled,
A. 0.3
B. 0.5
C. 0.4
D. 0.7

Which of the following is not a necessary component in a clamper circuit?


a) Diode
b) Capacitor
c) Resistor
d) Independent DC Supply

Which of the following is not component in a clamper circuit?


a) Diode
b) Capacitor
c) Resistor
d) Inductor

There are n similar conductors each of resistance r. The resultant resistance comes out to be R
when connected in parallel. If they are connected in series, the resistance comes out to be

The doping level in a Zener diode is______________ that of a crystal diode?


A. the same as
B. less than
C. more than
D. none of the above

If two equal resistances connected in series across a certain supply are now connected in parallel
across the same supply, the power produced will be _______ that of series connection:
A. One-half
B. Four times
C. One-fourth
D. Two times

Four equal resistors, each of resistance 4 ohm are connected as shown in the adjoining circuit
diagram. Then the equivalent resistance between points A and B is
1. 3ohm
2. 6ohm
3. 9ohm
4. 12ohm

When a number of resistances are connected in parallel then combined resistance is


1. Greater than the smallest individual resistance.
2. Equal to the smallest individual resistance.
3. less than the smallest individual resistance.
4. greater than the largest individual resistance.

To increase the range of a voltmeter


1. a low resistance in series is connected with the voltmeter
2. a low resistance in parallel is connected with the voltmeter
3. a high resistance in series is connected with the voltmeter
4. a high resistance in parallel is connected with the voltmeter

How to increase the range of voltmeter?


1. Series multiplier
2. Series Shunt

It is known that the potential difference across a 6 Ω resistor is 48 V. The total current entering the
circuit is

a)3 A
b)6 A
c)14 A
d)12 A
Why is A.C.S.R conductor used as the replacement or substitute for copper?
a. Higher current carrying capacity.
b. Economy.
c. Being less weight.
d. Higher tensile strength.

How many transistors do class A amplifiers use?


1. One
2. Two
3. Three
4. Four

By which type of bond the various atoms in semiconductors like silicon and germanium are bound
together?
1. ionic bond
2. Metallic bond
3. Covalent bond
4. None of these

When both emitter and collector junctions are reverse biased, the transistor is said to be at ___
region.
A. Active
B. Cut-off
C. Saturation
D. Amplifying

Varying the ________ can control the location of the Zener region.
A: forward current
B: doping levels
C: forward voltage
D: dc resistance

Multilayers 3-terminal device is


1. SCR
2. TRIAC
3. DIAC
4. NPN

A d.c. shunt motor takes 5A at 100 V when running light. shunt field resistance is 50 and armature
resistance is 0.2. What is the driving power?
a)412 W
b)298 W
c)305 W
d)204 W
Current gain of Darlington pair consisting of Q1 and Q2?
1. B1*B2
2. B1+B2
3. B1/B2

Current Voltage characteristics of the TRIAC is


A. Symmetrical
B. Un-Symmetrical
C. Straight
D. Opposite

The minimum input current that can turn on a thyristor is called the
a. holding current.
b. trigger current.
c. break over current.
d. low-current dropout.

Which diode can’t handle much reverse voltage? / Which Diode have 100A,200 V rating?
A. Fast Recovery
B. Schottky diode
C. Tunnel diode
D. Simple diode / signal diode

In AC, variable frequency drive (VFD) output to the load


A, constant frequency and adjustable magnitude
B, Variable frequency and adjustable voltage
C, Constant frequency and constant magnitude
D, Both A, B

Latched on by a control signal but must be turned off by power circuit:


(A). Thyristors
(b) Diodes
(C) controllable switches
(D) Thermistors
http://protorit.blogspot.com/2013/02/power-semiconductor-devices-diode.html

In power converter to be more specific ac to dc and dc to ac are


1. Inverter
2. Rectifier
3. Convertor
4. Wheatstone bridge
https://books.google.com.pk/books?id=NjzSBQAAQBAJ&pg=PA1&dq=In+power+converter+to+be+more+specific+ac+to+dc+and+dc+to+ac&hl=
en&sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwj-
t_W4oIn1AhU7BWMBHduPB_YQ6AF6BAgHEAI#v=onepage&q=In%20power%20converter%20to%20be%20more%20specific%20ac%20to%2
0dc%20and%20dc%20to%20ac&f=false
Where controllable switches turn on and off at zero voltage and/or zero current called
A, switching converters
B, Linear frequency converters
C, Quasi resonant
D, Nonlinear frequency

https://easyengineering.net/power-electronics-converters-applications-and-design-by-ned-mohan/
page 11

The time required for the diode to change from reverse bias to forward bias is called
1. Forward recovery time.
2. Reverse recovery time

Clamper circuit consists of capacitor and diodes, arrangement of capacitor and diode with respect
to load is
A. both are in series with load
B. both are parallel with load
C. capacitor in parallel and diode in series with respect to load
D. diode is in parallel and capacitor in series

Application of Asymmetrical silicon-controlled rectifier ASCR?


A. voltage-source inverters
B. switching power supplies
C. DC traction chopper
D. All of these

Signal generator is also called as the:


A. Function generator
B. Wave generator
C. Power generator
D. Vector generator

For the power semiconductor devices IGBT, MOSFET, Diode and Thyristor, which one of the
following statements is TRUE?
 All the four are majority carrier devices.
 All the four are minority carrier devices.
 IGBT and MOSFET are majority carrier devices, whereas Diode and Thyristor are minority
carrier devices.
 MOSFET is majority carrier device, whereas IGBT, Diode and Thyristor are minority
carrier devices.
Diode operating time when voltage falls to zero
 Reverse recovery time
 forward recovery time
 break time

Civil Aviation Authority Assistant Director E&M Test conduct by NTS on 12‐May‐2019 
An Ammeter is convertible to a voltmeter by?
A) Changing the scale
B) Putting a large resistance in parallel with the actual measuring part of the instrument
C) Putting a large resistance in series with the actual measuring part of the instrument
D) Simply installing the instrument in parallel with the circuit

The residual magnetism of a dc shunt generators can be regained by


A) Connecting the shunt field to a battery
B) Running a generator on no load for sometime
C) Earthing the shunt field
D) Reversing the direction of the generator

For Parallel Operation, the generators normally preferred are?


A) Series generators
B) Shunt generators
C) Compound generators
D) Series and shunt generators

In Lap winding the number of brushes is equal to


A) 2
B) 4
C) Number of Poles
D) 2 × Number of Poles

Which of the following is not the requirement of Protection System?


A) Speed
B) Predictability
C) Reliability
D) Security

________ are used to sense the fault and initiate the trip?
A) Circuit breakers
B) Alternators
C) Protective Relays
D) Cutouts

There are two types of overload protection instantaneous over current and
A) Variable over current
B) Time Over Current
C) Constant Over Current
D) Delay feedback Current

The advantage of moving coil permanent magnet type instrument is


A) Low power consumption
B) No hysteresis loss
C) Efficient eddy current damping
D) All of the above

The deflecting torque in an instrument may be produced


A) Magnetically
B) Electrostatically
C) Thermally
D) any of the (A) (B) and (C) Above

D.C. Potentiometer is an instrument to measure


A) Unknown EMF
B) Large voltage
C) Large power
D) Direct resistance

A pointer of an instrument once deflected return to zero position, when the current is removed due
to
A) action of gravity
B) Mass of pointer
C) Controlling torque
D) Damping torques

The starting torque of a capacitor start motor is


A) Zero
B) Low
C) Same as rated torque
D) More than rated torque

A capacitor starts, capacitor run single phase induction motor is basically a


A) Ac series motor
B) Dc series motor
C) 2 phase induction motor
D) 3 phase induction motor

Copper loss in rotor of an induction motor


A) is lost in friction
B) is lost in windage
C) Appears as heat
D) Appears as noise

The difference between the synchronous speed and the actual speed of an induction motor is known
as
A) Regulation
B) Back Lash
C) Slip
D) Lag

The back emf set up in the stator of a synchronous motor will depend on
A) Rotor speed only
B) Rotor excitation only
C) Rotor excitation and rotor speed
D) Coupling angle, rotor speed and excitation

The damping winding in a synchronous motor is generally used


A) To provide starting torque only
B) To reduce noise level
C) To reduce eddy currents
D) To prevent hunting and provide the starting torque

In case the field of a synchronous motor is under excited the power factor will be
A) Leading
B) Lagging
C) zero
D) Unity

For a transformer the condition for maximum efficiency is


A) Hysteresis loss=eddy current loss
B) Core loss = Hysteresis loss
C) Copper loss = iron loss
D) Total loss = (2/3) × copper loss

What test on a transformer provides information about regulations, efficiency and heading under
load conditions?
A) Open circuit test
B) Back-to-back test
C) Hopkinson test
D) Short circuit test

Copper loss in a transformer occurs in


A) Core
B) Winding
C) Main body
D) Bushings

Open circuit test of a transformer gives


A) Hysteresis loss
B) Eddy current loss
C) Sum of hysteresis and eddy current loss
D) Copper loss

The function of breather in a transformer


A) To provide oxygen to the cooling oil
B) To provide cooling air
C) To arrest flow of moisture when outside air enters the transformer
D) To filter the transformer oil

The speed of a series-wound dc motor


A) Can be controlled by diverters
B) Cannot be controlled by diverters
C) Increases as flux decreases
D) Increases as armature circuit resistance increases
The ratio of starting torque to fully load torque is least in case of
A) Shunt motors
B) Series motors
C) Compound motors
D) None

The Speed of a dc motor is


A) Always constant
B) Inversely proportional to back E.m.f
C) Inversely proportional to flux
D) Inversely proportional to the product of back emf and flux

Each commutator segment is connected to the armature conductor by means of


A) Insulator
B) dielectric
C) Copper Lug
D) resistance wire

The rotor of Dc machines is usually supported in


A) Bush bearings
B) Ball or Roller bearings
C) Plummer Blocks
D) Magnetic bearings

Worn insulation allowing bare wires to touch grounded metal objects such as water pipes cause
A) Circuit breakage
B) Power loss
C) circuit compensation
D) short circuit

Minimum insulation required to withstand surge voltages is called,


a) Basic insulation level
b) Minimum insulation level
c) Fuse Insulation Level

3- phase, 4-wire distribution voltages may be:


A) 477/240
B) 280/220
C) 240/480
D) 208/120

In an electric power system, what is composed of electrical disconnect switches, fuses or circuit
breakers used to control, protect and isolate electrical equipment.
A. CB
B. Switchgear
C. Control box
D. Gear box

To bring down the voltage level to safe level for equipment;


A) voltage regulators
B) current regulators
C) load regulators
D) power regulators

In which transformer, connections may also be used for voltage transformation. This voltage is
further increased by the factor of 1.73
A) Delta- Delta
B) Star - Delta
C) Delta - Star
D) Star -Star

FFC  2022 
A condenser in a thermal power plant condenses steam coming out of
A. Boiler
B. Super heater
C. Economizer
D. Turbine
Ans. D

The TRIAC Is a _____ device with control terminal


A. Uni-directional
B. Bi-directional
C. Tri-directional
D. Two terminals
Ans. B

In a power plant, coal is carried from storage place to boilers generally by means of
A. Bucket
B. V belts
C. Trolleys
D. Manually
Ans. B

In real power system constant used a + j b, j is called


C. √1
D. √ 1
Ans. B

A graphical representation between discharge and time is known as


A. Monograph
B. Hectograph
C. Hectograph
D. Hydrograph
Ans. D

A tunnel diode
A. Is a highly doped P-N junction device
B. Is a gallium arsenide device
C. Is a point contact diode with a high reverse resistance
D. Has a small tunnel in its junction
Ans. A

Shunt capacitance is usually neglected in the analysis of


A. Short transmission lines
B. Medium transmission
C. Long transmission lines
D. Medium as well as long transmission lines
Ans. A

In a piston the maximum temperature occurs at


A. Ring section
B. Top sides
C. Top center
Ans. C

Which device automatically interrupts the supply in the event of surges?


1. Earthing switch
2. Series reactor
3. Isolator
4. Circuit breaker

For diesel locomotives the range of horsepower is


A. 50 to 200
B. 500 to 1000
C. 1500 to 2500
D. 3000 to 5000

Which of the following finds application in speed control of DC motor?


A. FET
B. NPN transistor
C. SCR
D. None of above

Which of the following are considered as disadvantage(s) of Gauss-Seidel method over Newton's
method in load flow programs?
A. More iteration
B. More memory requirement and less accuracy
C. less interactions but more memory
D. More accuracy and more memory
Ans. A

The effect of wind pressure is more predominant on


A. Transmission lines
B. Neutral lines
C. Insulator
D. Supporting towers
Ans. D

For constant voltage transmission, voltage drop is compensated by installing


A. Synchronous motors
B. Inductors
C. Capacitors
D. All of above
Ans. A

Out of following which one is not an unconventional source of energy


A. Tidal power
B. Geothermal energy
C. Nuclear energy
D. Wind power
Ans. C

In a hydro-electric plant a conduit system for taking water from the intake works to the turbine is
known as
A. Dam
B. Reservoir
C. Penstock
D. surge tank
Ans. C

Which type of engine uses maximum air fuel ratio?


A. Petrol engine
B. Gas engine
C. Diesel engine
D. Gas turbine
Ans. D

Unit of electric charge


 Coulomb
 Ampere
 Candela
 Mol

In outdoor substation the lightning arresters are placed nearer to


A. Isolator
B. Current transformer
C. Power transformer
D. Circuit breaker
Ans. C

The large or surge impedance loading of a long transmission line can be increased without
adversely affecting its stability by connecting a lumped
A. Inductance in series with the line
B. Inductance in shunt with the line
C. Capacitance in shunt with the line
D. Capacitance in series with the line
Ans. D

Discrete device field effect transistor is classified on the basis of the


A. Resistive state
B. Conducting state
C. Voltaic state
D. Control gate construction
Ans. D

Which of the following type tests are conducted on isolators?


(A) Temperature rise test
(B) Impulse stage with stand test
(C) Short time current test
(D) All of the above.

Which type of copper wire will have the highest tensile strength?
A. Soft drawn
B. Medium drawn
C. Hard drawn
D. None
Ans. C

Which of the following is NOT a purpose of Disturbance Monitoring?


A. Model validation
B. Disturbance investigation
C. incorrect relay setting
D. Assessment of system protection performance
Ans. C

The EM field and current are concentrated close to the surface of conductor. The phenomenon is
called
A. Skin effect
B. Faraday effect
C. EM concentration effect
D. Ohm’s effect
Ans. A

In DC choppers per unit ripple is maximum when duty cycle alpha (a) is
A. 0.1
B. 0.3
C. 0.5
D. 0.7
Ans. C

Which distribution system is more reliable?


A. Ring main system
B. Tree system
C. Radial system
D. All are equally reliable
Ans. A

If the firing angle in an SCR rectifier is decreased, output will be


A. Maximum
B. Increased
C. Decreased
D. Unaffected
Ans. B

In a transmission line following are the distributed constants


A. Resistance and inductance only
B. Resistance, inductance and capacitance
C. Resistance, inductance, capacitance and short conductance
D. None of above
Ans. C

The principal of ............ can be used to analyze faults in power systems?


A) Thevenin
B) Norton
C) Superposition
D) Jordon

If 3000 kW power is to be transmitted over a distance of 30 km what will be the voltage level to
transmit the power?
A. 11kV
B. 33 kV
C. 66 kV
D. 132 kV
Ans. B

For which purpose bundled conductors are employed to a power system


A. Appearance of the transmission line
B. Mechanical stability of line
C. Decrease system stability
D. Increase the short circuit current
Ans. D

In large power transformer, best utilization of available core space can be made by employing
_____ cross section.
A. Rectangular
B. Square
C. Stepped
D. None of above

SCR (Silicon controlled rectifier) goes into saturation, when gate-cathode junction is
A. Forward biased
B. Reverse biased
C. In steady state
D. Polarized
Ans. A

To improve the efficiency of thermal power plant ________________ is placed between boiler and
turbine.
1. ash handling point.
2. air preheater.
3. economizer.
4. superheater.
D.C. generator generates
A. a.c. voltage in the armature
B. d.c. voltage in the armature
C. a.c. superimposed over d.c.
D. none of the above

Which of the following enters the super heater of a boiler?


A. Cold steam
B. Hot water
C. Wet steam
D. superheated steam
Ans. C

Why regenerator use in gas turbine power plant?


1. To produce extra heat
2. To produce high pressure in the chamber
3. To produce a high temperature
4. To recover heat from exhaust gases

A relay used on long transmission lines is


A. Mho's relay
B. Reactance relay
C. Impedance relay
D. No relay is used
Ans. A

Which variety of coal has lowest calorific value?


A. Steam coal
B. Bituminous coal
C. lignite
D. Anthracite
Ans. C

Hydrogen is used for cooling of large sized generators because


A. It has high thermal conductivity
B. It is light
C. It offers reduced fire risk
D. All of above
Ans. D

The current drawn by line due to corona losses is


A. Sinusoidal
B. Square
C. Non-sinusoidal
D. None of above
Ans. C

A transformer has negative voltage regulation when its load power factor
A. Zero
B. Unity
C. Leading
D. Lagging
Ans. C

Drop out to cutoff ratio for most relays is of the order of


a) 0.2 to 0.3
b) 0.3 to 0.4
c) 0.4 to 0.6
d) 0.6 to 1.0

As compared to oscillators, inverter provides


A. Low voltage output
B. Low frequency output
C. Distortion less output
D. Noise less output
Ans. B

Which of the following is not the transmission voltage level?


 66 kV
 132 kV
 264 kV
 400 kV

When the secondary of the transformer is loaded, the primary current will
A. not be affected
B. increase
C. be less than the secondary current
D. be the vector sum of no-load current and additional current drawn due to the secondary
current

Alternating current power is transmitted at high voltage


(A) to safeguard against pilferage
(B) to minimize transmission losses
(C) to reduce cost of generation
(D) to make the system reliable

The function of a regenerator in a gas turbine is to


 reduce heat loss in exhaust
 permit use of higher compression ratio
 improve thermal efficiency
 None of these

j will force the phasor to rotate through a fixed angle of


1) 90o in an anticlockwise direction
2) 90o in a clockwise direction
3) 180o in an anticlockwise direction
4) 180o in a clockwise direction

What is the superior quality of coal called?


A. Anthracite
B. Coke
C. Bituminous
D. Peat

NTDCL 27 Feb 2022 
The standard normal distribution has a mean of _____ and a standard deviation of _____,
respectively.
A. 1 and 1
B. 1 and 0
C. 0 and 1
D. 0 and 0

What layer of OSI model is modem work?


a. Data link b. Transport layer c. Network layer d. physical

Which one is a two-way bus?


a. Address bus b. Control bus c. Data bus

Which of the following is an active device?


A. Transformer
B. Silicon controlled rectifier
C. Electric bulb
D. Loudspeaker

Router works on which OSI model __


a. Data link b. Network c. transport

What are the mathematical tools to convert a system from a time domain to frequency domain?
a) Fourier series, Fourier transform, Laplace transform, Z-transform
b) Fourier series only
c) Fourier series and Laplace transform only
d) Fourier series, Fourier transform and Laplace transform only

PAC KAMRA Design Engineer 
Time 25 mins
Mode of test: Online at home
Total MCQs: 60
Test available from 11:00AM to 11:45AM

The forbidden energy gap between the valence band and conduction band will be least in case of
A. Metals
B. Semiconductors
C. Insulators
D. All of the above
Answer: Option A

A statically stable control system can dynamically be:


Stable
Unstable
All of these
Which D. C. motor is preferred for elevators?
Shunt motor
Series motor
Differential compound motor
Cumulative compound motor

An induction motor with 1000 r.p.m. speed and 60 hz frequency will have
A. 8 poles
B. 6 poles
C. 4 poles
D. 2 poles
Answer: Option B

The system given by y(n) = x(n) + 1/x(n - 1) is:


Linear
Causal
Both (a) and (b)
None of the above

Inverse discrete Fourier transform of Y(k) = {1, 0, -1, 0} is


y(n) = {0, 0.5, 0, 0.5}
y(n) = {0.5, 0, 0.5, 0}
y(n) = {0.5, 0.5, 0, 0}
y(n) = {0, 0, 0.5, 0.5}

If the characteristics equation of a closed loop system is s2+2s+2=0, then the


system is
(A) Over damped (B) Critically damped (C) Under damped (D) Undamped

Iron losses in a D.C. machine are independent of variations in


A. Speed
B. Load
C. Voltage
D. Speed and voltage
Answer: Option B

A transformer core is laminated to


A. reduce hysteresis loss
B. reduce eddy current losses
C. reduce copper losses
D. reduce all above losses
Answer: Option B

The basic requirements of transmitting antennas are:


A) High efficiency B) Low side lobes
C) Large signal to noise ratio D) Lone of the mentioned

What is the purpose of peak clipper circuits in radio transmitters?


A. To prevent overmodulation
B. To reduce bandwidth
C. To increase bandwidth
D. To regulate oscillator I/P voltage
Answer: Option A

What is the nature of current distribution over the small dipoles?


Spherical
Rectangular
Triangular
Square

Why is pulse shaping technique used?


A. to increase isi
B. to increase spectral width of modulated signal
C. to reduce isi
D. to reduce power spectral density

In a half wave rectifier, the load current flows


A. Only for the positive half cycle of the input signal
B. Only for the negative half cycle of the input signal
C. For full cycle
D. For less than fourth cycle
Answer: Option A

____ increases the steady state accuracy.


A. Integrator
B. Differentiator
C. Phase lead compensator
D. Phase lag compensator

Out of the following. what happens to the overall gain of the system of a closed loop control
system with positive value of feedback gain?
 No effect
 Increase
 Decrease
 Increase or Decrease
Option 2: Increase

For any transfer function, the constant phase angle loci are
 A family of circles
 A family of straight lines
 Either (a) or (b)
 Neither (a) nor (b)
Answer: A family of circles

Human eye can be considered as.


(A) Open loop system.
(B) Closed loop system with single feedback.
(C) Closed loop system with multivariable feedback.

The incident wave amplitude is 14 units. Find the reflected wave amplitude if the reflection
coefficient is 0.6.
A. 14.4
B. 8.4
C. 13.3
D. 11.1

A control system working under unknown random actions is called______________?


a. computer control system
b. digital data system
c. stochastic control system
d. adaptive control system

Of the following circuits, the one which involves storage is


A. RS Latch
B. mux
C. nand
D. decoder
Answer» A. RS Latch

In P-N junction, the region containing the uncompensated acceptor and donor ions is called

[A]. transition zone


[B]. depletion region
[C]. neutral region
[D]. active region
Answer: Option B

Which of the following will not decrease as a result of introduction of negative feedback?
A. instability
B. bandwidth
C. overall gain
D. distortion
Answer» B. bandwidth

What is minimum phase system


A System with no zeros and no poles on right half side of S-plane
A System with no zeros on left half side of S-plane
A System with no poles on left half side of S-plane
A System with no poles on right half side of S-plane
Answer: A System with no zeros and no poles on right half side of S-plane

Two’s complement of (101)2 in 8-bit arithmetic is?

The Fourier transform of an impulse is


Pulse in a plane
2 pulses in a plane

Which of the following circuit element stores energy in the electromagnetic field ?
A Inductance
B Condenser
C Variable resistor
D Resistance

Which of the following rule is used to determine the direction of rotation of D.C motor?
Columb’s Law
Lenz’s Law
Fleming’s Right-hand Rule
Fleming’s Left-hand Rule

If more than 100 logic gates are fabricated in a single chip we get a
LSI
MSI
SSI

How much voltage is needed to produce 2.5 A of current through a 200 Ω resistor?
A. 50 V
B. 500 V
C. 80 V
D. 8 V
Answer: Option B

The system given by y(n) = x(n) + 1/x(n - 1) is:


Linear
Causal
Both (a) and (b)
None of the above

D.C. generators are connected to the bus-bars or disconnected from them only under the floating
condition
A. To avoid sudden loading of the prime mover
B. To avoid mechanical jerk to the shaft
C. To avoid burning of switch contacts
D. All above
Answer: Option D

In an induction motor, if the air gap is increased


Speed will reduce
Efficiency will improve
Power factor will be lowered
Breakdown torque will reduce
Answer Option 3: Power factor will be lowered

In a DC generator, when the magnetic neutral axis coincides with the geometrical neutral axis?
There is no load on the generator
The generator runs at full load
The generator runs on over load
The generator runs on designed speed
Answer Option 1: There is no load on the generator
Star-delta starting of motors is not possible in case of ________.
Single phase motors
Variable speed motors
Low horse power motors
High speed motors
Answer Option 1 : Single phase motors

In three-phase squirrel-cage induction motors


A. Rotor conductor ends are short-circuited through slip rings
B. Rotor conductors are short-circuited through end rings
C. Rotor conductors are kept open
D. Rotor conductors are connected to insulation
Answer: Option B

In measuring voltage or current by means of instrument transformer


A. only ratio errors need be considered
B. both ratio as well as phase angle error need to be considered
C. either of the above
D. none of the above

At the instant of starting when a D.C. motor is put on supply, it behaves like
A. a highly resistive circuit
B. a low resistance circuit
C. a capacitive circuit
D. none of the above

A pump induction motor is switched on to a supply 30% lower than its rated voltage.The pump
runs. What will eventually happen ? It will
A. stall after sometime
B. stall immediately
C. continue to run at lower speed without damage
D. get heated and subsequently get damaged

The most commonly employed analog modulation technique in satellite communication is the
A. amplitude modulation
B. frequency modulation
C. phase modulation
D. amplitude & phase modulation
Correct option is B)

Decryption and encryption of data are responsibility of which of the following layer?
Physical layer
Data link layer
Presentation layer
Session layer

Synchronous speed is calculated by a formula


Eddy currents are induced in the pole shoes of a D.C. machine due to
A. oscillating magnetic field
B. pulsating magnetic flux
C. relative rotation between field and armature
D. all above

In a wound 3-phase induction motor, brushes should be connected to


A. External D.C. excitation
B. equalizing coils
C. power supply
D. external star-connected resistors
1.Fundamental of electrical engineering (26/30) 
 

Circuit 1(b) 2(c) 3(a) 4(c) 5(a) 6(d) 7(a) 8(b) 9(b) 10(c) 11(c) 12(c) 13(d) 14(a) 15(d) 16(a) 17(b) (16/17) 
 

1) (S.S) 
 

2) (S.S) 
 

3) (S.S) 
 

4) (s.S) 
 

5) (S.S) 
 

6) Instantaneous power across the resister is (Handa) 
𝑉2 𝑉2
(a) VI  (b) I2R (c)  (d) VI, I2R and 
𝑅 𝑅
7) (S.S) 
 

8) inductors stored which type of energy (Handa) 
(a) electric  (b) magnetic  (c) electromagnetic  (c) electrostatic 
 

9) (S.S) 
 

10) In the complex circuit the passive element are resister, ------- , and inductor (S.S)

(a) current  (b) voltage  (c) capacitor  (d) diode 


 

11) When several resistors are connected together, they can also be replaced with a single 
resistor that will have the same potential drop and draw the same total current as the 
combination of resistors. This 
resistance is called the “ ------ ” of the circuit. (S.S)
(a) singular resistance  (b) Multiple resistance   (c) equivalent resistance  (d) Amplitude resistance 
 

12) A network which contains one or more than one sources of emf is known as  (Online) 

(a) Non‐linear network  (b) active network  (c) electric network  (d) passive network 


 

13) In the left hand rule the thumb always represents the direction of  (handa) 

(a) Voltage  (b) Magnetic field  (c) Current  (d) Direction of force on conductor 


 

14) According to the thevien theorem in which have ............ with the series resistance of the 
circuit. 
(Handa)

(a) ideal voltage source (b) ideal current source (c) current dependent voltage source 
 

15) when the same potential difference appears across each of a number of resistors, they are 
said to be in: (Online) 
(a) Series  (b) Series‐parallel  (c) Parallel‐series  (d) Parallel 
 

16) When we are observed the continuity test then must be zero (online)

(a) Resistance  (b) Current  (c) Voltage  (d) None 


 

17) When two resistor are connected in series the voltage drop in one of the resistor is find by VDR
(online)
       
𝑉𝑖𝑛 𝑅2 𝑉𝑖𝑛 𝑅2 𝑅𝑇 𝑅2
(a)  (b)  (c)  (d) R1+R2 
𝑅1 𝑅2 𝑅1 𝑅2 𝑅1 𝑅2
Instruments and measurements 18(c) 19(b) 20(c not confirm) 21(a) 22(b Not confirmed) 23(c) 24(c) 25(c) 
26(a) 27(b) 28(a) 29(a) 30(b) 
 

18) (s.s) 
 

19) How many types of instruments on the basis of measurements 

(a) 1  (b) 2  (C) 3  (D) 4 


 

20) proportion of the magnitude of producing signal to the magnitude of input signal is 

(a) power rating  (b) selectivity  (c) sensitivity  (d) reproductivity 


 

21) In which one the resistance decreases with rise in temperature? (handa) 

(a) NTC thermistor (b) Nichrome conductors  (c) ASCR conductor  (d) LDR 


 

22) Measuring the 3 times of a data which is the gives the reading 5.5v, 5.6, 5.4v than term is 
called 
(a) accuracy  (B) PRRECISE  (c) less accuracy  (a) less precise 
 

23) (S.S) 
 

24) A photoelectric transducer element converts, 
(a) Potential energy of electrons into kinetic energy  (b) Electrons to current 

(c) Light intensity to voltage  (d) None of above 
 

25) Before connecting an ohmmeter to a circuit, you should first (OGDCL‐21) (Online) 
(a) Operate the circuit  (b) Set the range selector to highest 

(c) Check circuit with a voltmeter sure the circuit is not powered  (d) install new batteries 
 

26) when using an ammeter to measure current (OGDCL‐21) (online) 
(a) open the circuit and connect the meter in series between the two open ends

(b) open the circuit at the positive and negative terminal of the battery
(c) connect the meter across the battery or load

(d) open the circuit at one point and connect the meter to one end
27) A pulsing voltage is easiest to read on (OGDCL‐21) (online) 
(a) digital voltmeter  (b) Meter with a needle 

(c) digital ohmmeter  (d) meter that measure resistance. 
 

28) Oscilloscope can be used to measure (OGDLC‐21) (online) 
(a) Display the voltage wave form  (b) current waveform (c) frequency  (d) resistance 

29) The bank of tubes at the back of domestic refrigerator is (online)


(a) Condenser tubes (b) Evaporator tubes (c) Refrigerant cooling tubes (d) Capillary tubes
30) Different ratting of refrigerator in home/industry is (online)
(a) 40tons (b) 0.1 tons (c) 1ton (d) 5ton

2: Telecommunications (7/12)
31(d) 32(c) 33(b) 34 (d) 35(a) 36(b) 37(a) 38(d) 39(a not confirmed) 40(c) 41 (a) 42(c)

31) which term is not related to the data rate of transferred/ communicated? (online) 

(a) Bps  (b) Transmission rate  (c) Bandwidth (d) ethernet 


 

32) modem can be define as  (online) 

(a) A computer, that will use services of another computer

(b) A special computer that will connect on local area network to other computer.
© Communication device (hardware) which helps in transmission of data 

(d) Device that connects computer to other peripheral devices 
 

33) The term RADAR means (online) 

(a) radio analytical device and ranging (b) radio detection and ranging

(c) Radio detection and response  (d) Radio Analytical Detector and ranger 
 

34) When you change a channel while watching TV, you are ‐‐‐ type of signal in your remote 
control? (online)
(a) Electric pulses  (b) Radio wave  (c)  Micro wave  (d) Infrared 
 

35) The sending of message (in pieces) over a network to be reassembled at the receiving end 
relates to (online) 
(a) Packet switching  (b) Circuit switching  (c) server  (d) protocol 
36) (s.s) 

 
 
 
37) Those corporate networks which use some infrastructure standards of 
internet can be called: (online) 
(a) World wide Web  (b) Intranet  (c) Extranet  (d) internet 
 

38) Satellite transmission, microwave and radio signals are which category? (online) 
(a) Communication media  (b) Software Media  (c) Physical media  (d) Wireless media 
 

39) Which of the following more appropriately defines hub? (online) 
(a) Medium used to transfer data from one computer to another
(b) A simple add-on card in computer

(c) A common connection point in a network for some devices


(d) A computer that will connect two lans together
 

(40) Which one refers to all type of data communication from voice to video and getting data 
across a distance through a channel? (online) 
(a) Modem  (b) Network  (c) Telecommunication  (d) Teleporting 
 

41) (online)
 

42) (online)
 

 
 
3: Power (17/24)
Power electronics 43(a) 44(b) 
 

43)
 

44)
 

Power system 45(b), 46(b), 47(a) 48(d) 49(c) 50 (c) 51(b) 52(d), 53(c) 54(b) 55(a) 56(c) 
 

45)
 

46)
 

47) is an substation aspect of power generation system which comprises of different type of circuit
breaker? 

(a) Electrical substation (b) generating station (c) active system (d) none 
 

48)
 
49) If a fuse blows again after it has been replaced, what is the most likely cause: (online)

(a) Resistance in the circuit is too high 
(B) The ground point has become disconnected
(C) Current or "amps" through circuit too high
(D) Open circuit in component
50) (s.s)

51) which type of generators are used for welding (Handa)


 

(a) shunt generator  (b) series generator 

(c) cumulative compound generator  (d) differential compound generator 
 

52 ) Over headlines for power supply to tramcars are at a minimum height of (handa) 
(a) 1m  (b) 15m  (c) 5m (d) 10m 
 

53) (S.S) 
 

54)  (s.s) 
 

55) (s.s) 
 

56) (s.s) 
 
57) The advantage of electric traction over other methods is (handa)

(a) no pollution problems (b) faster acceleration (c) better braking action (d) all of the above 
 

58) The easiest way to shift load of one generator to the other, when two shunt 
generators are running in parallel is.  (Handa) 
(a) To adjust the speeds in proportion to loads  (b) equalizer connections 

(c) To insert resistance in their armature circuits  (d) To adjust their field rheostats 
 

59) link are use to stabilize & control the problem in huge power and synchronization the
power system 

(a) HVDC  (b) LVDC  (c) HVAC  (D) LVAC 


 

60) Most of power transmission lines are

a) HVDC  (b) LVDC  (c) HVAC  (D) LVAC 


 

(61) statement not sure 
(a) steam turbine  (b) locomotive   (c) diesel engine  (d) all of above 
 

Machine 
 

62) -- Three phase induction machines account for applications that call for motors with 
power ratting with over  hp: 
(a) 10hp  (b) 5hp  (C) 15HP  (d) 20hp 
 

63) In the motor which produced the securely power and output (something else) 

(a) power ratting  (b) efficiency  (c) advantage 


 

64) The decrease in terminal voltage of a shunt generator is due to


(A) Armature resistance  (B) Armature reactance 

(C) Armature leakage  (D) None of the above 
 

Control system (2) 
 

65)
 

(66) Output variables are known as: 
(a) Dependent variable   (b) independent variables    (c) Constant variables  (d) Zero variables 
 
 
 

 
4. Electronics (4/7)
67) 
 

68) Some materials hold their electrons very tightly. Electrons do not move through them very 
well. 
These things are called

(a) conductors   (B) semi‐conductors  (c) diode  (d) insulators 


 

69) 
 

70) The output voltage of operation amplifier is defined as Vout ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ , where AOL is the open 
loop gain.

(a) OAL (‐V X V+)  (b) OAL (‐V ‐ +V)  (c) OAL (‐V/+V)  (d) OAL (+V/‐V) 


 

(71) Input offset current is defined as: Ib(off)=‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(a) I‐B‐I+B  (b) I+B‐I‐B  (c) I+B/I‐B  (d) I+B x I‐B 
 

(72) The process by which atoms gain or loss electrons is called (handa) 
(a) Randomization  (b) Electrolysis  (c) Ionization  (d) Ranging 
 

(73)
 
None technical (14/20) 
 
1-IT (1/5)
76) what is attribute?
 

77) what is data base?


 

78) in which of the following have part of CPU


(a) Microprocess and memory (b) electric circuitry and ALU (c) A&B (d) None of above
 
 
 
2‐ Pak‐study(5/5) 
 

81) First president of president is 
(a) Malik Ghulam Muhammad (b) Iskander Mirza 

(C) Muhammad Ali jinnah  (d) Sir Khawaja Nazimudin 
 

82) Lyakat ali khan is the (A) president (b) governer (c) Prime minster (d)
 

83) Pakistan declared as Islamic republic of pakistan? (a) 1956 (b) 1962 (c) 1973 (d) 1949
 

84) The oldest capital of Pakistan is (a) Lahore (b) dakha (c) Islamabad (d) karachi
 

85) Name of Pakistan purposed by? (a) Hafeez jullundri (b) Chudhary Rehmat ali (c) Quaid-azam

3‐ Islamic Study(3/5) 
86) a 87) a 88) c 89) b 90) c 
 

86) The meaning of Kauthar is   (a) The abundance  (b) shortage  (c) Camel  (d) None 


 

87) According to holy quran hazrat musa was mescals? (a) 9 (b) 11 (c) 5 (d) 8
 

88) The meaning of Baqarah (a) Camel (B) GOAT (c) Cow (d) Sheep
 

89) How many chapters of islam ? (a) 115 (b) 114 (c) 116 (d) 50
 

90) Al-furqan, Al-huda,Al-kitab,al hakeem are other name of quran is


(a) Hadith (b) Tafseer (c) quran (d) All of above

2- General knowledge (2/5)


 

91) Largest province by area is called? (a) Baluchistan (b) KPK (c) Sindh (d)
Punjab 92) Pakistan day is observed on: (a) 23 march (b) 14 august (c) 5th Feb (d)21
march
93) Which European country welcoming more refugees
(a) Germany  (b) iran  (c) turkey  (d) Pakistan 
 

94) Syrian Refugee went to Europe through (a) Sea (b) Railway (c) Road (d)
none
 

95) Largest number of refugees in which country


(a) Germany  (b) iran  (c) turkey  (d) Pakistan 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3- Current Affairs (3/5)
 

96) The CASA-1000 Project demonstrate landmark cooperation among the


Afghanistan Kyrgyzstan Pakistan
(a) Tajikstan  (b) Turkmenistan  (c) Kazakhstan  (d) None 
 

97) Chief justice of pakistan on 31 Dec 2020:

(a) Justice Saqib Nisar  (b) Justice Qazi faez isa 

(c) Justice Asif Saeed khan khosa  (d) Justice Ghulam Ahmed 
 

98) CPEC connected Gwadar to city of china:


(a) Kashgar  (b) Beijing  (C) khunjrab  (d) Wakhan 
 

99) Which to host OIC meeting in 2202


(a) Suadi‐Arab   (b) iran  (c) Afghanistan (d) Pakistan 
 

100) FIFA world cup of 2022 held in which country

(a) Neither land (b) Malaysia (c) Russia (d) QATAR


 
 
Sources 

1) http://www.autoshop101.com/tests/intest2.html#:~:text=Before%20connecting%20
an%20ohm meter%20to,the%20circuit%20is%20not%20powered.
2) Smart series
3) Hunda
4) Different Online website

You might also like